Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Intuitive Surgical

Intuitive Surgical

isrg · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker isrg
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Intuitive Surgical
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

(MARK ONE)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

OR

For the transition period from                  to                 

Commission file number 000-30713

Intuitive Surgical, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

77-0416458
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

1020 Kifer Road
Sunnyvale, California 94086
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(408) 523-2100
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Trading Symbol(s)
ISRG

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of

Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such
files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or
emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☒
☐

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new

or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or
issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  on  June  30,  2021,  based  upon  the  closing  price  of
Common Stock on such date as reported on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $108.7 billion. Shares of voting stock held by each officer

 
 
 
 
and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This assumption regarding affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive
determination for other purposes.

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock as of January 26, 2022, was 357,744,031.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates information by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or about

April 28, 2022, to be filed within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.

INDEX

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

[RESERVED]

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 9C.

PART III

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.

Item 16.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

2

Page No.

6

24

50

51

51

51

52

54

55

80

81

119

119

119

120

121

121

121

121

121

122

123

124

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  Forward-looking  statements  relate  to  expectations  concerning  matters  that  are  not
historical  facts.  Words  such  as  “estimates,”  “projects,”  “believes,”  “anticipates,”  “plans,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “may,”  “will,”  “could,”  “should,”  “would,”
“targeted,”  and  similar  words  and  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  These  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not
limited to, statements related to the expected impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, the potential
impact on our procedure volume, our acquisitions, our expected business, our expected new product introductions, the impacts of Extended Use Instruments,
procedures  and  procedure  adoption,  future  results  of  operations,  future  financial  position,  our  ability  to  increase  our  revenues,  the  anticipated  mix  of  our
revenues between product and service revenues, our financing plans and future capital requirements, anticipated costs of revenue, anticipated expenses, our
potential tax assets or liabilities, the effect of recent accounting pronouncements, our investments, anticipated cash flows, our ability to finance operations
from cash flows and similar matters, and statements based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about the economies and markets in
which we operate and our beliefs and assumptions regarding these economies and markets. These forward-looking statements should be considered in light of
various  important  factors,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  following:  the  risk  that  the  COVID-19  pandemic  could  lead  to  further  material  delays  and
cancellations of, or reduced demand for, procedures; curtailed or delayed capital spending by hospitals; disruption to our supply chain, including increased
difficulties in obtaining a sufficient supply of materials in the semiconductor and other markets; closures of our facilities; delays in surgeon training; delays in
gathering clinical evidence; delays in obtaining new product approvals, clearances, or certifications from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) due
to  the  effects  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic;  the  evaluation  of  the  risks  of  robotic-assisted  surgery  in  the  presence  of  infectious  diseases;  diversion  of
management and other resources to respond to COVID-19 outbreaks; the impact of global and regional economic and credit market conditions on healthcare
spending; the risk that the COVID-19 virus disrupts local economies and causes economies in our key markets to enter prolonged recessions; the risk of our
inability to comply with complex FDA and other regulations, which may result in significant enforcement actions; healthcare reform legislation in the U.S.
and its impact on hospital spending, reimbursement, and fees levied on certain medical device revenues; changes in hospital admissions and actions by payers
to  limit  or  manage  surgical  procedures;  the  timing  and  success  of  product  development  and  market  acceptance  of  developed  products;  the  results  of  any
collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships, including the joint venture with Shanghai Fosun Pharmaceutical
(Group) Co., Ltd.; our completion of and ability to successfully integrate acquisitions, including Orpheus Medical; procedure counts; regulatory approvals,
clearances,  certifications,  and  restrictions  or  any  dispute  that  may  occur  with  any  regulatory  body;  guidelines  and  recommendations  in  the  healthcare  and
patient communities; intellectual property positions and litigation; competition in the medical device industry and in the specific markets of surgery in which
we  operate;  risks  associated  with  our  operations  outside  of  the  United  States;  unanticipated  manufacturing  disruptions  or  the  inability  to  meet  demand  for
products; our reliance on sole and single source suppliers; the results of legal proceedings to which we are or may become a party; product liability and other
litigation claims; adverse publicity regarding us and the safety of our products and adequacy of training; our ability to expand into foreign markets; the impact
of changes to tax legislation, guidance, and interpretations; changes in tariffs, trade barriers, and regulatory requirements; and other risk factors. Readers are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are based on current expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and
assumptions that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statement, and we
undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  release  any  revisions  to  these  forward-looking  statements,  except  as  required  by  law.  Risks  are  described
throughout this filing, particularly in Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and include, but are not limited to, those summarized on the following pages.

3

Table of Contents

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

•

Public health crises or epidemic diseases, or the perception of their effects, have and could continue to materially adversely affect our business and
results of operations.

• Our  reliance  on  sole  and  single  source  suppliers  and  our  ability  to  purchase  at  acceptable  prices  a  sufficient  supply  of  materials,  parts,  and

components could harm our ability to meet demand for our products in a timely manner or within budget.

•

•

•

•

•

Because our markets are highly competitive, customers may choose to purchase our competitors’ products or services or may not accept da Vinci
robotic-assisted surgery, which would result in reduced revenue and loss of market share.

The inflationary environment could materially adversely impact our business and results of operations.

If our products do not achieve and maintain market acceptance, we will not be able to generate the revenue necessary to support our business.

If  institutions  or  surgeons  are  unable  to  obtain  coverage  and  reimbursement  from  third-party  payors  for  procedures  using  our  products,  or  if
reimbursement is insufficient to cover the costs of purchasing our products, we may be unable to generate sufficient sales to support our business.

If our products contain defects or encounter performance problems, we may have to recall our products, incur additional unforeseen costs, and our
reputation may suffer.

• We  are  subject  to  product  liability  and  negligence  claims  relating  to  the  use  of  our  products  and  other  legal  proceedings  that  could  materially

adversely affect our financial condition, divert management’s attention, and harm our business.

• We are subject to significant, uninsured liabilities.

• Negative  publicity,  whether  accurate  or  inaccurate,  concerning  our  products  or  our  company  could  reduce  market  acceptance  of  our  products  and

could result in decreased product demand and a decline in revenues.

•

If we lose key personnel or are unable to attract and retain additional personnel, our ability to compete will be harmed and increases in labor costs
could materially adversely impact our business and results of operations.

• We experience long and variable capital sales cycles and seasonality in our business, which may cause fluctuations in our financial results.

• New product developments and introductions may adversely impact our financial results.

• We are subject to a variety of risks due to our operations outside of the U.S.

• Disruption  of  critical  information  systems  or  material  breaches  in  the  security  of  our  systems  could  harm  our  business,  customer  relations,  and

financial condition.

• Our business is subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and other matters relating to information

collection.

•

•

If we fail to successfully acquire or integrate new businesses, products, and technology, we may not realize expected benefits or our business may be
harmed.

If  we  do  not  successfully  manage  our  collaboration  arrangements,  licensing  arrangements,  joint  ventures,  strategic  alliances,  or  partnerships  with
third  parties,  we  may  not  realize  the  expected  benefits  from  such  alliances,  which  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

• Our  customers  may  use  unauthorized,  unapproved,  or  uncertified  instruments  and  accessories,  which  would  result  in  reduced  revenue  and  loss  of

market share.

• We expect gross profit margins to vary over time, and changes in our gross profit margins could adversely affect our financial condition or results of

operations.

• We utilize distributors for a portion of our sales and service of our products in certain countries, which subjects us to a number of risks that could

harm our business.

• We offer alternative capital acquisition approaches. As a result, we are exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers and the risk of losses of

revenue, which could result in material losses.

• We are exposed to credit risk and fluctuations in the market value of our investments.

• We may incur losses associated with currency fluctuations and may not be able to effectively hedge our exposure.

• We may encounter manufacturing problems or delays that could result in lost revenue.

• Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies or notified bodies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their
ability to hire, retain, or deploy key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent products from being developed, cleared, certified, approved,
or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, which may adversely affect our business.

4

Table of Contents

• We are subject to risks associated with real estate construction and development.

•

•

Continued consolidation in the healthcare industry could have an adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

Economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our company.

• Natural disasters or other events beyond our control could disrupt our business and result in loss of revenue or higher expenses.

•

Changes in our effective tax rate may impact our results of operations.

• We use estimates, make judgments, and apply certain methods in determining our financial results and in measuring the progress of our business. As

these estimates, judgments, and methods change, our results of operations and our assessment of the progress of our business could vary.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

•

Complying with FDA regulations is a complex process, and our failure to fully comply could subject us to significant enforcement actions.

• Our products are subject to a lengthy and uncertain domestic regulatory review process. If we do not obtain and maintain the necessary domestic

regulatory authorizations, we will not be able to sell our products in the U.S.

• Our products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events or be subject to failures or malfunctions that we are required to report to the FDA
and  foreign  regulatory  authorities  and,  if  we  fail  to  do  so,  we  would  be  subject  to  sanctions  that  could  harm  our  reputation,  business,  financial
condition, and results of operations.

•

If our manufacturing facilities do not continue to meet federal, state, or other manufacturing standards, we may be required to temporarily cease all or
part of our manufacturing operations, import/export of our products, and/or recall some products, which would result in significant product delivery
delays and lost revenue.

• Our  products  are  subject  to  international  regulatory  processes  and  approval  or  certification  requirements.  If  we  do  not  obtain  and  maintain  the

necessary international regulatory approvals or certifications, we will not be able to sell our products in other countries.

•

Changes in healthcare legislation and policy may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

• We  are  subject  to  federal,  state,  and  foreign  laws  governing  our  business  practices,  which,  if  violated,  could  result  in  substantial  penalties.
Additionally, challenges to, or investigation into, our practices could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to and, thus, could harm our
business.

•

If hospitals and other surgery facilities do not continue to meet federal, state, or other regulatory standards, they may be required to temporarily cease
all or part of their da Vinci utilization.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

•

If we are unable to fully protect and successfully defend our intellectual property from use by third parties, our ability to compete in the market may
be harmed.

• Others may be successful in asserting that our products infringe their intellectual property rights, which may cause us to pay substantial damages

and/or enjoin us from commercializing our products.

• Our products rely on licenses from third parties, which may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we lose access to

these technologies, our revenues could decline.

GENERAL RISK FACTORS

• Our future operating results may be below securities analysts’ or investors’ expectations, which could cause our stock price to decline.

• Our stock price has been, and will likely continue to be, volatile.

•

Changes to financial accounting standards may affect our reported results of operations.

The summary of material risk factors described above should be read together with the text of the full risk factors below in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk
Factors” and the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well
as other documents that we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The risks summarized above or described in full below are not the only
risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not precisely known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect
our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

5

Table of Contents

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS

PART I

In this report, “Intuitive Surgical,” “Intuitive,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Intuitive Surgical, Inc. and its wholly and majority-owned
®
subsidiaries. Intuitive , Intuitive Surgical , da Vinci , da Vinci S , da Vinci S HD Surgical System , da Vinci Si , da Vinci X , da Vinci Xi , da Vinci SP ,
EndoWrist , Firefly , InSite , SureForm , Ion , Iris , and SynchroSeal  are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Company.

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

®

Company Background

As part of Intuitive’s mission, we believe minimally invasive care is life-enhancing care. Through ingenuity and intelligent technology, we expand the
potential of physicians to heal without constraints. We envision a future of care that is less invasive and profoundly better, where diseases are identified earlier
and treated quickly so patients can get back to what matters most.

Intuitive  is  committed  to  advancing  minimally  invasive  care  through  a  comprehensive  ecosystem  of  products  and  services.  This  ecosystem  includes
systems,  instruments  and  accessories,  learning,  and  services  connected  by  a  digital  portfolio  that  enables  precision  and  control,  seamless  interactions  and
experiences, and meaningful insights to drive better care.

Intuitive  brings  nearly  three  decades  of  experience  and  technical  innovation  to  our  robotic-assisted  surgical  solutions.  While  surgery  and  acute
interventions have improved significantly in the past decades, there remains a significant need for better outcomes and decreased variability of these outcomes
across  care  teams.  The  current  healthcare  environment  continues  to  stress  critical  resources,  including  the  professionals  who  staff  care  teams:  surgeons,
anesthesiologists, nurses, and other staff. At the same time, governments strain to cover the healthcare needs of their populations and demand lower total cost
per patient to treat disease. In the face of these challenges, we believe scientific and technological advances in biology, computing, imaging, algorithms, and
robotics may offer new methods to solve continued and difficult problems.

We address our customer needs by sharing their goals reflected in the quadruple aim. First, we focus on improving patient outcomes through an ecosystem
of  advanced  robotic  systems,  instruments  and  accessories,  progressive  technology  learning  pathways,  and  comprehensive  support  and  program  assistance
services. Second, we seek to improve the patient experience by minimizing disruption to lives and creating greater predictability for the treatment experience.
Third,  we  seek  to  improve  care  team  satisfaction  by  creating  products  and  services  that  are  dependable,  smart,  and  optimized  for  the  care  environment  in
which they are used. Finally, we seek to lower the total cost to treat per patient episode when compared with existing treatment alternatives, providing a return
on investment for hospitals and healthcare systems and value for payers.

Products

Systems

Advanced  robotic  systems  provide  precise,  powerful  systems  with  high-performance  vision  extending  care  team’s  capabilities  to  enhance  minimally
invasive care. These systems include the da Vinci Surgical System, which was designed to enable complex surgery using a minimally invasive approach, and
the Ion endoluminal system, which extends our commercial offerings beyond surgery into diagnostic procedures, enabling minimally invasive biopsies in the
lung.

Da Vinci Surgical Systems

By striving to find less invasive ways to enter the body, provide clearer views of anatomy and more precise tissue interactions, and helping hone surgical
skills, Intuitive launched its first da Vinci Surgical System in 1999. In 2000, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) cleared da Vinci for general
laparoscopic surgery.

There are several models of the da Vinci Surgical System: our fourth generation da Vinci X, da Vinci Xi, and da Vinci SP Surgical Systems, our third
generation da Vinci Si Surgical System, our second generation da Vinci S Surgical System, and our first generation da Vinci standard Surgical System. The da
Vinci  surgical  systems  are  designed  to  enable  surgeons  to  perform  a  wide  range  of  surgical  procedures  within  our  targeted  general  surgery,  urologic,
gynecologic, cardiothoracic, and head and neck specialties. To date, surgeons have used the da Vinci Surgical System to perform dozens of different types of
surgical  procedures.  Da  Vinci  systems  offer  surgeons  three  dimensional,  high  definition  (“3DHD”)  vision,  a  magnified  view,  and  robotic  and  computer
assistance.  They  use  specialized  instrumentation,  including  a  miniaturized  surgical  camera  (endoscope)  and  wristed  instruments  (e.g.,  scissors,  scalpels,
forceps, etc.) that are designed to help with precise dissection and reconstruction deep inside the body.

Our da Vinci surgical systems are comprised of the following components:

Surgeon’s Console. The da Vinci Surgical System allows surgeons to operate while comfortably seated at an ergonomic console viewing a 3DHD image
of the surgical field. The surgeon’s fingers grasp instrument controls below the display with the surgeon’s hands naturally positioned relative to his or
her eyes. Using electronic hardware, software, algorithms,

6

Table of Contents

and mechanics, our technology translates the surgeon’s hand movements into precise and corresponding real-time micro movements of the da Vinci
instruments positioned inside the patient. On most of our current systems (da Vinci X, da Vinci Xi, and da Vinci Si), a second surgeon’s console may be
used in two ways: to provide assistance to the primary surgeon during surgery or to act as an active aid during surgeon-proctor training sessions. With
the da Vinci X, da Vinci Xi, and da Vinci Si, a surgeon sitting at a second console can view the same surgery as the primary surgeon and can be passed
control of some or all of the da Vinci instruments during the surgery. In addition, surgeons can control 3D virtual pointers to augment the dual-surgeon
experience.  The  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  is  designed  to  allow  surgeons  to  operate  while  seated,  which  may  be  clinically  advantageous  because  of
reduced surgeon fatigue. The da Vinci Surgical System’s design provides natural hand-eye alignment at the surgeon’s console. Because the da Vinci
Surgical System’s robotic arms hold the camera and instruments steady, there is less surgeon and assistant fatigue.

Patient-Side Cart. The patient-side cart holds electromechanical arms that manipulate the instruments inside the patient. Up to four arms attached to the
cart can be positioned, as appropriate, and then locked into place. At least two arms hold surgical instruments, one representing the surgeon’s left hand
and one representing the surgeon’s right hand. A third arm positions the endoscope, allowing the surgeon to easily move, zoom, and rotate the field of
vision. A fourth instrument arm extends surgical capabilities by enabling the surgeon to add a third instrument to perform additional tasks. The fourth
instrument arm is a standard, integrated feature on the da Vinci X, da Vinci Xi, and da Vinci Si Surgical Systems. Our da Vinci SP Surgical System
includes a single arm with three, multi-jointed, wristed instruments and the first da Vinci fully wristed, 3DHD camera. The instruments and the camera
all  emerge  through  a  single  cannula  and  are  triangulated  around  the  target  anatomy  to  avoid  external  instrument  collisions  that  can  occur  in  narrow
surgical workspaces.

3DHD  Vision  System. Our  vision  system  includes  a  3DHD  endoscope  with  two  independent  vision  channels  linked  to  two  separate  color  monitors
through sophisticated image processing electronics and software. The resulting 3DHD image has high resolution, high contrast, low flicker, and low
cross fading. A digital zoom feature in the 3DHD vision system allows surgeons to magnify the surgical field of view without adjusting the endoscope
position and, thereby, reduces interference between the endoscope and instruments. The 3DHD vision system is a standard, integrated feature on the da
Vinci X, da Vinci Xi, da Vinci SP, da Vinci Si, and da Vinci S Surgical Systems.

Firefly  Fluorescence  Imaging  (“Firefly”). Firefly  is  a  standard  feature  of  the  da  Vinci  X  and  da  Vinci  Xi Surgical  Systems  and  is  available  as  an
upgrade on our da Vinci Si Surgical System. This imaging capability combines an injectable fluorescent dye with a specialized da Vinci camera head,
endoscope, and laser-based illuminator to allow surgeons to identify vasculature, tissue perfusion, or biliary ducts in three dimensions beneath tissue
surfaces in real-time. Firefly is typically used in the procedure categories of urology, gynecology, and general surgery.

Da Vinci Xi Integrated Table Motion. Integrated  Table  Motion  coordinates  the  movements  of  the  da  Vinci  robotic  arms  with  an  advanced  operating
room (“OR”) table, the TS 7000dV OR Table sold by Hillrom , to enable managing the patient’s position in real-time while the da Vinci robotic arms
remain docked. This gives OR teams the capability to optimally position the operating table during da Vinci Surgical System procedures. Integrated
Table Motion enables surgeons to maximize reach, facilitate access, and choose the angle of approach to target anatomy, as well as reposition the table
during the procedure to enhance anesthesiologists’ management of the patient.

TM

Ion Endoluminal System

In  2019,  the  FDA  cleared  our  Ion  endoluminal  system,  which  enables  minimally  invasive  biopsies  in  the  lung.  Our  Ion  system  is  a  flexible,  robotic-
assisted,  catheter-based  platform  that  utilizes  instruments  and  accessories,  which  extends  our  commercial  offering  beyond  surgery  into  diagnostic,
endoluminal  procedures  with  this  first  application.  The  system  features  an  ultra-thin,  ultra-maneuverable  catheter  that  can  articulate  180  degrees  in  all
directions and allows navigation far into the peripheral lung and provides the stability necessary for precision in biopsy. Many suspicious lesions found in the
lung may be small and difficult to access, which can make diagnosis challenging, and Ion helps physicians obtain tissue samples from deep within the lung,
which could help enable earlier diagnosis.

Instruments and Accessories

We  offer  a  comprehensive  suite  of  stapling,  energy,  and  core  instrumentation  for  our  surgical  systems.  Our  technology  is  designed  to  transform  the
surgeon’s natural hand movements outside of the body into corresponding micro-movements inside the patient’s body and suture with precision, just as they
can in open surgery. With our technology, a surgeon can also use “motion scaling,” a feature that translates, for example, a three-millimeter hand movement
outside  the  patient’s  body  into  a  one-millimeter  instrument  movement  in  the  surgical  field  inside  the  patient’s  body.  Motion  scaling  is  designed  to  allow
precision and control for delicate tasks. In addition, our technology filters the tremor inherent in a surgeon’s hands.

Da  Vinci  Instruments.  We  manufacture  a  variety  of  instruments,  most  of  which  incorporate  EndoWrist  technology  with  wristed  joints  for  natural
dexterity and tips customized for various surgical procedures. Da Vinci instruments are offered

7

Table of Contents

in  a  variety  of  diameters,  of  which  8mm  and  12mm  diameter  sizes  are  the  most  commonly  sold.  Various  da  Vinci  instrument  tips  include  forceps,
scissors, electrocautery tools, scalpels, and other surgical tools that are familiar to the surgeon from open surgery and conventional MIS. A variety of
instruments  may  be  selected  and  used  interchangeably  during  a  surgery.  Most  instruments  are  sterilizable  at  the  hospital,  while  others  are  provided
sterile, and most are reusable for a defined number of procedures. A programmed memory chip inside each instrument performs several functions that
help determine how the da Vinci system and instruments work together. In addition, the chip will generally not allow the instrument to be used for more
than the prescribed number of procedures to help ensure that its performance meets specifications during each procedure.

In  2020,  we  announced  our  “Extended  Use  Program,”  which  consists  of  select  da  Vinci  Xi  and  da  Vinci  X  instruments  possessing  12  to  18  uses
(“Extended Use Instruments”), compared to previously 10 uses. These Extended Use Instruments represent some of our higher volume instruments but
exclude stapling, monopolar, and advanced energy instruments. Instruments included in the program are used across a number of da Vinci surgeries.
Their  increased  uses  are  the  result  of  continuous,  significant  investments  in  the  design  and  production  capabilities  of  our  instruments,  resulting  in
improved quality and durability. Extended Use Instruments were introduced in the U.S. and Europe in the fourth quarter of 2020 and were launched in
most other countries around the world during the first half of 2021, except China due to regulatory timelines. They will continue to be introduced at
various times throughout 2022 in other geographies, depending on regulatory processes.

Da Vinci Stapling. The EndoWrist Stapler  is  a  wristed,  stapling  instrument  intended  for  resection,  transection,  and/or  creation  of  anastomoses.  This
instrument enables operators to precisely position and fire the stapler. We market five staplers available with the da Vinci X and da Vinci Xi Surgical
Systems: the EndoWrist Stapler 30 and 45 and the SureForm Stapler 30, 45, and 60, where the numeric designation indicates the length of the staple
line.  The  EndoWrist  Stapler  30  is  intended  to  deliver  particular  utility  with  fine  tissue  interaction  in  lobectomy  and  other  thoracic  procedures.
The  EndoWrist  Stapler  45  is  used  in  general  surgery,  gynecologic,  thoracic,  and  urologic  procedures.  The  SureForm  Staplers  30,  45,  and  60  are
intended to be used in general surgery, thoracic, gynecologic, urologic, and pediatric surgery procedures. The SureForm Stapler 30 received U.S. FDA
510(k) clearance in December 2021 and may deliver particular utility in thoracic procedures. The SureForm 45 may deliver particular utility in thoracic
and  colorectal  procedures  where  maneuverability  and  visualization  are  limited.  The  SureForm  Stapler  60  is  a  single-use,  fully  wristed,  stapling
instrument intended to deliver particular utility in bariatric procedures. We market five stapler reloads: gray (2.0 mm), white (2.5 mm), blue (3.5 mm),
green (4.3 mm), and black (4.6 mm). Not all reloads are available for use on all staplers. Not all staplers or reloads are available in all countries.

Da Vinci Energy. The EndoWrist One Vessel Sealer is a wristed, single-use instrument intended for bipolar coagulation and mechanical transection of
vessels up to 7mm in diameter and tissue bundles that fit in the jaws of the instrument. This instrument enables surgeons to fully control vessel sealing,
while providing the benefits of robotic-assisted surgery. This instrument is designed to enhance surgical efficiency and autonomy in a variety of general
surgery and gynecologic procedures. The da Vinci Vessel Sealer Extend is our newest instrument in the Vessel Sealing family of products. The da Vinci
Vessel  Sealer  Extend  is  a  single-use,  fully  wristed  bipolar  electrosurgical  instrument  compatible  with  our  fourth  generation  multiport  systems.  It  is
intended for grasping and blunt dissection of tissue and for bipolar coagulation and mechanical transection of vessels up to 7mm in diameter and tissue
bundles that fit in the jaws of the instrument.

The  E-100  generator  is  Intuitive’s  first  generator  and  is  offered  as  an  upgrade  to  power  the  da  Vinci  Vessel  Sealer  Extend  and  our  SynchroSeal
instrument, which was cleared by the FDA in November 2019. SynchroSeal enables a surgeon to perform rapid, one-step sealing and transection with a
single pedal press. SynchroSeal uses advanced bipolar energy from its raised cut electrode to transect tissue and then cool down quickly.

Accessory Products. We sell various accessory products, which are used in conjunction with the da Vinci Surgical Systems as surgical procedures are
performed. Accessory products include sterile drapes used to help ensure a sterile field during surgery, vision products, such as replacement 3D stereo
endoscopes, camera heads, and light guides, and other items that facilitate use of the da Vinci Surgical Systems.

Learning

Intuitive  provides  progressive  learning  pathways  to  support  the  safe  and  effective  use  of  our  technology.  These  pathways  leverage  both  learning
engagements  and  learning  technologies.  Learning  engagement  touchpoints  vary  by  specific  pathway,  skill  level,  and  interest,  while  learning  technologies
enable and provide training directly to the customer. The portfolio of learning offerings includes role-specific Training Pathways, Learning Engagements, and
Learning Technology.

Training Pathways. Intuitive Training Pathways are progressive learning journeys that help our customers achieve proficiency using Intuitive technology.
There  are  pathways  for  surgeons  and  physicians,  residents  and  fellows,  OR  care  teams,  patient  side  assists,  and  robotic  coordinators,  as  well  as
recommendations for executives.

8

Table of Contents

Learning  Engagements.  Intuitive  Learning  Engagements  are  touchpoints  that  support  customers  throughout  their  learning  journeys.  They  vary  by
pathway, skill level, and focus area. Engagements include case observations, online education, in-service training, simulation/skills training, OR care team
training, technology training, reprocessing training, proctoring, advanced training, and curriculum development support. Many of these programs take place at
established Intuitive training centers and include instruction by expert surgeons and physicians.

Learning  Technology.  Learning  Technologies  include  solutions  that  provide  education  and  training  directly  to  the  customer  as  well  as  the  enabling
technologies that make provision possible. Intuitive’s enabling technologies include Telepresence and the Procedure Analytics Platform. Specific technology
solutions include Intuitive Learning, SimNow, customized training models, remote case observations, and remote proctoring. Two of the technology solutions
most heavily utilized by customers are Intuitive Learning and SimNow.

Intuitive  Learning.  Intuitive  Learning  provides  our  customers  with  access  to  the  technology,  procedure,  and  simulation  materials  essential  to  their
specific  learning  journeys.  Both  assignment  of  learning  materials  and  tracking  of  learning  progress  occur  seamlessly  within  the  platform.  While
Intuitive Learning plans guide learners through each step in their pathways, customers are also able to search the platform independently for additional
materials that may be relevant to their area of focus. This platform also provides customers with immediate access to their various training certificates.

SimNow. Our cloud-enabled SimNow simulation platform is a practice tool that gives a user the opportunity to practice their skills and gain familiarity
with the surgeon console controls and supports the user's progressive learning pathway. SimNow incorporates 3D, physics-based computer simulation
technology to immerse the user within a virtual environment and provides training capabilities that have been used extensively by surgeons. The user
navigates through the environment and completes exercises by controlling virtual instruments from the surgeon console. Upon completion of a skills
exercise, the skills simulator provides a quantitative assessment of user performance based on a variety of task-specific metrics. The SimNow online
connection drives real-time simulation performance tracking for surgeons and administrators through an online dashboard and supports remote updates
of  the  VR  content  and  3DHD  videos  to  drive  a  more  interactive  and  engaging  customer  experience.  SimNow  is  intended  to  augment,  not  replace,
existing training programs for the da Vinci X, da Vinci Xi, and da Vinci SP Surgical Systems.

Services

We have a network of field service engineers across the U.S., Europe, and Asia and maintain relationships with various distributors around the globe. This
infrastructure  of  service  and  support  specialists  offers  a  full  complement  of  services  for  our  customers,  including  24/7  support,  installation,  repair,  and
maintenance.

Our  comprehensive  support  and  program  assistance  helps  to  ensure  customers  and  care  teams  maximize  program  performance  and  protect  their

investment. Services include readiness support, maintenance support, OR consulting, Customer Hospital Analytics, and market consulting optimization.

Readiness and Maintenance Support. Readiness support is operational support to assure smooth onboarding and adoption of new systems and technology.
Maintenance support helps to maximize operational efficiency and reduce unplanned equipment downtime. It includes services care plans, support teams,
onsite monitoring, software upgrades and updates as well as a maintenance customer portal. The service care plan offers flexible service plans to ensure
reliability  of  the  systems  and  instruments  and  optimize  the  robotics  program.  The  support  team  of  expert  field  service,  remote  technical  support,  and
customer care technicians resolve and prevent any technology issues and maximize utilization. OnSite Monitoring offers remote service in real-time for
pre-operative and intraoperative troubleshooting, as well as proactive monitoring of system performance. Software upgrades and updates enable the latest
product  innovations  and  enhancements.  The  maintenance  customer  portal  is  an  online  tool  that  delivers  on-demand  data  to  set,  monitor,  and  help  the
operational goals of a robotics program.

OR Consulting. OR  consulting  is  a  suite  of  customized  solutions  to  improve  a  hospital’s  efficiency  and  performance  with  Intuitive  technologies.  New
system integration support is available to streamline the start-up process and expedite increased procedure volumes. Overall program assessments help to
support efficiency improvements, cost reductions, and system access optimization.

Program Analytics. Our Custom Hospital Analytics program enables the integration of data sources so that individual health institutions can analyze their
data in their own environment. Using this data, administrators, chiefs of surgery, and surgeons can gain alignment around their programs based on their
KPIs, determine best practices, assess gaps, and take actionable steps to address any gaps.

9

Table of Contents

Digital Solutions

Integrated digital capabilities provide unified and connected offerings, streamlining performance for hospitals with program-enhancing insights. Secure-

by-design, cloud-enabled products analyze and simplify essential data to continuously optimize use of time, tools, and techniques.

Intuitive  Hosted  &  Managed  Services.  The  vast  majority  of  our  systems  are  network  connected  and  directly  communicate  with  Intuitive  to  enable
proactive monitoring as well as provide software updates and data insights to Intuitive customers.

3D Modeling Services. In February 2019, the FDA cleared Iris, Intuitive’s augmented reality imaging product, for use in kidney procedures. The service
extracts CT scans, runs them through machine-learning algorithms and, after technicians’ revision and radiologists’ review, returns a 3D segmented model
of the kidney for use in planning for a procedure and for intraoperative visualization of the area. The tool uses augmented reality to give surgeons an
image with details of the kidney anatomy – blood vessels, tumor shape, and size – that they may not be able to see well with other imaging. Intuitive
designed this to help with pre-operative planning and intraoperative guidance as well to be shared as a teaching tool for other physicians and patients. It
can also be part of the viewing experience inside of the da Vinci surgeon console to enhance information and let surgeons know where critical anatomy
sits as they work through a procedure. The service is currently being used in pilot studies. We launched our first pilot site in 2019, continued in 2020 with
select sites, and have six pilot sites as of December 31, 2021.

My Intuitive.  This  recently  launched  mobile  application  was  developed  to  be  the  single  point  for  Intuitive  customers  to  access  products,  services,  and
personal  data  insights.  The  application  also  offers  comparisons  of  those  insights  with  anonymized  national  benchmarks  to  help  drive  operational
efficiencies and decreased costs. The most recent version enables mobile access to Intuitive’s Learning platform, case reports generated automatically for
the surgeon, and an ability for surgeons to publish their practice information online for patients seeking local physicians.

Intuitive Hub. Intuitive Hub captures, transfers, and stores clinical media as part of an OR informatics platform that integrates multiple applications and
data sets to help orchestrate procedure workflows. The most recent update connects the da Vinci system to the media management application, automating
video bookmarking and editing for physicians aimed at improving workflow efficiencies outside the OR.

Business Strategy

We align our goals to those of our customers, often called the Quadruple Aim: enabling physicians and hospitals to improve outcomes for their patients,
improve  their  patient’s  and  the  care  team’s  experience,  and  lower  the  total  cost  to  treat  per  patient  episode.  Through  the  use  of  smart,  connected  systems,
robotic technologies, advanced imaging, and informatics, our objective is to create value for patients, surgeons, and hospitals as summarized below.

Patient Value. We believe that the value of a medical procedure to a patient can be defined: Patient Value = Procedure Efficacy / Invasiveness. We
define procedure efficacy  as  a  measure  of  the  success  of  the  procedure  in  helping  resolve  the  underlying  disease  and  invasiveness  as  a  measure  of
patient  pain  and  disruption  of  regular  activities.  When  the  patient  value  of  procedure  using  an  Intuitive  product  is  greater  than  that  of  alternative
treatment  options,  patients  may  benefit  from  seeking  out  surgeons  and  hospitals  that  offer  those  products,  which  could  potentially  result  in  a  local
market share shift. Adoption of Intuitive technology occurs procedure by procedure and market by market and is driven by the relative patient value and
the total treatment costs of da Vinci procedures as compared to alternative treatment options for the same disease state or condition. We believe that
most patients will place higher value on procedures that are not only more efficacious but also less invasive than alternative treatments. Our goal is to
provide products to surgeons who, in turn, provide patients with procedure options that are both highly effective and less invasive than others.

Surgeon Value. We offer physicians and their operating room staff training on the technical use of our products. We provide an ergonomic platform
through our da Vinci surgical system for surgeons to perform their procedures. We seek to provide surgeons with reliable and easy-to-use products. For
example, the change to cloud-based analytics and routine use of local analytics may help surgeons track their procedures and processes and, with a
network-connected smartphone and the My Intuitive app, surgeons can access and explore their procedure data, such as console time and instrument
usage, to gain insights into their program.

Hospital Value. We assist hospitals in building value by offering patient value using da Vinci products, thereby increasing surgical revenue and reducing
costs through lower complication rates and reduced lengths of patient stay. For example, we believe robotic-assisted surgery with the da Vinci Surgical
System is a cost-effective approach to many surgeries as compared to alternative treatment options, as recognized in many published studies. We also
offer our Custom Hospital Analytics program, which enables the integration of data sources so that individual health institutions can analyze their data
in their own environment. Using this data, administrators, chiefs of surgery, and surgeons can gain

10

Table of Contents

alignment around their programs based on their KPIs, determine best practices, assess gaps, and take actionable steps to address any gaps.

Clinical Applications

We  are  the  beneficiaries  of  productive  collaborations  with  leading  surgeons  in  exploring  and  developing  new  techniques  and  applications  for  robotic-
assisted  surgery  with  the  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  and  minimally  invasive  biopsies  with  the  Ion  endoluminal  system—an  important  part  of  our  creative
process. We primarily focus our development efforts on those procedures in which we believe our products bring the highest patient value, surgeon value, and
hospital value. We currently focus on five surgical specialties: general surgery, urologic surgery, gynecologic surgery, cardiothoracic surgery, and head and
neck  surgery.  Key  procedures  that  we  are  focused  on  include  hernia  repair,  colon  and  rectal  procedures,  cholecystectomy,  bariatric  surgery,  prostatectomy,
partial  nephrectomy,  hysterectomy,  sacrocolpopexy,  lobectomy,  and  transoral  robotic  surgery.  We  also  focus  on  minimally  invasive  biopsies  in  the  lung.
Representative surgical applications are described below.

General Surgery

Hernia Repair. A hernia occurs when an organ or other tissue squeezes through a weak spot in a surrounding muscle or connective tissue. During a
hernia repair surgery, the weakened tissue is secured, and defects are repaired. Common types of hernia are ventral and inguinal. Ventral, or abdominal
hernia, may occur through a scar after surgery in the abdomen. Inguinal hernia is a bulge in the groin and is more common in men. Hernia repair can be
performed using traditional open surgery or MIS. There is a wide-range of complexity in hernia repair surgeries and varying surgeon opinion regarding
optimal surgical approach. The benefits of minimally invasive and robotic-assisted hernia repair surgery vary by patient.

Colorectal Surgery. These procedures typically involve benign or cancerous conditions of the lower digestive system, in particular the rectum or colon.
Common  procedures  in  this  area  include  hemicolectomy,  sigmoidectomy,  low  anterior  resection,  and  abdominoperineal  resection.  Surgeons  have
reported that the use of robotic-assisted surgery with a da Vinci Surgical System and our latest technologies, such as the EndoWrist Stapler and da Vinci
Energy, have enabled them to offer MIS approaches to a broader range of colorectal surgery patients.

Cholecystectomy. Cholecystectomy, or the surgical removal of the gall bladder, is a commonly performed general surgery procedure. Cholecystectomy
is  the  primary  method  for  the  treatment  of  gallstones  and  other  gall  bladder  diseases.  Most  cholecystectomies  are  performed  using  multi-port  MIS
techniques, although some surgeons choose to perform cholecystectomy using manual single-port instrumentation. Firefly technology can be used to
visualize biliary anatomy in three dimensions beneath the tissue surfaces during multi-port da Vinci cholecystectomies.

Bariatric Surgery.  A body of literature points to the benefit of surgery to treat patients for morbid obesity and its secondary effects, such as diabetes.
Sleeve gastrectomy and Roux-en-Y gastric bypass (“RYGB”) are commonly performed surgical procedures for morbid obesity in the U.S. The body
habitus  of  morbidly  obese  patients  can  make  laparoscopic  surgery  physically  challenging  for  the  surgeon,  and  certain  surgeons  have  found  value  in
using the da Vinci Surgical System to improve upon the ergonomics when performing MIS in morbidly obese patients. In addition, RYGB can be a
technically challenging procedure due to the suturing, stapling, and tissue (bowel) manipulation that is required. Surgeons using the da Vinci Surgical
System  have  reported  a  reduction  in  a  critical  complication  (anastomotic  leaks)  relative  to  laparoscopic  RYGB.  Also,  we  believe  SureForm  60  may
have particular utility in bariatric procedures.

Urologic Surgery

Prostatectomy. Radical prostatectomy is the removal of the prostate gland in patients diagnosed with clinically localized prostate cancer. The standard
approach to removal of the prostate was via an open surgical procedure. The conventional laparoscopic approach is an option, but it is difficult and
poses challenges to even the most skilled urologist. The da Vinci Surgical System has enabled a large number of surgeons to convert from using an
open surgical technique to a minimally invasive technique.

Partial Nephrectomy. Partial nephrectomy is the removal of a small portion of a kidney (typically, an area of the kidney containing a tumor). Partial
nephrectomies are most commonly performed in patients diagnosed with clinically localized renal cancer. Excluding robotic-assisted surgery with a da
Vinci  Surgical  System,  there  are  three  common  surgical  approaches  to  performing  partial  nephrectomies:  open  surgical  technique,  laparoscopy,  and
hand-assisted  laparoscopy,  which  is  a  hybrid  of  the  open  and  laparoscopic  techniques.  Surgeons  have  reported  that  the  da  Vinci  Surgical  System’s
capabilities may enable a large number of these procedures to be performed through a minimally invasive technique, conferring the benefits of MIS to a
broader range of partial nephrectomy patients. Treatment guidelines for patients with localized renal cancer recommend partial nephrectomy due to the
benefits that nephron-sparing surgery has in long-term patient outcomes. Published clinical literature has shown that the presence of a da Vinci Surgical
System is associated with a higher-proportion of patients receiving a guideline-recommended partial nephrectomy.

11

Table of Contents

Gynecologic Surgery

Hysterectomy. Removal of the uterus is one of the most commonly performed surgeries in gynecology and is performed for a variety of underlying
benign  and  cancerous  conditions.  Hysterectomies  can  be  performed  using  open  surgery  (laparotomy)  or  MIS  techniques,  which  include  vaginal,
laparoscopic, and robotic-assisted approaches. Prior to the clearance of the da Vinci Surgical System for use in gynecological procedures in 2005, the
majority of hysterectomies performed were open surgeries. We believe that robotic-assisted surgery with the da Vinci Surgical System provides patients
the opportunity to receive a minimally invasive treatment as an alternative to an open hysterectomy.

Sacrocolpopexy. The  abdominal  (open)  sacrocolpopexy  is  one  of  the  operations  performed  to  treat  vaginal  vault  prolapse.  Sacrocolpopexy  involves
suturing  a  synthetic  mesh  that  connects  and  supports  the  vagina  to  the  sacrum  (tailbone).  A  sacrocolpopexy  can  be  performed  using  a  conventional
laparoscopic technique; however, it is generally described as difficult and cumbersome to perform. Surgeons have reported that the da Vinci Surgical
System’s capabilities may enable a larger number of these procedures to be performed through a minimally invasive technique, conferring the benefits
of MIS to a broader range of sacrocolpopexy patients.

Cardiothoracic Surgery

Thoracic  Surgery.  Conventional  approaches  to  surgical  procedures  in  the  thorax  include  both  open  and  video-assisted  thoracoscopic  approaches.
Procedures  performed  via  these  methods  include  pulmonary  wedge  resection,  pulmonary  lobectomy,  thymectomy,  mediastinal  mass  excision,  and
esophagectomy.  Many  thoracic  procedures  remain  open  procedures.  Surgeons  have  reported  that  the  use  of  robotic-assisted  surgery  with  a  da  Vinci
Surgical System in thoracic surgery has enabled them to offer MIS approaches to a broader range of thoracic surgery patients and improved clinical
outcomes compared to open and video-assisted thoracic surgery in published single-center, multi-center, and national database clinical studies. Also, we
believe the EndoWrist Stapler 30 and the SureForm Stapler 30, which received U.S. FDA 510(k) clearance in December 2021, may have particular
utility in thoracic procedures.

Head and Neck Surgery

Transoral Surgery. Head  and  neck  cancers  are  typically  treated  by  either  surgical  resection  or  chemo-radiation,  or  a  combination  of  both.  Surgical
resection performed by an open approach may require a “jaw-splitting” mandibulotomy. This procedure, while effective in treating cancer, is potentially
traumatic  and  disfiguring  to  the  patient.  MIS  approaches  via  the  mouth  (transoral  surgery)  are  challenged  by  line-of-sight  limitations  dictated  by
conventional  endoscopic  tools.  Chemo-radiation  as  a  primary  therapy  does  allow  patients  to  avoid  traumatic  surgical  incisions;  however,  literature
suggests that this modality diminishes patients’ ability to speak and swallow normally. Surgeons have reported that da Vinci transoral surgery allows
them to operate on tumors occurring in the oropharynx (i.e., tonsil and base of tongue) and larynx via the mouth and to overcome some of the line-of-
sight limitations of conventional transoral surgery.

Da Vinci Procedure Mix

Our da Vinci procedure business is broadly split into two categories: (1) cancer procedures and (2) procedures for benign conditions. Cancer and other
highly complex procedures tend to be reimbursed at higher rates than less complex procedures for benign conditions. Thus, hospitals are more sensitive to the
costs associated with treating less complex, benign conditions. Our strategy is to provide hospitals with attractive clinical and economic solutions across the
spectrum of procedure complexity. Our fully featured da Vinci Xi Surgical System with advanced instruments, including the da Vinci Energy and EndoWrist
and SureForm Stapler products, and our Integrated Table Motion product, targets the more complex procedure segment. Our da Vinci X Surgical System is
targeted towards price sensitive markets and procedures. Our da Vinci SP Surgical System complements the da Vinci Xi and X Surgical Systems by enabling
surgeons to access narrow workspaces.

Clinical Summary

There are approximately 70 representative clinical uses for da Vinci Surgical Systems. We believe that there are numerous additional applications that can
be addressed with the da Vinci Surgical System, and we work closely with our surgeon customers to refine and explore new techniques in which a da Vinci
Surgical System may bring value. As of December 31, 2021, we had an installed base of 6,730 da Vinci Surgical Systems, including 4,139 in the U.S., 1,199
in  Europe,  1,050  in  Asia,  and  342  in  the  rest  of  the  world.  We  estimate  that  surgeons  using  our  technology  completed  approximately  1,594,000  surgical
procedures of various types in hospitals throughout the world during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Additionally,  over  time,  we  believe  that  there  are  numerous  additional  applications  that  can  be  addressed  with  the  Ion  endoluminal  system.  As  of
December 31, 2021, we had an installed base of 129 Ion endoluminal systems, 128 of which are located in the U.S. We plan to seek additional clearances for
Ion in markets outside of the U.S. (“OUS”) over time.

12

Table of Contents

Sales and Customer Support

Sales Model

We  provide  our  products  through  direct  sales  organizations  in  the  U.S.,  Europe  (excluding  Spain,  Portugal,  Italy,  Greece,  and  most  Eastern  European
countries), China, Japan, South Korea, India, and Taiwan. In January 2019, our Intuitive-Fosun joint venture (referred to herein as the “Joint Venture”) with
Shanghai Fosun Pharmaceutical (Group) Co., Ltd. (“Fosun Pharma”) acquired certain assets related to the distribution business of Chindex Medical Limited
and its affiliates (“Chindex”), a subsidiary of Fosun Pharma, which has been our distribution partner for da Vinci Surgical Systems in China since 2011, and
began  direct  operations  for  da  Vinci  products  and  services  in  China.  See  “Item  7.  Management  Discussion  and  Analysis”  for  further  details  on  the  Joint
Venture. In the remainder of our markets outside of the U.S., we provide our products through distributors. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020,
and 2019, domestic revenue accounted for 67%, 68%, and 70%, respectively, of total revenue, while revenue from our OUS markets accounted for 33%, 32%,
and 30%, respectively, of total revenue. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, 84% and 83% of all long-lived assets were in the U.S., respectively.

Our direct sales organization is composed of a capital sales team, responsible for selling systems, and a clinical sales team, responsible for supporting
system  use  in  procedures  performed  at  our  hospital  accounts.  Our  hospital  accounts  include  both  individual  hospitals  and  healthcare  facilities  as  well  as
hospitals and healthcare facilities that are part of an integrated delivery network (“IDN groups”). The initial system sale into an account is a major capital
equipment purchase by our customers and typically has a lengthy sales cycle that can be affected by macroeconomic factors, capital spending prioritization,
timing  of  budgeting  cycles,  and  competitive  bidding  processes.  Capital  sales  activities  include  educating  surgeons  or  physicians  and  hospital  staff  across
multiple  specialties  on  the  benefits  of  robotic-assisted  surgery  with  a  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  or  robotic-assisted  bronchoscopy  with  an  Ion  endoluminal
system, total treatment costs, and the clinical applications that our technology enables. We also train our sales organization to educate hospital management on
the potential benefits of adopting our technology, including the clinical benefits of robotic-assisted surgery with a da Vinci Surgical System or robotic-assisted
bronchoscopy  with  an  Ion  endoluminal  system,  potential  reductions  in  complications  and  length  of  stay,  and  the  resulting  potential  for  increased  patient
satisfaction, surgeon or physician recruitment, and procedure volume.

Our clinical sales team works on site at hospitals, interacting with surgeons or physicians, operating room staff, and hospital administrators to develop and
sustain successful robotic-assisted surgery or bronchoscopy programs. They assist the hospital in identifying surgeons or physicians who have an interest in
robotic-assisted surgery or bronchoscopy and the potential benefits provided by the da Vinci Surgical System and the Ion endoluminal system. Our clinical
sales team provides current clinical information on robotic-assisted surgery or bronchoscopy practices and new product applications to the hospital teams. Our
clinical sales team has grown with the expanded installed bases of da Vinci Surgical Systems  and  Ion  endoluminal  systems  as  well  as  the  total  number  of
procedures performed. We expect this organization to continue to grow as our business expands.

Our customers place orders to replenish their supplies of instruments and accessories on a regular basis. Orders received are typically shipped within one
business day. New direct customers who purchase a new system typically place an initial stocking order of instruments and accessories soon after they receive
their system.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Historically, our sales of da Vinci Surgical Systems have tended to be heavier in the fourth quarter and
lighter in the first quarter, as hospital budgets are reset. In addition, we have historically experienced lower procedure volume in the first and third quarters and
higher  procedure  volume  in  the  second  and  fourth  quarters.  More  than  half  of  da  Vinci  procedures  performed  are  for  benign  conditions.  These  benign
procedures and other short-term elective procedures tend to be more seasonal than cancer procedures and surgeries for other life-threatening conditions. In the
U.S.,  volumes  for  procedures  associated  with  benign  conditions  are  typically  seasonally  higher  in  the  fourth  quarter  when  more  patients  have  met  annual
deductibles and lower in the first quarter when deductibles are reset. Seasonality outside the U.S. varies and is more pronounced around local holidays and
vacation periods. The timing of procedures and changes in procedure volume impact the timing of instrument and accessory and capital purchases. As a result
of  factors  outlined  in  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—COVID-19  Pandemic”  below,
including the past and potential future recommendations of authorities to defer elective procedures, historical procedure patterns have been and may continue
to be disrupted.

Customer Support

We have a network of field service engineers across the U.S., Europe, and Asia and maintain relationships with various distributors around the globe. This
infrastructure  of  service  and  support  specialists  offers  a  full  complement  of  services  for  our  customers,  including  24/7  support,  installation,  repair,  and
maintenance.  We  generate  service  revenue  by  providing  these  services  to  our  customers  through  comprehensive  service  contracts  and  time  and  material
programs.

13

Table of Contents

Research and Development

We focus our research and development efforts on innovation and improvement for products and services that align with our mission: We believe that
minimally invasive care is life-enhancing care. Through ingenuity and intelligent technology, we believe that we can expand the potential of physicians to heal
without constraints. We employ engineering and research and development staff to focus on delivering future innovations and sustaining improvements that
advance our mission. In certain instances, we complement our research and development effort through collaborations with other companies, such as Trumpf
Medical (a division of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.).

Manufacturing

We manufacture our systems at our facilities in Sunnyvale, California and Durham, North Carolina. We manufacture our instruments at our facilities in

Sunnyvale, California and Mexicali, Mexico. We also have manufacturing at multiple sites in Germany.

We  purchase  both  custom  and  off-the-shelf  components  from  a  large  number  of  suppliers  and  subject  them  to  stringent  quality  specifications  and
processes. Some of the components necessary for the assembly of our products are currently provided to us by sole-sourced suppliers (the only recognized
supply  source  available  to  us)  or  single-sourced  suppliers  (the  only  approved  supply  source  for  us  among  other  sources).  We  purchase  the  majority  of  our
components and major assemblies through purchase orders rather than long-term supply agreements and generally do not maintain large volumes of finished
goods relative to our anticipated demand.

Competition

We face competition in the forms of existing open surgery, conventional MIS, drug therapies, radiation treatment, and emerging interventional surgical
approaches. Our success depends on continued clinical and technical innovation, quality and reliability, as well as educating hospitals, surgeons, and patients
on the demonstrated results associated with robotic-assisted surgery using da Vinci Surgical Systems and its value relative to other techniques. We also face
competition from several companies that have introduced or are developing new approaches and products for the MIS market. We believe that the entrance or
emergence of competition validates MIS and robotic-assisted surgery.

Moreover, as we add new robotically controlled products (e.g., da Vinci Stapling and da Vinci Energy) that compete with product offerings traditionally
within the domains of open surgery and/or conventional MIS, we face greater competition from larger and well-established companies, such as Johnson &
Johnson and Medtronic plc.

The companies that have introduced products in the field of robotic-assisted surgery or have made explicit statements about their efforts to enter the field,
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  Asensus  Surgical,  Inc.;  avateramedical  GmbH;  CMR  Surgical  Ltd.;  Johnson  &  Johnson;  Medicaroid,  Inc.;  Medrobotics
Corporation;  Medtronic  plc;  meerecompany  Inc.;  MicroPort  Scientific  Corporation;  Olympus  Corporation;  Samsung  Group;  Shandong  Weigao  Group
Medical Polymer Company Ltd.; and Titan Medical Inc. Other companies with substantial experience in industrial robotics could potentially expand into the
field of surgical robotics and become a competitor. In addition, research efforts utilizing computers and robotics in surgery are underway at various companies
and  research  institutions.  Our  revenues  may  be  adversely  impacted  as  our  competitors  announce  their  intent  to  enter  our  markets  and  as  our  customers
anticipate the availability of competing products.

Intellectual Property

We place considerable importance on obtaining and maintaining patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret protection for significant new technologies,

products, and processes.

We  generally  rely  upon  a  combination  of  intellectual  property  laws,  confidentiality  procedures,  and  contractual  provisions  to  protect  our  proprietary
technology. For example, we have trademarks, both registered and unregistered, that provide distinctive identification of our products in the marketplace. We
also have exclusive and non-exclusive patent licenses with various third parties to supplement our own robust patent portfolio.

As of December 31, 2021, we held ownership or exclusive field-of-use licenses for more than 4,200 U.S. and foreign patents and have filed more than
2,100 U.S. and foreign patent applications. We intend to continue filing new patent applications in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions to seek protection for our
technology.

Patents are granted for finite terms. Upon expiration, the inventions claimed in a patent enter the public domain.

Government Regulation

Our products and operations are subject to regulation by the FDA, the State of California, and countries or regions in which we market our products. In
addition, our products must meet the requirements of a large and growing body of international standards, which govern the design, manufacture, materials
content and sourcing, testing, certification, packaging, installation,

14

Table of Contents

use, and disposal of our products. We must continually keep abreast of these standards and requirements and integrate our compliance into the development
and regulatory documentation for our products. Failure to meet these standards could limit our ability to market our products in those regions that require
compliance  to  such  standards.  Examples  of  standards  to  which  we  are  subject  include  electrical  safety  standards,  such  as  those  of  the  International
Electrotechnical Commission (e.g., IEC 60601-ss series of standards), and composition standards, such as the Reduction of Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”)
and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) Directives.

U.S. Regulation

Our  products  are  subject  to  regulation  as  medical  devices  in  the  United  States  under  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  (“FFDCA”),  as
implemented  and  enforced  by  the  FDA.  The  FDA  regulates  the  development,  design,  non-clinical  and  clinical  research,  manufacturing,  safety,  efficacy,
labeling,  packaging,  storage,  installation,  recordkeeping,  complaint  and  adverse  event  reporting,  clearance,  approval,  certification,  promotion,  marketing,
export, import distribution, and service of medical devices in the U.S. to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their
intended uses.

Under the FFDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II, or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated

with each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness. Our current products are Class II medical devices.

Class II medical devices are those which are subject to general controls, and most require premarket demonstration of adherence to certain performance
standards or other special controls, as specified by the FDA, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the
device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries, and FDA guidance documents.

Manufacturers  of  most  Class  II  devices  are  required  to  submit  to  the  FDA  a  premarket  notification  under  Section  510(k)  of  the  FFDCA  requesting
authorization to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s authorization to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is
generally known as 510(k) clearance. Our current products are subject to premarket notification and clearance under section 510(k) of the FFDCA. To obtain
510(k) clearance, we must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a
legally marketed predicate device.

The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. In addition, the FDA

collects user fees for certain medical device submissions and annual fees for medical device establishments.

If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device in the U.S.
The FDA has a statutory 90-day period to respond to a 510(k) submission; however, as a practical matter, clearance often takes longer. The FDA may require
further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended
use,  is  not  “substantially  equivalent,”  the  device  may  be  designated  as  a  Class  III  device.  The  device  sponsor  must  then  fulfill  more  rigorous  PMA
requirements or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo classification pathway, which is a route to
market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device.

The PMA process is more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. In a PMA application, the manufacturer must demonstrate that the
device is safe and effective, and the PMA application must be supported by extensive data, including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials.
The FDA, by statute and regulation, has 180 days to review a PMA application, although the review more often occurs over a significantly longer period of
time  and  can  take  up  to  several  years.  In  approving  a  PMA  application  or  clearing  a  510(k)  submission,  the  FDA  may  also  require  some  additional
manufacturing controls, design control activities and approvals, as well as specific post-market surveillance requirements when necessary to protect the public
health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. In such cases, the manufacturer might be required to follow certain patient groups
for a number of years and make periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients.

Clinical  trials  are  almost  always  required  to  support  a  PMA  and  are  sometimes  required  to  support  a  510(k)  submission.  All  clinical  investigations
designed  to  determine  the  safety  and  effectiveness  of  a  medical  device  must  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  FDA’s  investigational  device  exemption
(“IDE”) regulations, which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping,
reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Regardless of the degree of risk presented by the medical device, clinical
studies must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board (“IRB”) for each clinical site. During a study, the sponsor is
required to comply with the applicable FDA requirements, including, for example, trial monitoring, selecting clinical investigators and providing them with
the  investigational  plan,  ensuring  IRB  review,  adverse  event  reporting,  record  keeping,  and  prohibitions  on  the  promotion  of  investigational  devices  or  on
making safety or effectiveness claims for

15

Table of Contents

them. The clinical investigators in the clinical study are also subject to the FDA’s regulations and must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the
investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of the investigational device, and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Additionally, after a trial begins, we, the FDA, or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the
risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits.

Over the last several years, the FDA has proposed reforms to its 510(k) clearance process, and such proposals could include increased requirements for
clinical data and a longer review period and make it more difficult for manufacturers to utilize the 510(k) clearance process for their products. For example, in
November 2018, FDA officials announced forthcoming steps that the FDA intended to take to modernize the premarket notification pathway under Section
510(k)  of  the  FFDCA.  Among  other  things,  the  FDA  announced  that  it  planned  to  develop  proposals  to  drive  manufacturers  utilizing  the  510(k)  pathway
toward the use of newer predicates. These proposals included plans to potentially sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the 510(k)
clearance pathway and to potentially publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence to predicate devices
that are more than 10 years old. These proposals have not yet been finalized or adopted, and the FDA may work with Congress to implement such proposals
through legislation.

More  recently,  in  September  2019,  the  FDA  issued  revised  final  guidance  describing  an  optional  “safety  and  performance  based”  premarket  review
pathway for manufacturers of “certain, well-understood device types” to demonstrate substantial equivalence under the 510(k) clearance pathway by showing
that such device meets objective safety and performance criteria established by the FDA, thereby obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety
and performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. The FDA maintains a list of device types appropriate for the
“safety and performance based” pathway and continues to develop product-specific guidance documents that identify the performance criteria for each such
device type, as well as the recommended testing methods, where feasible.

After  a  device  receives  510(k)  clearance,  any  modification  that  could  significantly  affect  its  safety  or  effectiveness,  or  that  would  constitute  a  major
change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA approval or de novo classification.
The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k), de novo classification, or a PMA in the first
instance,  but  the  FDA  can  review  any  such  decision  and  disagree  with  a  manufacturer’s  determination.  If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  a  manufacturer’s
determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) marketing clearance,
approval of a PMA, or issuance of a de novo classification. Also, in these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or
penalties.

In  addition,  the  FDA  may  place  significant  limitations  upon  the  intended  use  of  our  products  as  a  condition  of  granting  marketing  authorization.
Moreover,  after  a  device  is  placed  on  the  market,  numerous  FDA  and  other  regulatory  requirements  continue  to  apply.  These  requirements  include
establishment registration and device listing with the FDA; compliance with medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to
the FDA if their device caused or contributed, or may have caused or contributed, to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely
cause  or  contribute  to  a  death  or  serious  injury  if  it  were  to  recur;  compliance  with  corrections  and  removal  reporting  regulations,  which  require  that
manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a
violation of the FFDCA that may present a risk to health; the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the
market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by
the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. In addition, the FDA and the Federal
Trade  Commission  also  regulate  the  advertising  and  promotion  of  our  products  to  ensure  that  the  claims  we  make  are  consistent  with  our  regulatory
clearances, that there is scientific data to substantiate the claims, and that our advertising is neither false nor misleading. In general, we may not promote or
advertise our products for uses not within the scope of our intended use statement in our clearances or make unsupported safety and effectiveness claims.

Our manufacturing processes are required to comply with the Quality System Regulation (“QSR”). The QSR covers, among other things, the methods
used  in,  and  the  facilities  and  controls  used  for,  the  design,  testing,  controlling,  documenting,  manufacture,  packaging,  labeling,  storage,  installation,  and
servicing of all medical devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires maintenance of extensive records, which demonstrate compliance with the
FDA regulation, the manufacturer’s own procedures, specifications, and testing, as well as distribution and post-market experience. Compliance with the QSR
is  necessary  for  a  manufacturer  to  be  able  to  continue  to  market  cleared  or  approved  product  offerings  in  the  U.S.  A  company’s  facilities,  records,  and
manufacturing  processes  are  subject  to  periodic  scheduled  or  unscheduled  inspections  by  the  FDA.  Failure  to  maintain  compliance  with  applicable  QSR
requirements  could  result  in  the  shut-down  of,  or  restrictions  on,  manufacturing  operations  and  the  recall  or  seizure  of  marketed  products.  If  the  FDA
determines that a manufacturer has failed

16

Table of Contents

to  comply  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements,  it  can  take  a  variety  of  compliance  or  enforcement  actions,  which  may  result  in  any  of  the  following
sanctions:

• warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, administrative penalties, and civil or criminal penalties;

•

•

•

recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;

• withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

•

•

refusal to grant export approvals for our products; or

criminal prosecution.

In  addition,  the  discovery  of  previously  unknown  problems  with  any  marketed  products,  including  unanticipated  adverse  events  or  adverse  events  of
increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of
medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

Products  manufactured  outside  the  U.S.  by  or  for  us  are  subject  to  U.S.  Customs  and  FDA  inspection  upon  entry  into  the  U.S.  We  must  demonstrate
compliance of such products with U.S. regulations and carefully document the eventual distribution or re-exportation of such products. Failure to comply with
all applicable regulations could prevent us from having access to products or components critical to the manufacture of finished products and lead to shortages
and delays.

Foreign Regulation

In  order  for  us  to  market  our  products  in  countries  outside  the  United  States,  we  must  obtain  regulatory  approvals  or  certifications  and  comply  with
extensive product and quality system regulations in other countries. These regulations, including the requirements for approvals, clearance, or certifications
and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Some countries have regulatory review processes that are substantially longer than
U.S. processes. Failure to obtain regulatory approval or certification in a timely manner and meet all of the local requirements, including language and specific
safety standards, in any foreign country in which we plan to market our products could prevent us from marketing products in such countries or subject us to
sanctions and fines.

Japan

Most medical devices must undergo thorough safety examinations and demonstrate medical efficacy before they receive regulatory approval to be sold in
Japan. We obtained approval from the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor, and Welfare (“MHLW”) for our da Vinci Si Surgical System in October 2012, for
our da Vinci Xi Surgical System in March 2015, and for our da Vinci X Surgical System in April 2018. National reimbursement status in Japan was received
for prostatectomy procedures in April 2012 and for da Vinci partial nephrectomy procedures in April 2016. An additional 12 da Vinci procedures were granted
reimbursement effective April 1, 2018, including gastrectomy, low anterior resection, lobectomy, and hysterectomy, for both malignant and benign conditions.
An  additional  7  procedures  were  granted  reimbursement  effective  April  1,  2020.  These  additional  19  reimbursed  procedures  have  varying  levels  of
conventional laparoscopic penetration and will be reimbursed at rates equal to the conventional laparoscopic procedures. Given the reimbursement level and
laparoscopic penetration for these 19 procedures, there can be no assurance that adoption will occur or that the adoption pace for these procedures will be
similar to any other da Vinci procedures. If these procedures are not adopted and we are not successful in obtaining adequate procedure reimbursements for
additional procedures, then the demand for our products in Japan could be limited. The process of reimbursement for new da Vinci surgical procedures in
Japan is led by the surgical societies. The societies submit for reimbursement or incremental reimbursement to the MHLW for their evaluation. The decision to
reimburse requires in-country clinical data and is fixed in April of even-numbered years.

European Union

In  the  European  Union  (“EU”),  all  medical  devices  placed  on  the  EU  market  must  meet  the  essential  requirements,  including  the  requirement  that  a
medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and
health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the performance intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured, and packaged in
a suitable manner.

Compliance with the essential requirements is a prerequisite for European Conformity Marking (“CE mark”) without which medical devices cannot be
marketed or sold in the EU. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements, medical device manufacturers must undergo a conformity assessment
procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its (risk) classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-
measuring devices), where the manufacturer can self-assess the conformity of its products with the essential requirements (except for any parts which relate to
sterility or metrology), a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a notified body. Notified bodies are

17

Table of Contents

independent organizations designated by EU member states to assess the conformity of devices before being placed on the market. A notified body would
typically audit and examine a product’s technical dossiers and the manufacturers’ quality system. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant
essential requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The
manufacturer may then apply the CE mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the market throughout the EU.

Until May 25, 2021, medical devices were regulated by Council Directive 93/42/EEC (the “EU Medical Devices Directive” or “MDD”), which has been
repealed and replaced by Regulation (EU) No 2017/745 (the “EU Medical Devices Regulation” or “MDR”). Our current certificates have been granted under
the  MDD.  However,  as  of  May  26,  2021,  some  of  the  MDR  requirements  apply  in  place  of  the  corresponding  requirements  of  the  MDD  with  regard  to
registration of economic operators and of devices, post-market surveillance, and vigilance requirements. Pursuing marketing of medical devices in the EU will
notably require that our devices be certified under the new regime set forth in the MDR.

Many  EU  member  states  have  adopted  specific  anti-gift  statutes  that  further  limit  commercial  practices  for  medical  devices,  in  particular  vis-à-vis
healthcare professionals and organizations. Additionally, there has been a recent trend of increased regulation of payments and transfers of value provided to
healthcare  professionals  or  entities  and  many  EU  member  states  have  adopted  national  “Sunshine  Acts,”  which  impose  reporting  and  transparency
requirements (often on an annual basis), similar to the requirements in the United States, on medical device manufacturers. Certain countries also mandate
implementation of commercial compliance programs.

Brexit

Since January 1, 2021, the Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (“MHRA”) has become the sovereign regulatory authority responsible
for the Great Britain (i.e., England, Wales, and Scotland) medical device market. Following the end of the Brexit transitional period on January 1, 2021, new
regulations require medical devices to be registered with the MHRA (but manufacturers were given a grace period of four to 12 months, depending on the
classification of the device, to comply with the new registration process) before being placed on the Great Britain market. By July 1, 2023, in Great Britain, all
medical  devices  will  require  a  UKCA  (“UK  Conformity  Assessed”)  mark,  but  CE  marks  issued  by  EU  notified  bodies  will  remain  valid  until  this  time.
Manufacturers  may  choose  to  use  the  UKCA  mark  on  a  voluntary  basis  until  June  30,  2023.  However,  UKCA  marking  will  not  be  recognized  in  the  EU.
Compliance with this legislation is a prerequisite to be able to affix the UKCA mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in Great
Britain.

In addition, the Trade Deal between the UK and the EU generally provides for cooperation and exchange of information between the parties in the areas
of  product  safety  and  compliance,  including  market  surveillance,  enforcement  activities  and  measures,  standardization-related  activities,  exchanges  of
officials, and coordinated product recalls. As such, processes for compliance and reporting should reflect requirements from regulatory authorities.

Regulations in other countries, including the requirements for approvals, certification, or clearance and the time required for regulatory review, vary from
country  to  country.  Certain  countries,  such  as  China  and  South  Korea,  have  their  own  regulatory  agencies.  These  countries  typically  require  regulatory
approvals and compliance with extensive safety and quality system regulations. Failure to obtain regulatory approval in any foreign country in which we plan
to market our products, or failure to comply with any regulation in any foreign country in which we market our products may negatively impact our ability to
generate revenue and harm our business. In addition to product registration approvals, our system sales into China are also dependent on obtaining importation
authorizations and provincial approvals, as well as hospitals completing a tender and hospital listing process under the authorization. In October 2018, the
China National Health Commission published on its official website the quota for major medical equipment to be imported and sold in China through 2020.
After an adjustment notice was published in the third quarter of 2020 (ref. NHC Financial Notice [2020] 315), the government will allow for the total sale of
225 new Endoscopic Surgical Instrument Control Systems (surgical robots) into China, which could include da Vinci Surgical Systems as well as surgical
systems introduced by others. Sales of da Vinci Surgical Systems under the quota are uncertain, as they are dependent on hospitals completing a tender process
and receiving associated approvals.

In addition, local regulations may apply, which govern the use of our products and which could have an adverse effect on our product utilization if they
are unfavorable. All such regulations are revised from time to time and, in general, are increasing in complexity and in the scope and degree of documentation
and testing required. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from such documentation and testing will be acceptable to any particular regulatory agency
or will continue to be acceptable over time. There are further regulations governing the importation, marketing, sale, distribution, use, and service as well as
the removal and disposal of medical devices in the regions in which we operate and market our products. Failure to comply with any of these regulations could
result in sanctions or fines and could prevent us from marketing our products in these regions.

18

Table of Contents

Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement

Our  customers,  including  physicians,  hospitals,  and  outpatient  facilities,  typically  bill  third-party  payors  for  the  costs  and  fees  associated  with  the
procedures in which our products are used. In the U.S., in order to receive payment for the procedures performed using our products, our customers must
report  codes  that  describe  the  services  or  products  furnished  and  determine  the  medical  necessity  of  the  service  or  whether  the  service  is  included  in  the
payors’ policy). In the U.S. and most markets globally where we sell our products, reimbursement for medical services and surgical procedures to hospitals,
outpatient facilities, and surgeons (collectively “providers”) is determined by the government, commercial payors (insurers), or a combination of both.

In  the  U.S.,  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services  (“CMS”)  and  its  fiscal  intermediaries  (Medicare  Administrative  Contractors)  and  state
Medicaid programs establish reimbursement policies for medical and surgical services at the state and federal level for the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own coverage and reimbursement policies but also have
their own methods and approval processes. Commercial payors in non-capitated contracts commonly establish payment to providers based on a percentage of
the Medicare payment rate.

Physicians and outpatient facilities bill for medical and surgical services by reporting a combination of billing codes. Current Procedural Terminology
(“CPT”) codes are created by the American Medical Association (“AMA”) with input from CMS and commercial payors to describe medical and surgical
procedures. CPT codes currently exist for minimally invasive surgical procedures, which may involve the da Vinci surgical system. In general, the majority of
payors, including Medicare, consider robotic assistance as a tool used to perform the procedure and do not pay providers more for a surgical procedure that
involves  robotic  assistance  using  the  da  Vinci  or  any  other  robotic  surgical  system.  Because  there  is  often  no  separate  reimbursement  for  the  use  of  our
products,  the  additional  cost  associated  with  the  use  of  our  products  can  affect  the  profit  margin  of  the  hospital  or  surgery  center  where  the  procedure  is
performed. If hospitals do not obtain sufficient reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures performed with our products, or if governmental and
private payors’ policies do not cover surgical procedures performed using our products, we may not be able to generate the revenue necessary to support our
business.

Hospitals bill for inpatient services by reporting ICD-10-PCS codes. CMS is primarily responsible for overseeing changes and modifications to ICD-10-
PCS codes. Medicare payment to hospitals for services provided during an inpatient stay are based on the Inpatient Prospective Payment System (“IPPS”).
Under the IPPS, each patient discharge is categorized into a Medicare Severity Adjusted Diagnosis-Related Group (“MS-DRG” or “DRG”). Each DRG has an
assigned payment weight based on the average resources used for Medicare patients in that DRG, taking into account the patient’s principal diagnosis, surgical
procedures, age, discharge status, and up to 24 additional or secondary diagnoses, among other things. The DRG is a single, bundled payment intended to
cover all costs associated with the inpatient admission.

The  use  of  robotic  technology  does  not  influence  MS-DRG  assignment  or  payment  for  an  inpatient  admission  related  to  a  surgical  procedure.  CMS
annually  updates  hospital  inpatient  and  outpatient  payments  based  on  hospitals’  charge  data.  Hospital  inpatient  and  outpatient  payments  are  also  adjusted
based on whether the hospital is a teaching hospital, its geographic location, and any failures to meet certain quality metrics, among other factors.

Commercial  payors  commonly  establish  inpatient  facility  payment  for  providers  using  published  Medicare  DRG  rates  as  a  benchmark.  Commercial

payment to providers varies depending on the procedure performed, geographic location, contractual allowances, and other factors.

Medicare and commercial payor payments to facilities for medical and surgical services may not always fully reimburse providers for all costs associated
with  furnishing  these  procedures.  If  payment  is  insufficient  for  procedures  involving  our  technology,  hospitals  and  physicians  may  decide  not  to  use  our
products.

In countries outside the U.S., reimbursement for surgical services to physicians and facilities differs considerably and varies by country. In some markets,
there is a single public payor who provides a global annual budget to hospitals to provide all care to the population served in a designated geographic area. In
other  markets,  private  insurance  can  be  purchased  or  is  provided  by  employers  to  supplement  public  health  insurance.  In  some  countries,  patients  may  be
permitted  to  pay  directly  for  surgical  services;  however,  such  “co-pay”  practices  are  not  common  (or  allowed)  in  many  countries.  Further,  in  many  global
markets, access to procedures and technology is governed or heavily influenced by Health Technology Assessment (“HTA”) organizations, which conduct
periodic and extensive evidence-based reviews of the clinical value and cost effectiveness of a new technology. To effectively conduct our business, we may
need to seek OUS reimbursement approvals, and we do not know if these required approvals will be obtained in a timely manner or at all. In addition, in some
markets,  HTA  organizations  may  publish  reports  with  mixed  conclusions  about  the  clinical  and  economic  value  of  our  products  to  the  population.  Such
reviews could negatively impact hospital adoption of our technology.

19

Table of Contents

Healthcare Reform

In the U.S., there have been, and continue to be, a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “ACA”), was enacted. The ACA made changes that
have significantly impacted healthcare providers, insurers, and pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers. The ACA contained a number of provisions
designed to generate the revenues necessary to fund health insurance coverage expansion and appropriated funding to research the comparative effectiveness
of healthcare treatments and strategies. It remains unclear how this research will influence future Medicare coverage and reimbursement decisions as well as
influence other third-party payor coverage and reimbursement policies.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme
Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Thus,
the  ACA  will  remain  in  effect  in  its  current  form.  Further,  prior  to  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  ruling,  President  Biden  issued  an  executive  order  to  initiate  a
special  enrollment  period  from  February  15,  2021,  through  August  15,  2021,  for  purposes  of  obtaining  health  insurance  coverage  through  the  ACA
marketplace. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to
healthcare,  including  among  others,  reexamining  Medicaid  demonstration  projects  and  waiver  programs  that  include  work  requirements,  and  policies  that
create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included an aggregate reduction in
Medicare  payments  to  providers  of  2%  per  fiscal  year,  which  went  into  effect  on  April  1,  2013,  and  will  remain  in  effect  through  2030,  unless  additional
Congressional action is taken, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020, through March 31, 2022. On January 2, 2013, the American
Taxpayer  Relief  Act  of  2012  was  signed  into  law,  which,  among  other  things,  further  reduced  Medicare  payments  to  several  types  of  providers,  including
hospitals,  imaging  centers,  and  cancer  treatment  centers.  The  Medicare  Access  and  CHIP  Reauthorization  Act  of  2015,  enacted  on  April  16,  2015
(“MACRA”), repealed the formula by which Medicare made annual payment adjustments to physicians and replaced the former formula with fixed annual
updates  and  a  new  system  of  incentive  payments  that  began  in  2019  and  are  based  on  various  performance  measures  and  physicians’  participation  in
alternative  payment  models,  such  as  accountable  care  organizations.  Individual  states  in  the  U.S.  have  also  become  increasingly  aggressive  in  passing
legislation and implementing regulations designed to control product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints and discounts, and require
marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures.

In the U.S. and abroad, reimbursement is dynamic and subject to change annually by public and private payors. National government agencies may also
intervene and pass legislation that is intended to reduce healthcare spending, which could impact market access. Such legislative interventions can vacillate
significantly  based  on  government  leadership.  Other  federal  or  state  healthcare  reform  measures  that  may  be  adopted  in  the  future  could  have  a  material
adverse effect on our business. Any regulatory or legislative developments in domestic or foreign markets that eliminate or reduce reimbursement rates for
procedures performed with our products could harm our ability to sell our products or cause downward pressure on the prices of our products, either of which
would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Human Capital

The future success of our company depends on our ability to attract, retain, and further develop top talent. To facilitate talent attraction, retention, and
development, we strive to make Intuitive an inclusive, diverse, and safe workplace with opportunities for our employees to grow and develop in their careers,
supported by strong compensation, benefits, and health and wellness programs as well as by programs that build connections between our employees and the
communities in which they live and work.

As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 9,793 full-time employees, 1,294 of whom were engaged directly in research and development, 3,682 in
manufacturing  operations,  3,354  in  commercial  and  service  operations,  and  1,463  in  administrative  activities.  During  2021,  the  number  of  employees
increased  by  approximately  1,712.  Our  employees  are  based  in  27  different  countries  around  the  world.  Our  global  workforce  consists  of  diverse,  highly
skilled talent at all levels. During 2021, our turnover rate was approximately 10.3%.

Inclusion and Diversity

Intuitive’s  inclusion  and  diversity  (I&D)  vision  is  to  empower  our  employees  and  customers  from  every  background  to  fully  contribute  toward  our
mission to expand the potential of physicians to heal without constraints. We want to build an environment where every individual can belong and flourish –
in our company and the communities we serve.

We believe that everyone should feel included and fairly treated, and we embrace the unique qualities that make people who they are. This includes all

genders and gender identities, races, ethnicities, ages, national origins, native languages,

20

Table of Contents

disabilities,  sexual  orientations,  body  sizes,  military  backgrounds,  socioeconomic  backgrounds,  religions,  and  family  structures.  We  believe  in  seeking  the
different to propel innovation and creativity forward.

We have a four-part strategy to guide our I&D progress: building a diverse workforce to fuel innovation and better mirror the patients we serve; ensuring
an inclusive experience, where employees from all backgrounds feel welcome, supported, and valued; investing in fair practices by continuously improving
our  people  practices  and  sharing  progress;  and  strengthening  our  industry  leadership  by  engaging  with  the  healthcare  community,  diversity-focused
organizations, and shareholders to drive positive change. Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) have been one key area of I&D focus and growth, providing
support and community for traditionally marginalized groups, including women, people of color, members of the LGBTQ+ community, military veterans, and
employees with disabilities.

From a governance perspective, maintaining a mix of backgrounds and experience in our board composition is essential to understanding and reflecting
the needs of our diverse stakeholders. Currently, four of our 11 board members self-identify as women, and three of our 11 board members self-identify as
individuals  from  underrepresented  communities  (defined  as  an  individual  who  self-identifies  as  Black,  African  American,  Hispanic,  Latino,  Asian,  Pacific
Islander, Native American, Native Hawaiian, or Alaska Native, or who self-identifies as gay, lesbian, bisexual, or transgender).

Health, Safety, and Wellness

The health, safety, and wellness of our employees is a priority in which we continued to invest and expand throughout 2021. We provide our employees
and  their  families  with  access  to  a  variety  of  innovative,  flexible,  and  convenient  health  and  wellness  programs.  Program  benefits  are  intended  to  provide
protection and security, including workplace health and safety best practices integrated into our everyday activities. Additionally, we provide programs that
help employees have peace of mind concerning events that may require time away from work or that may impact their family, mental health, or financial well-
being.

We  continue  to  implement  changes  that  we  determine  are  in  the  best  interest  of  our  employees,  as  well  as  the  communities  in  which  we  operate,  in
compliance with government regulations. This includes having employees continue to work from home, where possible, while providing support for strategic,
on-site,  in-person  activities  and  gatherings  with  meeting  and  event  protocols  in  place  to  help  minimize  the  exposure  to  COVID-19  and  other  risks.  Each
Intuitive location manages overall safety with guidance based on regional, country, and local regulations and best practices.

In  2021,  investments  in  building  upgrades  and  facility  safety  improvements  included  improved-efficiency  HVAC  filters  and  restrooms  equipped  with
touchless  faucets,  toilets,  towel  dispensers,  and  door  kickplates,  where  possible.  We  increased  cleaning  frequency  in  common  areas,  while  implementing
additional safety measures for employees continuing critical on-site work. Employees critical to maintaining our essential engineering, manufacturing, repair,
and  logistics  functions  have  continued  to  work  from  Intuitive  locations  globally.  To  protect  and  support  our  essential  team  members,  health  and  safety
measures that included maximizing personal workspaces, changing shift schedules, providing personal protective equipment (PPE), and screening and testing
resources continue to be provided.

Our future ways of working team helped us explore changes that could strengthen our culture and could appeal to a diverse group of new employees.
These  included  redefining  job  classifications  to  include  fully  remote  and  hybrid  work  arrangements,  setting  new  expectations  around  how  we  work.  An
employee survey to inform new ways of working resulted in more outdoor working spaces, self-service information technology equipment procurement, on-
demand mental health care and resilience resources, ergonomics review and new furniture choices for those working from home, new scheduling systems for
reserving on-site workspaces, and more thoughtful approaches to building cleaning and access to common areas.

Keeping in mind employee health and safety, Intuitive has prepared for a post-pandemic future where employees can return to an Intuitive workspace

with peace of mind.

Compensation and Benefits

We provide compensation and benefits programs to help meet the needs of our employees. In addition to base compensation, these programs, which vary
by  country  and  region,  include  annual  bonuses,  stock  awards,  an  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  retirement  savings  plans,  healthcare,  income  protection
benefits, paid time off, family leave, family care resources, and flexible work schedules, among many others.

Ensuring  fair  and  equitable  pay  is  integral  to  our  commitment  to  our  employees.  Our  executive  team  and  Board  of  Directors  strongly  support  this
commitment.  We  conduct  pay  equity  reviews  annually  to  help  us  understand  whether  our  compensation  structure  is  appropriate  and  to  identify  what
improvements can be made. In addition, we utilize a robust inspection process with an independent consulting firm for gender and ethnicity hiring, promotion,
and wage equity to determine whether any statistically significant pay differences exist between women and men and between minorities and non-minorities.
If pay disparities are identified, we conduct further evaluation to determine whether remedial adjustments are

21

Table of Contents

appropriate.  In  addition,  employees  can  raise  issues  regarding  pay  equity  with  their  manager,  their  human  resources  partner,  or  confidentially  through  our
anonymous reporting helpline.

Talent Development

We value our employees and the passion, commitment, and professional depth they provide. To enhance employee retention and job satisfaction, we offer

ongoing learning and leadership training opportunities that support growth.

With a commitment to achieving diverse representation within our leadership ranks that reflects the diversity that we see in our overall employee base, we
increased  our  leadership  development  efforts  by  reinforcing  development  around  our  People  Leader  Success  Model.  Leadership  development  focuses  on
people-leader effectiveness, cultural continuity, and organizational effectiveness, so that leaders at all levels have the capabilities and knowledge that they and
their teams need to succeed.

Our  Global  Talent  Management  team  transitioned  much  of  our  leadership  training  from  in-person  sessions  to  remote  learning  with  the  emergence  of
COVID-19.  Our  scaled  learning  platform  of  on-demand  and  virtual  classroom  learning  eliminates  travel  and  allows  employees  worldwide  to  access
development at their convenience.

We have robust annual global performance review processes for reviewing all employees’ performance and pay. To support our managers, we train them
on conducting effective performance reviews and making compensation recommendations, which take into consideration market pay data and performance, as
well as experience in an employee’s respective role.

Community Programs

We believe that building connections between our employees, their families, and our communities creates a more meaningful, fulfilling, and enjoyable
workplace. Through our engagement programs, our employees can pursue their interests and hobbies, connect to volunteering and giving opportunities, and
enjoy unique recreational experiences with family members.

The Intuitive Foundation is a nonprofit organization established in 2018 and funded by Intuitive. Since its founding, the Intuitive Foundation has been
dedicated to promoting health, advancing education, and reducing human suffering. The Foundation supports outreach programs financially while we provide
the volunteers and mentors from within our company. Since its inception, we have contributed $85 million to the Intuitive Foundation to fulfill its mission.

One  of  the  Foundation’s  major  programs,  the  Global  Surgical  Training  Challenge  (“GSTC”)  is  inspiring  innovation  to  help  expand  healthcare  access
around the world. Launched in 2020, GSTC came together when the Intuitive Foundation worked with MIT Solve and Nesta Challenges to recruit teams and
offer  a  prize  pool  of  up  to  $5  million  for  winning  concepts  that  help  enable  better  access  to  care.  In  addition,  the  Intuitive  Foundation  engages  with
professional societies and nonprofits to create internships and support leadership development for underrepresented student populations and also continues to
support programs that empower young people of all backgrounds to participate in robotics-centered events to inspire their education in science, technology,
engineering, and math. Moreover, Intuitive and the Intuitive Foundation, along with many employees, contributed financially to support community programs
and other charitable campaigns.

We  encourage  you  to  review  the  “Talent  and  workplace  experience”  and  “Creating  stronger  communities”  section  of  our  Sustainability  Report  2021
(located  on  our  website)  for  more  detailed  information  regarding  our  Human  Capital  programs  and  initiatives.  Nothing  on  our  website,  including  our
Sustainability Report 2021 or sections thereof, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

22

Table of Contents

General

We make our periodic and current reports, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K,
and any amendments to those reports, available free of charge on our website as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed or furnished with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”).  Our  website  address  is  www.intuitive.com,  and  the  reports  are  filed  under  “SEC  Filings”  on  the
Company  —  Investor  Relations  portion  of  our  website.  Periodically,  we  webcast  Company  announcements,  product  launch  events,  and  executive
presentations, which can be viewed via our Investor Relations page on our website. In addition, we provide notifications of our material news, including SEC
filings,  investor  events,  and  press  releases  as  part  of  our  Investor  Relations  page  on  our  website.  The  contents  of  our  website  are  not  intended  to  be
incorporated by reference into this report or in any other report or document we file, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual
references only. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, references to the URLs for these
websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

We  operate  our  business  as  one  segment,  as  defined  by  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Our  financial  results  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 are discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and
“Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report.

Intuitive Surgical, Inc. was founded in 1995. We are a Delaware corporation with our principal executive offices located at 1020 Kifer Road, Sunnyvale,

California 94086. Our telephone number is (408) 523-2100, and our website address is www.intuitive.com.

23

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.     RISK FACTORS

You  should  consider  each  of  the  following  risk  factors,  which  could  materially  affect  our  business,  financial  position,  or  future  results  of  operations.
Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business,
financial position, or future results of operations. In addition, the global economic climate and additional or unforeseen effects from the COVID-19 pandemic
amplify many of these risks.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

PUBLIC HEALTH CRISES OR EPIDEMIC DISEASES, OR THE PERCEPTION OF THEIR EFFECTS, HAVE AND COULD CONTINUE TO
MATERIALLY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Our global operations expose us to risks associated with public health crises and outbreaks of epidemic, pandemic, or contagious diseases, such as the
current outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19). To date, COVID-19 has had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on our operations,
our supply chains and distribution systems, and our expenses, including as a result of preventive and precautionary measures that we, other businesses, and
governments are taking. In addition, hospitals are also experiencing staffing shortages and supply chain issues that could impact their ability to provide patient
care. Due to these impacts and measures, we have experienced and may continue to experience significant and unpredictable reductions in the demand for our
products  as  healthcare  customers  divert  medical  resources  and  priorities  towards  the  treatment  of  that  disease.  In  addition,  our  customers  have  delayed,
cancelled, or redirected and, in the future, may delay, cancel, or redirect planned capital expenditures in order to focus resources on COVID-19 or in response
to  economic  disruption  related  to  COVID-19.  For  example,  as  a  result  of  the  global  COVID-19  pandemic,  in  the  first  half  of  2020,  we  experienced  a
significant decline in procedure volume in the U.S. and Western Europe, as healthcare systems diverted resources to meet the increasing demands of managing
COVID-19. In addition, U.S. and global public health bodies have, at times, recommended delaying elective surgeries during the COVID-19 pandemic, and
surgeons and medical societies are evaluating the risks of minimally invasive surgeries in the presence of infectious diseases, which we expect will continue to
negatively  impact  the  usage  of  our  products  and  the  number  of  da  Vinci  procedures  performed.  Also,  as  we  are  conducting  IDE  studies  to  support  510(k)
submission for da Vinci platforms and for seeking new indications, we may experience delays in obtaining new product approvals, certifications, or clearances
from the FDA or foreign approvals or certifications from foreign authorities or notified bodies or delays in recruiting patients in our ongoing and planned
clinical studies.

As  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  outbreak,  we  have  experienced  significant  business  disruptions,  including  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  travel  as  well  as
distribute and service our products, temporary closures of our facilities and the facilities of our suppliers and their contract manufacturers, and a reduction in
access to our customers due to diverted resources and priorities and the business hours of hospitals, as governments institute prolonged shelter-in-place and/or
self-quarantine mandates. For example, our corporate headquarters and many of our operations, including certain of our manufacturing facilities, are located in
California, which previously instituted risk reduction orders applicable to our employees in that region, significantly impacting the ability of our employees to
get to their places of work to produce products and hampering our products from moving through the supply chain. These unprecedented measures to slow the
spread of the virus taken by local governments and healthcare authorities globally, including the deferral of elective medical procedures and social distancing
measures, have had, and we expect will continue to have, a negative impact on our operations and financial results. Furthermore, our future ways of working
changes,  including  fully  remote  and  hybrid  work  environments,  may  present  additional  risks,  uncertainties,  and  costs  that  could  affect  our  performance,
including increased operational risk, uncertainty regarding office space needs, heightened vulnerability to cyber attacks due to remote work, potential reduced
productivity,  changes  to  our  company  culture,  and  increased  costs  to  ensure  our  offices  are  safe  and  functional  as  hybrid  offices  that  enable  effective
collaboration of both remote and in-person colleagues.

In  addition,  the  COVID-19  pandemic  has  adversely  affected,  and  may  continue  to  adversely  affect,  the  economies  and  financial  markets  of  many
countries, which may result in a period of regional, national, and global economic slowdown or regional, national, or global recessions that could curtail or
delay  spending  by  hospitals  and  affect  demand  for  our  products  as  well  as  increased  risk  of  customer  defaults  or  delays  in  payments.  Our  customers  may
terminate  or  amend  their  agreements  for  the  purchase,  lease,  or  service  of  our  products  due  to  bankruptcy,  lack  of  liquidity,  lack  of  funding,  operational
failures, or other reasons. COVID-19 and the current financial, economic, and capital markets environment, and future developments in these and other areas
present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, volume of business, results of operations, and cash flows.

Outbreaks of other epidemic, pandemic, or contagious diseases, such as, historically, the Ebola virus, Middle East Respiratory Syndrome, Severe Acute
Respiratory  Syndrome,  or  the  H1N1  virus,  could  also  divert  medical  resources  and  priorities  towards  the  treatment  of  that  disease.  An  outbreak  of  other
contagious  diseases  could  negatively  affect  hospital  admission  rates  or  disrupt  our  business  similar  to  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  highlighted
above. Any of these

24

Table of Contents

outbreaks  could  negatively  impact  the  number  of  procedures  performed  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations, or cash flows.

OUR  RELIANCE  ON  SOLE  AND  SINGLE  SOURCE  SUPPLIERS  AND  OUR  ABILITY  TO  PURCHASE  AT  ACCEPTABLE  PRICES  A
SUFFICIENT  SUPPLY  OF  MATERIALS,  PARTS,  AND  COMPONENTS  COULD  HARM  OUR  ABILITY  TO  MEET  DEMAND  FOR  OUR
PRODUCTS IN A TIMELY MANNER OR WITHIN BUDGET.

Some of the components necessary for the assembly of our products are currently provided to us by sole-sourced suppliers or single-sourced suppliers. We
generally purchase components through purchase orders rather than long-term supply agreements and generally do not maintain large volumes of inventory.
While  alternative  suppliers  exist  and  could  be  identified  for  single-sourced  components,  the  disruption  or  termination  of  the  supply  of  components,  or
inflationary  pressure  in  our  supply  chain,  could  cause  a  significant  increase  in  the  costs  of  these  components,  which  could  affect  our  operating  results.  A
disruption  or  termination  in  the  supply  of  components  could  also  result  in  our  inability  to  meet  demand  for  our  products,  which  could  harm  our  ability  to
generate revenues, lead to customer dissatisfaction, and damage our reputation and our brand. Furthermore, if we are required to change the manufacturer of a
key component of our products, we may be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards
and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The time and processes associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could delay our ability to
manufacture our products on schedule or within budget, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations,
or cash flows.

In addition, our ability to meet customers’ demands depends, in part, on our ability to timely obtain an adequate delivery of quality materials, parts, and
components  from  our  suppliers.  An  information  technology  systems  interruption,  including  cybersecurity  attacks,  could  adversely  affect  the  ordering,
distribution,  and  manufacturing  processes  of  our  suppliers.  Difficulties  in  obtaining  a  sufficient  supply  of  semiconductor  and  other  component  materials
continue to increase, and we expect such difficulties to persist in the foreseeable future. Prices of such materials have also increased, and global supply has
become significantly constrained due to the increased demand for materials, including semiconductors, to support expansion of server and cloud networks as a
greater proportion of the global population worked remotely, the introduction of 5G, and the continued electrification of vehicles. We engage in activities to
seek to mitigate such supply disruptions by, for example, increasing our communications with our suppliers and modifying our purchase order coverage and
inventory  levels.  However,  notwithstanding  these  activities,  the  global  semiconductor  and  materials  supply  shortage  is  likely  to  remain  a  challenge  for  the
foreseeable  future.  Such  global  shortages  in  important  components  have  resulted  in,  and  will  continue  to  cause,  inflationary  pressure  in  our  supply  chain,
which would impact our profits and profit margin. If shortages and price increases in important supply-chain materials in the semiconductor or other markets
continue, we could also fail to meet product demand, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

BECAUSE  OUR  MARKETS  ARE  HIGHLY  COMPETITIVE,  CUSTOMERS  MAY  CHOOSE  TO  PURCHASE  OUR  COMPETITORS’
PRODUCTS OR SERVICES OR MAY NOT ACCEPT DA VINCI ROBOTIC-ASSISTED SURGERY, WHICH WOULD RESULT IN REDUCED
REVENUE AND LOSS OF MARKET SHARE.

Robotic-assisted surgery with a da Vinci Surgical System is a technology that competes with established and emerging treatment options in both disease
management and reconstructive medical procedures. These competitive treatment options include conventional MIS, open surgery, interventional approaches,
and  pharmacological  regimens.  Some  of  these  procedures  are  widely  accepted  in  the  medical  community  and,  in  many  cases,  have  a  long  history  of  use.
Technological advances could make such treatments more effective or less expensive than using our products, which could render our products obsolete or
unmarketable. Studies could be published that show that other treatment options are more beneficial and/or cost-effective than robotic-assisted surgery. We
cannot be certain that physicians will use our products to replace or supplement established treatments or that our products will continue to be competitive
with current or future technologies.

Additionally,  we  face  or  expect  to  face  competition  from  companies  that  develop  or  have  developed  wristed,  robotic-assisted,  or  computer-assisted
surgical systems and products. Companies have introduced products in the field of robotic surgery or have made explicit statements about their efforts to enter
the  field  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  following  companies:  Asensus  Surgical,  Inc.;  avateramedical  GmbH;  CMR  Surgical  Ltd.;  Johnson  &  Johnson;
Medicaroid, Inc.; Medrobotics Corporation; Medtronic plc; meerecompany Inc.; MicroPort Scientific Corporation; Olympus Corporation; Samsung Group;
Shandong Weigao Group Medical Polymer Company Ltd.; and Titan Medical Inc. Other companies with substantial experience in industrial robotics could
potentially  expand  into  the  field  of  surgical  robotics  and  become  competitors.  Our  revenues  may  be  reduced  due  to  pricing  pressure  or  eliminated  if  our
competitors develop and market products that are more effective or less expensive than our products. If we are unable to compete successfully, our revenues
will suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, result of operations, or cash flows. We may not be able to maintain
or improve our competitive position against current or potential competitors, especially those with greater resources.

25

Table of Contents

In  addition,  third-party  service  providers  that  provide  services  to  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  operators  may  emerge  and  compete  with  us  on  price  or
offerings. To date, substantially all of our customers have sourced services on their da Vinci Surgical Systems from us through service contract commitments
or time and materials contracts. Furthermore, there are third-party service providers offering consulting services targeted at analyzing the cost-effectiveness of
hospitals’  robotic-assisted  surgery  programs,  including  procedures  performed,  placement  of  systems,  and  consumption  of  instruments  and  accessories.  We
currently provide similar services and analysis to our customers, but it is difficult to assess the impact that this may have on our business. If we are unable to
compete successfully with any third-party service providers, our revenues may suffer.

THE INFLATIONARY ENVIRONMENT COULD MATERIALLY ADVERSELY IMPACT OUR BUSINESS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Changes in economic conditions and supply chain constraints and steps taken by governments and central banks, particularly in response to the COVID-
19 pandemic as well as other stimulus and spending programs, could lead to higher inflation than previously experienced or expected, which could, in turn,
lead  to  an  increase  in  costs.  In  an  inflationary  environment,  we  may  be  unable  to  raise  the  prices  of  our  products  sufficiently  to  keep  up  with  the  rate  of
inflation. Impacts from inflationary pressures could be more pronounced and materially adversely impact aspects of our business with revenue streams and
cost commitments linked to contractual agreements that extend further into the future, as we may not be able to quickly or easily adjust pricing, reduce costs,
or implement counter measures.

IF  OUR  PRODUCTS  DO  NOT  ACHIEVE  AND  MAINTAIN  MARKET  ACCEPTANCE,  WE  WILL  NOT  BE  ABLE  TO  GENERATE  THE
REVENUE NECESSARY TO SUPPORT OUR BUSINESS.

The da Vinci Surgical System and our other products represent a fundamentally new way of performing medical procedures. Achieving and maintaining
physician, patient, and third-party payor acceptance of robotic-assisted medical procedures as a preferred method of performing these procedures is crucial to
our success. If our products fail to achieve or maintain market acceptance, customers will not purchase our products, and we will not be able to generate the
revenue necessary to support our business. We believe that physicians’ and third-party payors’ acceptance of the benefits of procedures performed using our
products will be essential for acceptance of our products by patients. Physicians will not recommend the use of our products unless we can demonstrate that
they produce results comparable or superior to existing techniques. Even if we can prove the effectiveness of our products through clinical studies, physicians
may elect not to use our products for any number of other reasons. For example, cardiologists may continue to recommend conventional heart surgery simply
because such surgery is already widely accepted. In addition, physicians may be slow to adopt our products because of the perceived liability risks arising
from the use of new products and the uncertainty of reimbursement from third-party payors, particularly in light of ongoing healthcare reform initiatives and
the evolving U.S. healthcare environment.

We expect that there will continue to be a learning process involved for patient care teams to become proficient in the use of our products. Broad use of
our products requires training of patient care teams. Market acceptance could be delayed by the time required to complete this training. We may not be able to
rapidly train patient care teams in numbers sufficient to generate adequate demand for our products.

IF INSTITUTIONS OR SURGEONS ARE UNABLE TO OBTAIN COVERAGE AND REIMBURSEMENT FROM THIRD-PARTY PAYORS FOR
PROCEDURES USING OUR PRODUCTS, OR IF REIMBURSEMENT IS INSUFFICIENT TO COVER THE COSTS OF PURCHASING OUR
PRODUCTS, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO GENERATE SUFFICIENT SALES TO SUPPORT OUR BUSINESS.

In  the  U.S.,  hospitals  generally  bill  for  the  services  performed  with  our  products  to  various  third-party  payors,  such  as  Medicare,  Medicaid,  other
government programs, and private insurance plans. If hospitals do not obtain sufficient reimbursement from third-party payors for procedures performed with
our products, or if government and private payors’ policies do not cover surgical procedures performed using our products, we may not be able to generate the
revenues necessary to support our business. In addition, to the extent that there is a shift from an inpatient setting to outpatient settings, we may experience
pricing pressure and a reduction in the number of procedures performed. Our success in OUS markets also depends upon the eligibility of our products for
coverage and reimbursement through government-sponsored healthcare payment systems and third-party payors. Reimbursement practices vary significantly
by country. Many OUS markets have government-managed healthcare systems that control reimbursement for new products and procedures. Other foreign
markets  have  both  private  insurance  systems  and  government-managed  systems  that  control  reimbursement  for  new  products  and  procedures.  Market
acceptance  of  our  products  may  depend  on  the  availability  and  level  of  coverage  and  reimbursement  in  any  country  within  a  particular  time.  In  addition,
healthcare cost containment efforts similar to those in the U.S. are prevalent in many of the other countries in which we sell, and intend to sell, our products,
and these efforts are expected to continue. Please see our risk factor below titled “Changes in Healthcare Legislation and Policy May Have a Material Adverse
Effect on Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional risks related to the ability of institutions or surgeons to obtain reimbursements.

26

Table of Contents

IF  OUR  PRODUCTS  CONTAIN  DEFECTS  OR  ENCOUNTER  PERFORMANCE  PROBLEMS,  WE  MAY  HAVE  TO  RECALL  OUR
PRODUCTS, INCUR ADDITIONAL UNFORESEEN COSTS, AND OUR REPUTATION MAY SUFFER.

Our success depends on the quality and reliability of our products. While we subject components sourced and products manufactured to stringent quality
specifications and processes, our products incorporate mechanical parts, electrical components, optical components, and computer software, any of which may
contain  errors  or  exhibit  failures,  especially  when  products  are  first  introduced.  Component  failures,  manufacturing  flaws,  design  defects  or  inadequate
disclosure  of  product  related  risks  with  respect  to  our  products  could  result  in  an  unsafe  condition  or  injury  to,  or  death  of,  the  patient.  In  addition,  new
products  or  enhancements  may  contain  undetected  errors  or  performance  problems  that,  despite  testing,  are  discovered  only  after  commercial  shipment.
Because our products are designed to be used to perform complex surgical procedures, due to the serious and costly consequences of product failure, we and
our customers have an increased sensitivity to such defects. In the past, we have voluntarily recalled certain products. Although our products are subject to
stringent quality processes and controls, we cannot provide assurance that our products will not experience component aging, errors, or performance problems.
If we experience product flaws or performance problems, any or all of the following could occur:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

delays in product shipments;

loss of revenue;

delay in market acceptance;

diversion of our resources;

damage to our reputation;

product  recalls,  which  can  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  product  withdrawals  from  the  market,  labeling  changes,  design  changes,  customer
notifications, and notifications to global regulatory bodies;

regulatory actions;

increased service or warranty costs; or

product liability claims.

Costs associated with defects or performance problems of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of

operations, or cash flows.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO PRODUCT LIABILITY AND NEGLIGENCE CLAIMS RELATING TO THE USE OF OUR PRODUCTS AND OTHER
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS THAT COULD MATERIALLY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION, DIVERT MANAGEMENT’S
ATTENTION, AND HARM OUR BUSINESS.

We are, and may become, subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in or outside the ordinary course of business. Certain current lawsuits
and pending proceedings to which we are party, including purported class actions, product liability litigation, and patent litigation, are described in Note 8 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8.

In particular, our business exposes us to significant risks of product liability claims, which are inherent to the medical device industry. Product liability
claims have been brought against us by, or on behalf of, individuals alleging that they have sustained personal injuries and/or death as a result of purported
product defects, the alleged failure to warn, and/or the alleged inadequate training by us of physicians regarding the use of the da Vinci Surgical System. The
individuals  who  have  brought  the  product  liability  claims  seek  recovery  for  their  alleged  personal  injuries  and,  in  many  cases,  punitive  damages.  Current
product liability claims have resulted in negative publicity regarding our Company, and these and any other product liability or negligence claims or product
recalls also could harm our reputation. Please see our risk factor below titled “Negative Publicity, Whether Accurate or Inaccurate, Concerning Our Products
or  Our  Company  Could  Reduce  Market  Acceptance  of  Our  Products  and  Could  Result  in  Decreased  Product  Demand  and  a  Decline  in  Revenues”  for
additional risks related to the potential effects of negative publicity on our business.

The outcome of these product liability claims and other legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. We currently self-insure our product liability
risk and maintain third-party insurance coverage for certain other liabilities. However, we cannot determine whether our insurance coverage from third-party
carriers, or our self-insurance of product liability risk, would be sufficient to cover the costs or potential losses related to these lawsuits and proceedings or
otherwise be excluded under the terms of any third-party policy. Regardless of merit, litigation may be both time-consuming and disruptive to our operations
and cause significant legal costs (including settlements, judgments, legal fees, and other related defense costs) and diversion of management attention. If we
do not prevail in the purported class actions, product liability litigation, or other legal proceedings, we may be faced with significant monetary damages or
injunctive relief against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

27

Table of Contents

WE ARE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT, UNINSURED LIABILITIES.

For certain risks, we do not maintain insurance coverage because of cost and/or availability. For example, we self-insure our product liability risks, and
we indemnify our directors and officers for third-party claims and do not carry insurance to cover that indemnity or the related underlying potential losses. We
also do not carry, among other types of coverage, earthquake insurance. In addition, in the future, we may not continue to maintain certain existing insurance
coverage  or  adequate  levels  of  coverage.  Premiums  for  many  types  of  insurance  have  increased  significantly  in  recent  years  and,  depending  on  market
conditions and our circumstances, in the future, certain types of insurance, such as directors’ and officers’ insurance, may not be available on acceptable terms
or at all. Because we retain some portion of our insurable risks and, in some cases, we are entirely self-insured, unforeseen or catastrophic losses in excess of
insurance coverage could require us to pay substantial amounts, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of
operations, or cash flows.

NEGATIVE  PUBLICITY,  WHETHER  ACCURATE  OR  INACCURATE,  CONCERNING  OUR  PRODUCTS  OR  OUR  COMPANY  COULD
REDUCE MARKET ACCEPTANCE OF OUR PRODUCTS AND COULD RESULT IN DECREASED PRODUCT DEMAND AND A DECLINE
IN REVENUES.

There have been articles published and reports questioning patient safety and efficacy associated with robotic-assisted surgery with the da Vinci Surgical
System and its cost relative to other disease management methods and the adequacy of surgeon training. Negative publicity, including statements made by
public officials, whether accurate or inaccurate, concerning our products or our Company could reduce market acceptance of our products and could result in
decreased product demand and a decline in revenues. In addition, significant negative publicity could result in an increased number of product liability claims,
regardless of whether these claims are meritorious. The number of claims could be further increased by plaintiffs’ law firms that use a wide variety of media to
advertise their services and solicit clients for product liability cases against us.

IF  WE  LOSE  KEY  PERSONNEL  OR  ARE  UNABLE  TO  ATTRACT  AND  RETAIN  ADDITIONAL  PERSONNEL,  OUR  ABILITY  TO
COMPETE WILL BE HARMED AND INCREASES IN LABOR COSTS COULD MATERIALLY ADVERSELY IMPACT OUR BUSINESS AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

We are highly dependent on the principal members of our management and scientific staff. For example, our product development plans depend, in part,
on our ability to attract and retain engineers with experience in mechanics, electronics, software, and optics. Attracting and retaining qualified personnel will
be critical to our success, and competition for qualified personnel is intense. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the
constrained  labor  market  and  competition  for  such  personnel  among  technology  and  healthcare  companies.  Moreover,  we  may  encounter  higher  recruiting
expenses, wage rates, and retention benefits. The extent and duration of the impact of labor market challenges are subject to numerous factors, including the
continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, availability of qualified and highly skilled persons in the markets where we operate and unemployment levels
within these markets, behavioral changes, such as fully engaging employees and earning loyalty, prevailing wage rates, health and other insurance and benefit
costs,  inflation,  adoption  of  new  or  revised  employment  and  labor  laws  and  regulations  or  government  programs,  safety  levels  of  our  operations,  and  our
reputation within the labor market. The loss of any of our qualified personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could harm our business
and our ability to compete and related expenses could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

WE  EXPERIENCE  LONG  AND  VARIABLE  CAPITAL  SALES  CYCLES  AND  SEASONALITY  IN  OUR  BUSINESS,  WHICH  MAY  CAUSE
FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS.

The  sales  and  purchase  order  cycle  of  our  systems  is  lengthy,  because  the  systems  are  major  capital  items  and  their  purchase  generally  requires  the
approval of senior management of hospitals, their parent organizations, purchasing groups, and government bodies, as applicable. In addition, sales to some of
our customers are subject to competitive bidding or public tender processes. These approval and bidding processes can be lengthy. As a result, hospitals may
delay  or  accelerate  system  purchases  in  conjunction  with  the  timing  of  their  capital  budget  timelines.  Further,  IDN  groups  are  creating  larger  networks  of
system users with increasing purchasing power and are increasingly evaluating their robotic-assisted surgery programs to optimize the efficiency of surgeries
using da Vinci Surgical Systems. Further, the introduction of new products could adversely impact our sales cycle as customers take additional time to assess
the benefits and costs of such products. As a result, it is difficult for us to predict the length of capital sales cycles and, therefore, the exact timing of capital
sales. Historically, our sales of da Vinci Surgical Systems have tended to be heavier in the fourth quarter and lighter in the first quarter, as hospital budgets are
reset.

We have experienced procedure growth for a number of benign conditions, including hysterectomies, sacrocolpopexies, hernia repairs, cholecystectomies,
and certain other surgeries. Many of these types of surgeries may be postponed in the short term by patients to avoid vacation periods and for other personal
scheduling  reasons.  Patients  may  also  accelerate  procedures  to  take  advantage  of  insurance  funding  cut-off  dates.  Historically,  we  have  experienced  lower
procedure  volume  in  the  first  and  third  quarters  of  the  year  and  higher  procedure  volume  in  the  second  and  fourth  quarters  of  the  year.  The  timing  of
procedures

28

Table of Contents

and changes in procedure growth directly affect the timing of instrument and accessory purchases and capital purchases by customers.

The above factors may contribute to substantial fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. Because of these fluctuations, it is possible that, in future
periods, our operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If that happens, the market price of our stock would likely
decrease. These fluctuations, among other factors, also mean that our operating results in any particular period may not be relied upon as an indication of
future performance.

NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENTS AND INTRODUCTIONS MAY ADVERSELY IMPACT OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS.

We develop and introduce new products with enhanced features and extended capabilities from time to time. We may introduce new products that target
different markets than what our existing products target. The success of new product introductions depends on a number of factors including, but not limited
to, timely and successful research and development, regulatory clearances, approvals, or certifications, pricing, competition, market and consumer acceptance,
the  effective  forecasting  and  management  of  product  demand,  inventory  levels,  the  management  of  manufacturing  and  supply  costs,  and  the  risk  that  new
products may have quality or other defects in the early stages of introduction.

We invest substantially in various research and development projects to expand our product offerings. Our research and development efforts are critical to
our success, and our research and development projects may not be successful. We may be unable to develop and market new products successfully, and the
products  we  invest  in  and  develop  may  not  be  well-received  by  customers  or  meet  our  expectations.  Our  research  and  development  investments  may  not
generate significant operating income or contribute to our future operating results for several years, and such contributions may not meet our expectations or
even cover the costs of such investments. In addition, the introduction or announcement of new products or product enhancements may shorten the life cycle
of our existing products or reduce demand for our current products, thereby offsetting any benefits of successful product introductions and potentially leading
to challenges in managing inventory of existing products.

Our products are subject to various regulatory processes, and we must obtain and maintain regulatory approvals and certifications in order to sell our new
products. If a potential purchaser believes that we plan to introduce a new product in the near future or if a potential purchaser is located in a country where a
new product that we have introduced has not yet received regulatory clearance or certification, planned purchases may be deferred or delayed. In the past, we
have experienced a slowdown in demand for existing products in advance of new product introductions and may experience a slowdown in demand in the
future as well. It is also possible that a new product introduction could cause downward pressure on the prices of our existing products or require us to change
how we sell our products, either of which could have material adverse effect on our revenues.

If we fail to effectively develop new products and manage new product introductions in the future, our business, financial condition, results of operations,

or cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO A VARIETY OF RISKS DUE TO OUR OPERATIONS OUTSIDE OF THE U.S.

We manufacture, perform research and development activities, and distribute our products in OUS markets. Revenue from OUS markets accounted for
approximately 33%, 32%, and 30% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Our OUS operations are, and will
continue to be, subject to a number of risks including:

•

failure to obtain or maintain the same degree of protection against infringement of our intellectual property rights as we have in the U.S.;

• multiple OUS regulatory requirements that are subject to change and that could impact our ability to manufacture and sell our products;

•

•

•

changes in tariffs, trade barriers, and regulatory requirements;

protectionist  laws,  policies,  and  business  practices  that  favor  local  competitors  or  lead  to  non-U.S.  customers  favoring  domestic  technology
solutions, which could slow our growth in OUS markets;

local or national regulations that make it difficult or impractical to market or use our products;

• U.S. relations with the governments of the other countries in which we operate;

•

•

•

•

•

inability or regulatory limitations on our ability to move goods across borders;

the risks associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

difficulty in establishing, staffing, and managing OUS operations, including differing labor relations;

the expense of establishing facilities and operations in new foreign markets;

building and maintaining an organization capable of supporting geographically dispersed operations, including appropriate business procedures
and controls;

29

Table of Contents

•

•

•

•

anti-corruption  laws,  such  as  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  (“FCPA”),  and  other  local  laws  prohibiting  corrupt  payments  to
governmental officials;

antitrust and anti-competition laws;

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets; and

business interruptions due to natural disasters, outbreak of disease, climate change, and other events beyond our control.

We have increased, and will continue to increase, our operations in China. There is inherent risk, based on the complex relationships between China and
the  U.S.,  that  political,  diplomatic,  military,  or  other  events  could  result  in  business  disruptions,  including  increased  regulatory  enforcement  against
companies, tariffs, trade embargoes, and export restrictions. Tariffs increase the cost of the Company’s products and the components and raw materials that go
into making them. These increased costs adversely impact the gross margin that the Company earns on its products. Tariffs can also make the Company’s
products more expensive for customers, which could make the Company’s products less competitive and reduce consumer demand. Countries may also adopt
other measures, such as controls on imports or exports of goods, technology, or data, that could adversely impact the Company’s operations and supply chain
and limit the Company’s ability to offer its products and services as designed. These measures can require the Company to take various actions, including
changing suppliers and restructuring business relationships. Changing the Company’s operations in accordance with new or changed trade restrictions can be
expensive,  time-consuming,  disruptive  to  the  Company’s  operations  and  distracting  to  management.  Such  restrictions  can  be  announced  with  little  or  no
advance notice and the Company may not be able to effectively mitigate all adverse impacts from such measures. Political uncertainty surrounding trade and
other  international  disputes  could  also  have  a  negative  effect  on  consumer  confidence  and  spending.  Any  of  these  events  could  reduce  customer  demand,
increase  the  cost  of  our  products  and  services,  or  otherwise  have  a  materially  adverse  impact  on  our  customers’  and  suppliers’  businesses  and  results  of
operations.

For  example,  in  2020,  the  U.S.  government  amended  the  Entity  List  rules  to  expand  the  requirement  to  obtain  a  license  prior  to  the  export  of  certain
technologies. In addition, in 2020, a new U.S. regulation seeks to prohibit the U.S. government from contracting with companies who use the products or
services of certain Chinese companies. We believe that these regulations do not materially impact our business at this time but cannot predict the impact that
additional regulatory changes may have on our business in the future. These actions or similar actions may result in policies and regulations in response that
could adversely affect our business operations in China, or may otherwise limit our ability to offer our products and services in China and other parts of the
world.

Following a national referendum and enactment of legislation by the government of the United Kingdom (the “UK”), the UK formally withdrew from the
European  Union  (the  “EU”)  and  ratified  a  trade  and  cooperation  agreement  governing  its  relationship  with  the  EU.  The  EU–UK  Trade  and  Cooperation
Agreement  (the  “TCA”)  was  applied  provisionally  as  of  January  1,  2021,  and  entered  into  force  on  May  1,  2021.  The  TCA  does  not  specifically  refer  to
medical  devices.  However,  as  a  result  of  Brexit,  the  Medical  Devices  Regulation  (EU)  No  2017/745  (the  “EU  Medical  Devices  Regulation”)  will  not  be
implemented in the UK, and previous legislation that sought to mirror the EU Medical Devices Regulation in the UK law has been revoked. The regulatory
regime for medical devices in Great Britain (England, Scotland, and Wales) continues to be based on the requirements derived from previous EU legislation,
and the UK may choose to retain regulatory flexibility or align with the EU Medical Devices Regulation going forward. CE markings will continue to be
recognized in the UK, and certificates issued by EU-recognized notified bodies will be valid in the UK until June 30, 2023. For medical devices placed on the
market in Great Britain after this period, the UK Conformity Assessed (“UKCA”) marking will be mandatory. In contrast, UKCA marking and certificates
issued by UK notified bodies will not be recognized on the EU market. The TCA does provide for cooperation and exchange of information in the area of
product safety and compliance, including market surveillance, enforcement activities and measures, standardization-related activities, exchanges of officials,
and coordinated product recalls (or other similar actions). For medical devices that are locally manufactured but use components from other countries, the
“rules  of  origin”  criteria  will  need  to  be  reviewed.  Depending  on  which  countries  products  will  ultimately  be  sold  in,  manufacturers  may  start  seeking
alternative sources for components if this would allow them to benefit from no tariffs. The rules for placing medical devices on the Northern Ireland market
will differ from those in Great Britain. These developments, or the perception that any related developments could occur, have had and may continue to have a
material  adverse  effect  on  global  economic  conditions  and  financial  markets,  and  our  business  would  likely  be  impacted  and  the  demand  for  our  products
could be depressed.

In addition, the U.S. federal government has made changes to U.S. trade policy, including entering into a successor to the North American Free Trade
Agreement  (“NAFTA”),  known  as  the  United  States-Mexico-Canada  Agreement  (“USMCA”),  effective  as  of  July  1,  2020.  In  addition,  the  U.S.  federal
government  has  implemented,  or  is  considering  the  imposition  of,  tariffs  on  certain  foreign  goods.  Such  tariffs  and,  if  enacted,  any  further  legislation  or
actions taken by the U.S. federal government that restrict trade, such as additional tariffs, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures taken
by  governments  in  Europe,  Asia,  and  other  countries,  could  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  sell  products  and  services  in  our  OUS  markets.  Tariffs  could
increase the cost of our products and the components and raw materials that go into making them. These increased costs could adversely impact the gross
margin that we earn on our products, which could make our products less

30

Table of Contents

competitive  and  reduce  consumer  demand.  Countries  may  also  adopt  other  protectionist  measures  that  could  limit  our  ability  to  offer  our  products  and
services.

Furthermore, a large portion of our OUS sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign

currencies could make our products less competitive and/or less affordable in OUS markets.

If we are unable to meet and manage these risks, our OUS operations may not be successful, which would limit the growth of our business and could have

a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, result of operations, or cash flows.

DISRUPTION  OF  CRITICAL  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  OR  MATERIAL  BREACHES  IN  THE  SECURITY  OF  OUR  SYSTEMS  COULD
HARM OUR BUSINESS, CUSTOMER RELATIONS, AND FINANCIAL CONDITION.

Information technology is critical to the success of our digital products, helps us operate efficiently, interface with customers, maintain our supply chain
and manufacturing operations, operate effectively and efficiently, maintain financial accuracy and efficiency, and accurately produce our financial statements.
If  we  do  not  allocate  and  effectively  manage  the  resources  necessary  to  build  and  sustain  the  proper  technology  infrastructure,  we  could  be  subject  to
transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, the loss of customers, business disruptions, security breaches of our digital products, or the unauthorized access
to, loss of, or damage to intellectual property, confidential information, or personally identifiable information (“PII”). If our data management systems do not
effectively collect, store, process, and report relevant data for the operation of our business, whether due to equipment malfunction or constraints, software
deficiencies, security incidents, or human error, our ability to effectively plan, forecast, and execute our business plan and comply with applicable laws and
regulations would be impaired, and could be materially impaired. Any such impairment could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results
of operations, cash flows, and the timeliness with which we report our internal and external operating results.

Our  business  requires  us  to  use  and  store  customer,  employee,  and  business  partner  personal  information.  This  may  include  names,  addresses,  phone
numbers, email addresses, contact preferences, tax identification numbers, and payment account information. We require user names and passwords in order to
access  our  information  technology  systems.  We  also  use  encryption  and  authentication  technologies  to  secure  the  transmission  and  storage  of  data.  These
security measures may be compromised as a result of security breaches by unauthorized persons, employee error, malfeasance, faulty password management,
or other irregularity and result in persons obtaining unauthorized access to our data or accounts. Third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or
customers into disclosing user names, passwords, or other sensitive information, which may in turn be used to access our information technology systems.

In  addition,  unauthorized  persons  may  attempt  to  hack  into  our  products  or  systems  to  obtain  personal  data  relating  to  patients  or  employees,  our
confidential or proprietary information, or confidential information we hold on behalf of third parties. If the unauthorized persons successfully hack into or
interfere with our connected products or services, they may create issues with product functionality that could pose a risk of loss of data, a risk to patient
safety, and a risk of product recall or field activity, which could adversely impact our business and reputation. We have programs in place to detect, contain,
and  respond  to  data  security  incidents,  and  we  make  ongoing  improvements  to  our  information-sharing  products  in  order  to  minimize  vulnerabilities,  in
accordance with industry and regulatory standards. However, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or steal personal information or
intellectual property, or sabotage systems containing personal information or intellectual property, change frequently and may be difficult to detect, we may
not be able to anticipate and prevent these intrusions or mitigate them when and if they occur.

We also rely on external vendors to supply and/or support certain aspects of our information technology systems. The systems of these external vendors
may contain defects in design or manufacture or other problems that could unexpectedly compromise information security of our own systems, and we are
dependent on these third parties to deploy appropriate security programs to protect their systems. In addition to potential exposure to data breaches, security
incidents,  or  other  actions  that  may  compromise  the  security  of  or  interfere  with  the  function  of  our  systems,  defects  or  vulnerabilities  in  the  software  or
systems  of  our  external  vendors  may  expose  failures  in  our  internal  controls  and  risk  management  processes,  which  may  adversely  impact  our  business,
financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows and may also harm our reputation, brand, and customer relationships.

While we devote significant resources to network security, data encryption, and other security measures to protect our systems and data, these security
measures  cannot  provide  absolute  security.  We  may  experience  attacks  on  or  a  breach  of  our  systems  and  may  be  unable  to  protect  personal  information,
confidential data, or sensitive data. It is possible for such vulnerabilities to remain undetected for an extended period, including several years or longer. These
attacks seek to compromise the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of confidential information or disrupt normal business operations and could, among
other  things,  impair  the  Company’s  ability  to  attract  and  retain  customers  for  its  products,  impact  the  price  of  the  Company’s  stock,  materially  damage
commercial relationships, and expose the Company to litigation or government investigations, which could result in penalties, fines, or judgments against the
Company. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, ransomware and other malicious software programs, and
security

31

Table of Contents

vulnerabilities could be significant. Our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could result in unexpected interruptions, delays, cessation
of service, and harm to our business operations. Moreover, if a computer security breach affects our systems or results in the unauthorized release of personal
information, our reputation and brand could be materially damaged, and use of our products and services could decrease. We would also be exposed to a risk
of loss, litigation and potential liability, and regulatory scrutiny, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of
operations, or cash flows.

Globally, attacks are expected to continue accelerating in both frequency and sophistication with increasing use of tools and techniques that are designed
to circumvent controls, avoid detection, and remove or obfuscate forensic evidence, all of which hinders the Company’s ability to identify, investigate, and
recover from incidents.

While  the  Company  maintains  insurance  coverage  that  is  intended  to  address  certain  aspects  of  data  security  risks,  such  insurance  coverage  may  be

insufficient to cover all losses or all types of claims that may arise

OUR BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO COMPLEX AND EVOLVING LAWS AND REGULATIONS REGARDING PRIVACY, DATA PROTECTION,
AND OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO INFORMATION COLLECTION.

There are numerous state, federal, and foreign laws, regulations, decisions, and directives regarding privacy and the collection, storage, transmission, use,
processing,  disclosure,  and  protection  of  different  types  of  personal  data  and  personal  information  and  other  customer  or  other  data,  the  scope  of  which  is
continually evolving and subject to differing interpretations. We may be subject to significant consequences, including penalties and fines, for any failure to
comply with such laws, regulations, and directives.

For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), which is in effect across the European Economic Area (the “EEA”), imposes several
stringent  requirements  for  controllers  and  processors  of  personal  data  including,  for  example,  imposing  strict  standards  when  obtaining  consent  from
individuals to process their personal data, requiring robust disclosures to individuals, providing individual data rights, imposing short timelines for data breach
notifications, limiting retention periods and secondary use of information, imposing certain requirements pertaining to health data as well as pseudonymised
(i.e., key-coded) data, as well as additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data. The GDPR
provides that EEA member states may make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric, or health data, which could
limit our ability to use and share personal data or could cause our costs to increase and harm our business and financial condition. Failure to comply with the
requirements of the GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EEA member states may result in fines of up to 4% of the total worldwide
annual turnover of the preceding financial year and other administrative penalties. Compliance with the new data protection rules imposed by GDPR may be
onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further, beginning in January 1, 2021, companies have been subject to the GDPR and also the UK GDPR, which, together with the amended UK Data
Protection  Act  2018,  retains  the  GDPR  in  UK  national  law.  The  UK  GDPR  mirrors  the  fines  under  the  GDPR,  e.g.,  fines  up  to  4%  of  worldwide  annual
turnover of the preceding financial year. The European Commission has adopted an adequacy decision in favor of the UK, enabling data transfers from EU
member  states  to  the  UK  without  additional  safeguards.  However,  the  UK  adequacy  decision  will  automatically  expire  in  June  2025  unless  the  European
Commission re-assesses and renews/extends that decision and remains under review by the Commission during this period. The relationship between the UK
and the EU in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how UK data protection laws and regulations will develop in
the medium to longer term and how data transfers to and from the UK will be regulated in the long term. These changes may lead to additional costs and
increase our overall risk exposure.

In the United States, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information Technology for
Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and regulations implemented thereunder, imposes privacy, security, and breach notification obligations on certain
healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, known as covered entities, as well as their business associates that perform certain services
that involve creating, receiving, maintaining, or transmitting individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of such covered entities and their
covered subcontractors. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA, as the result of a breach of unsecured personal information, a complaint about
privacy practices, or an audit by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), may be subject to significant civil, criminal, and administrative
fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to
settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance.

Even  when  HIPAA  does  not  apply,  according  to  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  (the  “FTC”),  violating  consumers’  privacy  rights  or  failing  to  take
appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair and/or deceptive acts or practices in violation of Section 5(a) of the
Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume
of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities.

32

Table of Contents

Further, the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”) went into effect on January 1, 2020, and gives California residents expanded rights to access
and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information and how their personal information is
used.  The  CCPA  imposes  compliance  burdens  on  many  organizations  doing  business  in  California  who  collect  personal  information  about  California
residents. The CCPA’s definition of personal information is very broad and specifically includes biometric information. The CCPA allows for significant fines
by  the  state  attorney  general,  as  well  as  a  private  right  of  action  from  individuals  in  relation  to  certain  security  breaches.  The  enactment  of  the  CCPA  is
prompting a wave of similar legislative developments in other US states and creating the potential for a patchwork of overlapping but different state laws.
These  developments  are  increasing  our  compliance  burden  and  our  risk,  including  risks  of  regulatory  fines,  litigation  and  associated  reputational  harm.
Additionally, a new California ballot initiative, the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”) recently passed in California. The CPRA will substantially
expand the requirements of the CCPA and will impose additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in California. The majority of the
provisions will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required.

In addition, recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and compliance uncertainty regarding certain transfers of personal data from
the EEA to the United States. For example, on July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union (the “CJEU”) invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield
Framework  (“Privacy  Shield”)  under  which  personal  data  could  be  transferred  from  the  EU  to  US  entities  who  had  self-certified  under  the  Privacy  Shield
scheme.  While  the  CJEU  upheld  the  adequacy  of  EU-specified  standard  contractual  clauses  (a  form  of  contract  approved  by  the  EU  commission  as  an
adequate personal information transfer mechanism), it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances and that
their use must be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the surveillance laws and right of individuals in the destination country. The CJEU went
on to state that, if the competent supervisory authority believes that the standard contractual clauses cannot be complied with in the recipient country and the
required level of protection cannot be secured by other means, such supervisory authority is under an obligation to suspend or prohibit that transfer unless the
data exporter has already done so itself. The European Commission has published revised standard contractual clauses for data transfers from the EEA. The
revised clauses must be used for relevant new data transfers from September 27, 2021. Existing standard contractual clauses arrangements must be migrated to
the revised clauses by December 27, 2022. We will be required to implement the revised standard contractual clauses in relation to relevant existing contracts
and certain additional contracts and vendor arrangements within the relevant time frames. There is some uncertainty around whether the revised clauses can be
used for all types of data transfers, particularly whether they can be relied on for data transfers to non-EEA entities subject to the GDPR.

We rely on a mixture of mechanisms to transfer personal data from our EU business to the U.S. (including having previously relied on Privacy Shield) and
are  evaluating  whether  additional  mechanisms  will  be  required  to  establish  adequate  safeguards  for  personal  data.  As  supervisory  authorities  issue  further
guidance on personal data export mechanisms, including circumstances where the standard contractual clauses cannot be used and/or start taking enforcement
action,  we  could  suffer  additional  costs,  complaints,  and/or  regulatory  investigations  or  fines.  Moreover,  if  we  are  unable  to  transfer  Personal  Information
between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services and could adversely affect our
financial results.

In Israel, The Protection of Privacy Law, 5741-1981 (the “Israeli Privacy Law”) regulates the protection of privacy and personal data, along with several
other specific regulations enacted thereunder and, in particular, the Privacy Protection Regulations (Data Security), 5777-2017 (together with Israeli Privacy
Law,  the  “Israeli  Privacy  Law  and  Regulations”).  Under  the  Israeli  Privacy  Law  and  Regulations,  organizations  are  subject  to  various  privacy  and  data
protection requirements, including mandatory registration of databases with the Israeli Registrar of Databases (if certain conditions are met), executing data
processing agreements with data recipients, safeguarding the collection and processing of personal data, safeguarding the transfer of personal data (which is
specifically  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the  Privacy  Protection  Regulations),  personal  data  breach  notification  obligations,  and  other  requirements.  The
Privacy Protection Authority (the “PPA”) is responsible for enforcement of the Israeli Privacy Law and Regulations and periodically publishes opinions and
guidelines  on  privacy  matters.  In  terms  of  enforcement,  failure  to  comply  with  the  Israeli  Privacy  Law  and  Regulations  can  result  in  PPA  investigations,
administrative fines or sanctions, and civil or criminal actions (civil proceedings may include statutory damages without the need to prove actual damages).

Furthermore, any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with or make effective modifications to our policies or to comply with any federal, state, or
international privacy, data-retention, or data-protection-related laws, regulations, orders, or industry self-regulatory principles could result in proceedings or
actions  against  us  by  governmental  entities  or  others,  a  loss  of  customer  confidence,  damage  to  our  brand  and  reputation,  and  a  loss  of  customers,  any  of
which could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, various federal, state, and foreign legislative or regulatory bodies may enact new or additional
laws  and  regulations  concerning  privacy,  data-retention,  and  data-protection  issues,  including  laws  or  regulations  mandating  disclosure  to  domestic  or
international law enforcement bodies, which could adversely impact our business or our reputation with customers. For example, some countries have adopted
laws mandating that some personal information regarding

33

Table of Contents

customers in their country be maintained solely in their country. Having to maintain local data centers and redesign product, service, and business operations
to limit personal information processing to within individual countries could increase our operating costs significantly.

IF  WE  FAIL  TO  SUCCESSFULLY  ACQUIRE  OR  INTEGRATE  NEW  BUSINESSES,  PRODUCTS,  AND  TECHNOLOGY,  WE  MAY  NOT
REALIZE EXPECTED BENEFITS OR OUR BUSINESS MAY BE HARMED.

We need to grow our businesses in response to changing technologies, customer demands, and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may

decide to grow our business through the acquisition of complementary businesses, products, or technologies rather than through internal development.

Identifying  suitable  acquisition  candidates  can  be  difficult,  time-consuming,  and  costly,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  identify  suitable  candidates  or
successfully  complete  identified  acquisitions.  In  addition,  completing  an  acquisition  can  divert  our  management  and  key  personnel  from  our  business
operations, which could harm our business and affect our financial results. Even if we complete an acquisition, we may not be able to successfully integrate
newly acquired organizations, products, technologies, or employees into our operations or may not fully realize some of the expected synergies. An acquired
company may have deficiencies in product quality, regulatory marketing authorizations or certifications, or intellectual property protections, which are not
detected during due diligence activities or which are unasserted at the time of acquisition. It may be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming for us to re-
establish market access, regulatory compliance, or cure such deficiencies in product quality or intellectual property protection in such cases, which may have a
material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Integrating an acquisition can also be expensive and time-consuming and may strain our resources. In many instances, integrating a new business will also
involve implementing or improving internal controls appropriate for a public company at a business that lacks them. In addition, we may be unable to retain
the employees of acquired companies or the acquired company’s customers, suppliers, distributors, or other partners for a variety of reasons, including that
these entities may be our competitors or may have close relationships with our competitors. In 2019, we acquired certain assets and operations from Schölly
Fiberoptic  GmbH,  a  supplier  of  endoscopes  and  other  visualization  equipment  and,  in  2020,  we  acquired  Orpheus  Medical  Ltd.  and  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries (“Orpheus Medical”) to deepen and expand our integrated informatics platform. The integration of these acquisitions involves complex operations
across  different  geographic  locations  and  new  products,  distribution  networks,  and  legal  jurisdictions.  Therefore,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  we  can
successfully  integrate  either  or  both  of  these  acquisitions  or  realize  the  expected  benefits  from  these  acquisitions.  Failure  to  successfully  integrate  our
acquisitions may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

IF  WE  DO  NOT  SUCCESSFULLY  MANAGE  OUR  COLLABORATION  ARRANGEMENTS,  LICENSING  ARRANGEMENTS,  JOINT
VENTURES,  STRATEGIC  ALLIANCES,  OR  PARTNERSHIPS  WITH  THIRD  PARTIES,  WE  MAY  NOT  REALIZE  THE  EXPECTED
BENEFITS  FROM  SUCH  ALLIANCES,  WHICH  MAY  HAVE  A  MATERIAL  ADVERSE  EFFECT  ON  OUR  BUSINESS,  FINANCIAL
CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, OR CASH FLOWS.

From time to time, we enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships to complement or augment
our  research  and  development,  product  development,  training,  procedure  development,  and  marketing  efforts.  For  example,  in  2016,  we  entered  into  an
agreement  to  form  the  Joint  Venture.  In  January  2019,  the  Joint  Venture  acquired  certain  assets  related  to  the  da  Vinci  distribution  business  of  Chindex,  a
subsidiary of Fosun Pharma, which has been our distribution partner for da Vinci Surgical Systems in China since 2011, following which the Joint Venture
began direct distribution operations for da Vinci products and services in China. There can be no assurance that we and the Joint Venture can successfully
complete the development of robotic-assisted, catheter-based medical devices, or that we and the Joint Venture will successfully commercialize such products.
There  can  also  be  no  assurance  that  the  Joint  Venture  will  not  require  additional  contributions  to  fund  its  business,  that  the  Joint  Venture  will  become
profitable,  or  that  the  acquired  Chindex  assets  will  be  successfully  integrated  and  that  the  expected  benefits  will  be  realized.  Proposing,  negotiating,  and
implementing collaborations, in-licensing agreements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process. In addition,
other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology, or other business resources, may compete with us for these
opportunities or arrangements. As a result, we may not identify, secure, or complete any such arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, or on
otherwise favorable terms, if it all.

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  realize  the  expected  benefits  from  these  alliances.  In  addition,  we  may  not  be  in  a  position  to  exercise  sole
decision-making authority regarding any collaboration or other arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our
alliances may have economic or business interests that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our interests. It is possible that conflicts may arise in these
relationships, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as
those related to financial obligations, termination rights, or the ownership or control of intellectual property developed during the

34

Table of Contents

collaboration. These alliances can be difficult to manage, given the potentially different interests of the parties involved, and we could suffer delays in product
development or other operational difficulties.

There can be no assurance that we will realize a return on our strategic investments. Further, if we acquire privately held companies, valuations of such
companies are inherently complex due to the lack of readily available market data. If we determine that our investments in privately held companies have
experienced a decline in value, we may be required to record impairments, which could be material and have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

These  alliances  may  also  involve  significant  expense  and  divert  the  focus  and  attention  of  our  management  and  other  key  personnel.  Any  of  these
relationships  may  require  us  to  incur  non-recurring  and  other  charges,  increase  our  near-  and  long-term  expenditures,  or  disrupt  our  ordinary  business
activities. Such arrangements may also expose us to numerous known and unknown risks, including unique risks with respect to the economic, political, and
regulatory environment of any foreign entities with whom we partner, including Fosun Pharma. Any of the foregoing may have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

OUR  CUSTOMERS  MAY  USE  UNAUTHORIZED,  UNAPPROVED,  OR  UNCERTIFIED  INSTRUMENTS  AND  ACCESSORIES,  WHICH
WOULD RESULT IN REDUCED REVENUE AND LOSS OF MARKET SHARE.

A large portion of our revenue is generated through our sales of instruments and accessories. Third parties have attempted to and may discover ways to
manufacture and sell counterfeit reprocessed instruments and/or alter instruments that are compatible and function with the da Vinci Surgical System, and such
activities may reduce our market share. While our sales arrangements with customers generally prohibit the use of unauthorized, unapproved, or uncertified
instruments and accessories with da Vinci Surgical Systems, warranties will be void if such instruments and accessories are used, and a programmed memory
chip inside each instrument is designed to prevent the instrument from being used for more than the prescribed number of procedures to help ensure that its
performance meets specifications during each procedure, these measures may not prevent the use of unauthorized, unapproved, or uncertified instruments and
accessories by our customers. In addition to potential reductions to our revenues and market share, sales of unauthorized instruments and accessories by third
parties may create safety and health risks to da Vinci patients and could cause negative publicity for us if these products cause injuries and/or do not function
as  intended  when  used  with  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations, or cash flows.

WE  EXPECT  GROSS  PROFIT  MARGINS  TO  VARY  OVER  TIME,  AND  CHANGES  IN  OUR  GROSS  PROFIT  MARGINS  COULD
ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION OR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Our gross profit margins have fluctuated from period to period, and we expect that they will continue to fluctuate in the future. Our gross profit margins

may be adversely affected by numerous factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes in customer, geographic, or product mix, including the mix of system models sold or leased;

changes in the portion of sales involving a trade-in of another system and the amount of trade-in credits given;

introduction of new products, which may have lower margins than our existing products;

our ability to maintain or reduce production costs;

changes to our pricing strategy;

changes in competition;

changes in production volume driven by demand for our products;

changes in material, labor, or other manufacturing-related costs, including the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations for foreign currency-
denominated costs;

changes to U.S. and foreign trade policies, such as the enactment of tariffs on goods imported into the U.S. including, but not limited to, goods
imported from Mexico where we manufacture a majority of our instruments that we sell;

inventory obsolescence and product recall charges; and

• market conditions.

If  we  are  unable  to  offset  the  unfavorable  impact  of  the  factors  noted  above  by  increasing  the  volume  of  products  shipped,  reducing  product

manufacturing costs, or otherwise, our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

35

Table of Contents

WE UTILIZE DISTRIBUTORS FOR A PORTION OF OUR SALES AND SERVICE OF OUR PRODUCTS IN CERTAIN COUNTRIES, WHICH
SUBJECTS US TO A NUMBER OF RISKS THAT COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.

We have strategic relationships with a number of key distributors for sales and service of our products in certain countries. If these strategic relationships
are terminated and not replaced, our revenues and/or ability to sell or service our products in the markets serviced by these distributors could be adversely
affected. In addition, we may be named as a defendant in lawsuits against our distributors related to sales or service of our products performed by them. Please
see our risk factor below titled “We Are Subject to Product Liability and Negligence Claims Relating to the Use of Our Products and Other Legal Proceedings
That Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition, Divert Management’s Attention, and Harm Our Business.” Our distributors may affect our
ability to effectively market our products in certain countries or regulatory jurisdictions if a distributor holds the regulatory authorization or certification in
such countries or within such regions and causes, by action or inaction, the suspension of such marketing authorization or certification or sanctions for non-
compliance. It may be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming for us to re-establish market access or regulatory compliance in such cases.

WE  OFFER  ALTERNATIVE  CAPITAL  ACQUISITION  APPROACHES.  AS  A  RESULT,  WE  ARE  EXPOSED  TO  THE  CREDIT  RISK  OF
SOME OF OUR CUSTOMERS AND THE RISK OF LOSSES OF REVENUE, WHICH COULD RESULT IN MATERIAL LOSSES.

We believe customer financing through leasing is an important consideration for some of our customers and have experienced an increase in demand for
customer financing. We may experience loss from a customer’s failure to make payments according to the contractual lease terms. Our exposure to the credit
risks  relating  to  our  lease  financing  arrangements  may  increase  if  our  customers  are  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  healthcare  laws,  coverage  and
reimbursement, economic pressures or uncertainty, or other customer-specific factors.

Although we have programs in place that are designed to monitor and mitigate the associated risks, there can be no assurance that such programs will be
effective  in  reducing  credit  risks  relating  to  these  lease  financing  arrangements.  If  the  level  of  credit  losses  we  experience  in  the  future  exceed  our
expectations, such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Certain of our leasing arrangements allow customers to cancel, return, or upgrade the systems leased prior to the end of the lease term without incurring a
financial penalty. We also lease our systems to certain qualified customers where the lease payments are based on their usage of the systems. While leases and
usage-based arrangements enable our customers to upgrade and get access to new technologies faster, it may also enable competitors to more easily induce
customers  to  switch  to  a  competitor  system.  If  customers  do  not  perform  a  sufficient  number  of  procedures  on  systems  leased  under  usage-based
arrangements, or return or terminate leases prematurely, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, result of operations, or
cash flows.

WE ARE EXPOSED TO CREDIT RISK AND FLUCTUATIONS IN THE MARKET VALUE OF OUR INVESTMENTS.

Our  investment  portfolio  includes  both  domestic  and  international  investments.  The  credit  ratings  and  pricing  of  our  investments  can  be  negatively
affected by liquidity concerns, credit deterioration, financial results, economic risk, political risk, or other factors. As a result, the value and liquidity of our
cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities  could  fluctuate  substantially.  Our  other  income  and  expense  could  also  vary  materially  from  expectations
depending on gains or losses realized on the sale or exchange of investments, impairment charges resulting from revaluations of debt and equity securities and
other investments, changes in interest rates, increases or decreases in cash balances, volatility in foreign exchange rates, and changes in fair value of derivative
instruments.  Increased  volatility  in  the  financial  markets  and  overall  economic  uncertainty  could  increase  the  risk  that  actual  amounts  realized  on  our
investments may differ significantly from the fair values currently assigned to them.

Our  Intuitive  Ventures  fund  plans  to  invest  in  early-stage  companies,  which  involve  substantial  risks  and  uncertainties.  These  risks  and  uncertainties
include, among other things, uncertainties inherent in research and development; uncertainties regarding the ability of Intuitive Ventures to identify investment
candidates;  uncertainties  regarding  the  success  of  Intuitive  Ventures’  investments;  uncertainties  and  variables  inherent  in  the  operating  and  financial
performance in investments made, including, among other things, competitive developments and general economic, political, business, industry, regulatory
and market conditions; future exchange and interest rates; and changes in tax and other laws, regulations, rates and policies.

While we have not realized any significant losses on our cash equivalents, marketable securities, or other investments, future fluctuations in their value

could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

36

Table of Contents

WE MAY INCUR LOSSES ASSOCIATED WITH CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY HEDGE OUR
EXPOSURE.

Our  operating  results  are  subject  to  volatility  due  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  Our  primary  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  foreign
currency exchange rates relates to revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The weakening of foreign currencies
relative to the U.S. dollar adversely affects our foreign currency-denominated revenue. Margins on OUS revenue could also be materially adversely affected
by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, as we may not be able to raise local prices to fully offset the strengthening of the U.S. dollar. Conversely, the
strengthening  of  foreign  currencies  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  while  generally  beneficial  to  our  foreign  currency-denominated  revenue  and  earnings,  may
cause us to reduce pricing on our products in our OUS markets and may cause us to incur losses on our foreign currency hedging instruments, thereby limiting
the benefit that strengthened foreign currencies could have on our results of operations.

We  attempt  to  mitigate  a  portion  of  these  risks  through  foreign  currency  hedging,  based  on  our  judgment  of  the  appropriate  trade-offs  among  risk,
opportunity, and expense. Although we have established a hedging program to partially hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations,
primarily related to transactions denominated in the Euro, Japanese Yen, Korean Won, British Pound, and Swiss Franc, and we regularly review our hedging
program and make adjustments as necessary, our hedging activities may not offset more than a portion of the adverse financial impact caused by unfavorable
movement  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  See  “Item  7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for additional discussion on the impact of foreign exchange risk.

WE MAY ENCOUNTER MANUFACTURING PROBLEMS OR DELAYS THAT COULD RESULT IN LOST REVENUE.

Manufacturing our products is a complex process. We (or our critical suppliers) may encounter difficulties in scaling up or maintaining production of our

products, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

problems involving production yields;

quality control and assurance;

component supply shortages;

import or export restrictions on components, materials, or technology;

shortages of qualified personnel; and

compliance with state, federal, and foreign regulations.

If demand for our products exceeds our manufacturing capacity, we could develop a substantial backlog of customer orders. If we are unable to develop or
maintain  larger-scale  manufacturing  capabilities  or  build  new  manufacturing  capabilities  or  facilities  on  schedule  or  within  budget,  our  ability  to  generate
revenue and maintain profit margins as expected will be limited and our reputation in the marketplace could be damaged, all of which may have a material
adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

DISRUPTIONS AT THE FDA AND OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES OR NOTIFIED BODIES CAUSED BY FUNDING SHORTAGES OR
GLOBAL  HEALTH  CONCERNS  COULD  HINDER  THEIR  ABILITY  TO  HIRE,  RETAIN,  OR  DEPLOY  KEY  LEADERSHIP  AND  OTHER
PERSONNEL,  OR  OTHERWISE  PREVENT  PRODUCTS  FROM  BEING  DEVELOPED,  CLEARED,  CERTIFIED,  APPROVED,  OR
COMMERCIALIZED IN A TIMELY MANNER OR AT ALL, WHICH MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

Hospital, health systems, and physicians depend on a number of government agencies and services to effectively deliver healthcare to their patients. A
prolonged government shutdown could impact inspections, regulatory review and certifications, grants, or approvals or could cause other situations that could
impede  their  ability  to  effectively  deliver  healthcare,  including  attempts  to  reduce  payments  and  other  reimbursements  to  hospitals  by  federal  healthcare
programs. These situations could adversely affect our customers’ ability to perform procedures with our devices and/or their decisions to purchase additional
products from us.

In addition, the ability of the FDA, foreign authorities, and notified bodies to review and clear, approve, or certify new products can be affected by a
variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory,
regulatory, and policy changes. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the
political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies or notified bodies, including a prolonged government
shutdown,  may  cause  significant  regulatory  delays  and,  therefore,  delay  our  efforts  to  seek  clearances,  approvals,  or  certifications  from  the  FDA,  foreign
authorities, and notified bodies and adversely affect business travel and import and export of products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations,

37

Table of Contents

or cash flows. For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA,
have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities.

Separately, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to postpone most foreign inspections of
manufacturing  facilities  and  products  through  April  2020  and,  subsequently,  on  March  18,  2020,  the  FDA  temporarily  postponed  routine  surveillance
inspections  of  domestic  manufacturing  facilities.  Subsequently,  on  July  10,  2020,  the  FDA  resumed  certain  on-site  inspections  of  domestic  manufacturing
facilities subject to a risk-based prioritization system. The FDA utilized this risk-based assessment system to assist in determining when and where it was
safest  to  conduct  prioritized  domestic  inspections.  In  May  2021,  the  FDA  outlined  a  detailed  plan  to  move  toward  a  more  consistent  state  of  inspectional
operations and, in July 2021, the FDA resumed standard inspectional operations of domestic facilities and was continuing to maintain this level of operation as
of  September  2021.  Subsequently,  in  November  2021,  the  FDA  announced  its  intention  to  resume  certain  prioritized  inspections  of  foreign  manufacturing
facilities,  including  surveillance  and  application-related  inspections,  starting  in  February  2022.  Regulatory  authorities  outside  the  United  States  may  adopt
similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns
continue to prevent the FDA, other regulatory authorities, or notified bodies from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities,
it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA, other regulatory authorities, or notified bodies to timely review and process our regulatory submissions,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

For  instance,  in  the  EU,  notified  bodies  must  be  officially  designated  to  certify  products  and  services  in  accordance  with  the  EU  Medical  Devices
Regulation. While several notified bodies have been designated, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly slowed down their designation process, and the
current designated notified bodies are facing a large number of requests with the new regulation, as a consequence of which review times have lengthened.
This situation could impact our ability to grow our business in the EU and EEA.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH REAL ESTATE CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT.

The development of our facilities is subject to risks relating to our ability to complete our projects on schedule or within budget. Factors that may result in
a development project being prevented or delayed from completion or exceeding budget include, but are not limited to (i) construction delays, defects, or cost
overruns, which may increase project development costs; (ii) cost escalations associated with materials, including changes in availability, proximity, and cost
of materials, such as steel, cement, concrete, aggregates, oil, fuel, and other construction materials, including changes in U.S. trade policies and retaliatory
responses from other countries, as well as cost escalations associated with subcontractors and labor; (iii) the discovery of hazardous or toxic substances, or
other environmental, culturally-sensitive, or related issues; (iv) an inability to obtain, or a significant delay in obtaining, zoning, construction, occupancy, and
other  required  governmental  permits  and  authorizations;  (v)  difficulty  in  complying  with  local,  city,  county,  and  state  rules  and  regulations  regarding
permitting,  zoning,  subdivision,  utilities,  and  water  quality,  as  well  as  federal  rules  and  regulations  regarding  air  and  water  quality  and  protection  of
endangered species and their habitats; (vi) insufficient infrastructure capacity or availability (e.g., water, sewer, and roads) to serve the needs of our projects;
(vii) failure to achieve or sustain anticipated occupancy levels; and (viii) condemnation of all or parts of development or operating properties, which could
adversely affect the value or viability of such projects.

CONTINUED  CONSOLIDATION  IN  THE  HEALTHCARE  INDUSTRY  COULD  HAVE  AN  ADVERSE  EFFECT  ON  OUR  SALES  AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The  healthcare  industry  has  been  consolidating,  and  organizations  continue  to  consolidate  purchasing  decisions  for  many  of  our  healthcare  provider
customers.  Numerous  initiatives  and  reforms  by  legislators,  regulators,  and  third-party  payers  to  curb  the  rising  cost  of  healthcare  have  catalyzed  a
consolidation of aggregate purchasing power within the markets in which we sell our products. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide
products and services is expected to continue to intensify, resulting in pricing pressures and decreased average selling prices. We expect that market demand,
government regulation, third-party payor coverage and reimbursement policies, government contracting requirements, and societal pressures will continue to
change  the  worldwide  healthcare  industry,  resulting  in  further  consolidation,  which  may  exert  further  downward  pressure  on  prices  of  our  products  and
services and may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR COMPANY.

Uncertainty about global economic conditions, including credit and sovereign debt concerns in certain European countries and concerns about slowed
economic  growth  in  China  and  other  OUS  markets,  has  caused  and  may  continue  to  cause  disruptions  in  the  financial  credit  markets,  volatile  currency
exchange  rates,  concerns  about  inflation,  slower  economic  activity,  decreased  consumer  confidence,  reduced  corporate  profits  and  capital  spending,  and
liquidity concerns. Customers and distributors may choose to postpone or reduce spending due to financial difficulties or may be unable to obtain credit to
finance purchases of our products due to restraints on credit. There could be additional effects from adverse conditions in the credit

38

Table of Contents

markets on our business, including the insolvency of key suppliers or their inability to obtain credit to finance the development and/or manufacturing of our
products resulting in product delays.

In addition, our business is closely tied to the overall U.S. healthcare system, relating to which there are concerns and uncertainties as a result of efforts
made by the U.S. federal government to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the ACA. In addition, the U.S. federal government
has called for, or enacted, substantial changes to trade, fiscal, and tax policies, which may include changes to existing trade agreements including, but not
limited to, the replacement of NAFTA by the USMCA (effective July 1, 2020), that may have a significant impact on our operations. We cannot predict the
impact, if any, that these changes could have on our business.

If economic conditions worsen or new legislation is passed related to the healthcare system or trade, fiscal, or tax policies, customer demand may not
materialize to the levels we require to achieve our anticipated financial results, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations, or cash flows.

NATURAL  DISASTERS  OR  OTHER  EVENTS  BEYOND  OUR  CONTROL  COULD  DISRUPT  OUR  BUSINESS  AND  RESULT  IN  LOSS  OF
REVENUE OR HIGHER EXPENSES.

Natural  disasters,  terrorist  activities,  and  other  business  disruptions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  internet  security  threats  and  violence  motivated  by
political  or  social  causes,  could  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and  financial  condition  and  increase  our  costs  and  expenses.  For  example,  the  March  2011
earthquake and tsunami in Japan and their aftermath created economic uncertainty and disrupted economic activities in Japan, including a reduction in hospital
spending.  Moreover,  global  climate  change  could  result  in  certain  types  of  natural  disasters  occurring  more  frequently  or  with  more  intense  effects.  Our
corporate headquarters and many of our operations, including certain of our manufacturing facilities, are located in California, which has experienced both
severe earthquakes and other natural disasters in the past and is vulnerable to climate change effects. For example, increasing intensity of drought throughout
the state and annual periods of wildfire danger increase the probability of planned power outages in the communities where we work and live. This danger has
the potential to impact our employees’ abilities to commute to work or to work from home and stay connected effectively during the COVID-19 pandemic.
We do not have multiple-site capacity for all of our operations in the event of a business disruption. In addition, global climate change resulting from increased
concentrations of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere could present risks to our future operations resulting in the aforementioned
natural  disasters  as  well  as  other  extreme  weather  conditions,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  hurricanes,  tornadoes,  earthquakes,  wildfires  or  flooding.  Such
extreme  weather  conditions  could  pose  physical  risks  to  our  facilities  and  disrupt  operations  of  our  supply  chain  and  may  impact  operational  costs.  The
impacts of global climate change on water resources may result in water scarcity, which could impact our ability to access sufficient quantities of water in
certain locations and result in increased costs.

Concern  over  global  climate  change  could  result  in  new  legal  or  regulatory  requirements  designed  to  mitigate  the  effects  of  climate  change  on  the
environment. If such laws or regulations are more stringent than current legal or regulatory requirements, we may experience increased compliance burdens
and costs to meet the regulatory obligations and may adversely affect raw material sourcing, manufacturing operations, and the distribution of our products.
Such events can make it difficult or impossible for us to manufacture and deliver products to our customers, create delays and inefficiencies in our supply and
manufacturing chain, and result in slowdowns and outages to our service offerings. Furthermore, parties in our supply chain and our customers are similarly
vulnerable to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen, and severe adverse events. A natural disaster or a triggered global climate change event in any of
our major markets, or an unanticipated business disruption caused, for example, by internet security threats, damage to global communication networks, or
similar events, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

CHANGES IN OUR EFFECTIVE TAX RATE MAY IMPACT OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

We are subject to taxes in the U.S. and other jurisdictions around the world. Tax rates in these jurisdictions may be subject to significant change due to

economic and/or political conditions. A number of other factors may also impact our future effective tax rate, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed;

the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities;

changes in valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquired intangibles and impairment of goodwill in connection with
acquisitions;

changes in availability of tax credits, tax holidays, and tax deductions;

changes in share-based compensation; and

changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws and changes in generally accepted accounting principles.

39

Table of Contents

We are unable to predict what changes to the tax laws of the U.S. and other jurisdictions may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect such
changes would have on our business. Any significant increase in our future effective tax rate could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial
condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

WE USE ESTIMATES, MAKE JUDGMENTS, AND APPLY CERTAIN METHODS IN DETERMINING OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS AND IN
MEASURING THE PROGRESS OF OUR BUSINESS. AS THESE ESTIMATES, JUDGMENTS, AND METHODS CHANGE, OUR RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS AND OUR ASSESSMENT OF THE PROGRESS OF OUR BUSINESS COULD VARY.

The methods, estimates, and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations. Such methods,
estimates, and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, and factors may arise over time that may lead us to
change our methods, estimates, and judgments. Changes in any of our assumptions may adversely affect our reported financial results.

We utilize methods for determining surgical market sizes as well as the number and type (cancerous or benign) of certain da Vinci procedures performed
that involve estimates and judgments, which are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our estimates of surgical market
sizes or the number and type of da Vinci procedures performed do not have an impact on our results of operations but are used to estimate the progress of our
business. Estimates and judgments for determining surgical market sizes and the number and type of da Vinci procedures and the accuracy of these estimates
may  be  impacted  over  time  with  changes  in  treatment  modalities,  hospital  reporting  behavior,  system  internet  connectivity,  distributor  reporting  behavior,
increases in procedures per field employee, and other factors. In addition, from time to time, we may change the method for determining market sizes and the
number and type of da Vinci procedures, causing variation in our reporting.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

COMPLYING WITH FDA REGULATIONS IS A COMPLEX PROCESS, AND OUR FAILURE TO FULLY COMPLY COULD SUBJECT US TO
SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS.

Because our products, including the da Vinci Surgical System, are commercially distributed, numerous quality and post-market regulatory requirements

apply, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

continued  compliance  to  the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulation  (“QSR”),  which  requires  manufacturers  to  follow  design,  testing,  control,
documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during the development and manufacturing process;

labeling regulations;

the FDA’s general prohibition against false or misleading statements in the labeling or promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses;

stringent  complaint  reporting  and  Medical  Device  Reporting  regulations,  which  require  that  manufacturers  keep  detailed  records  of
investigations  or  complaints  against  their  devices  and  report  to  the  FDA  if  their  device  may  have  caused  or  contributed  to  a  death  or  serious
injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur;

adequate  use  of  the  corrective  and  preventive  actions  process  to  identify  and  correct  or  prevent  significant,  systemic  failures  of  products  or
processes or in trends which suggest the same; and

the  reporting  of  corrections  and  removals,  which  requires  that  manufacturers  report  to  the  FDA  recalls  and  field  corrective  actions  taken  to
reduce a risk to health or to remedy a violation of the Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FFDCA”) that may pose a risk to health.

We are subject to inspection and marketing surveillance by the FDA to determine our compliance with regulatory requirements. If the FDA finds that we
have  failed  to  comply,  it  can  institute  a  wide  variety  of  enforcement  actions,  ranging  from  inspectional  observations  (as  set  forth  on  FDA  Form  483)  to  a
public Warning Letter to more severe civil and criminal sanctions, including the seizure of our products and equipment or ban on the import or export of our
products.  The  FDA  has,  in  the  past,  issued  and  could,  in  the  future,  issue  Warning  Letters  or  other  adverse  communications  to  us.  If  we  fail  to  satisfy  or
remediate the matters discussed in any such Warning Letters or communications, the FDA could take further enforcement action, including prohibiting the
sale or marketing of the affected product. Our failure to comply with applicable requirements could lead to an enforcement action that may have an adverse
effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  The  receipt  of  a  Warning  Letter  could  place  certain  limits  on  the  ability  to  obtain  FDA-issued
Certificates to Foreign Government (“CFGs”) used for new and re-registration of products in certain other countries.

The FDA also strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion, and other activities relating to the marketing of our products. Medical devices may be
promoted only for their cleared or approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the cleared or approved label. It is possible that federal or
state enforcement authorities might take action if they

40

Table of Contents

consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under a variety
of statutory authorities, including under the FFDCA as well as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.

In addition, any modification or change of medical devices cleared for market requires the manufacturer to make a determination whether the change is
significant  enough  to  require  new  510(k)  clearance.  We  have  created  labeling,  advertising,  and  user  training  for  the  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  to  describe
specific surgical procedures that we believe are fully within the scope of our existing 510(k) indications for use stated in our 510(k) clearances. Although we
have relied on expert in-house and external staff, consultants, and advisors, some of whom were formerly employed by the FDA and are familiar with the
FDA  perspective,  we  cannot  provide  assurance  that  the  FDA  would  agree  that  all  such  specific  procedures  are  within  the  scope  of  the  existing  general
clearance  or  that  we  have  compiled  adequate  information  to  support  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  using  the  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  for  all  such  specific
procedures. From time to time, we modify our products, including the hardware and software in the da Vinci Surgical System, after we obtain 510(k) clearance
from the FDA for the devices in ways that we do not believe require new 510(k) clearance. We cannot provide assurance that the FDA would agree in all cases
with our determinations not to seek new 510(k) clearance for any of these changes. If the FDA disagrees with our assessments that a new 510(k) clearance was
not required prior to commercializing the devices with these changes or modifications, then the FDA could impose enforcement sanctions and/or require us to
obtain  510(k)  clearance  or  other  FDA  marketing  authorization  for  any  modification  to  our  products.  We  may  be  prohibited  from  marketing  the  modified
device until such marketing authorization is granted.

We  have  a  wholly  owned  manufacturing  facility  located  in  Mexicali,  Mexico,  which  manufactures  reusable  and  disposable  surgical  instruments.  This
facility  is  registered  with  the  FDA  as  well  as  with  Mexican  authorities.  The  facility  is  operated  under  U.S.  and  international  quality  system  regulations,
including  those  applicable  to  Canada,  the  EU,  and  Japan  among  others.  Our  wholly  owned  manufacturing  facility  in  Mexicali,  Mexico  has  an  FDA
Establishment Registration but has not been inspected by the FDA to date. If the FDA were to identify non-conformances in our product documentation or
quality system compliance, it could hold indefinitely the importation of instruments at the border, which would deprive us of the ability to sell and supply the
majority of our customers until the FDA requirements have been satisfied. Similar supply disruptions could occur if key suppliers outside of the U.S. were to
encounter non-conformances with their documentation or quality system compliance.

OUR  PRODUCTS  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  A  LENGTHY  AND  UNCERTAIN  DOMESTIC  REGULATORY  REVIEW  PROCESS.  IF  WE  DO  NOT
OBTAIN  AND  MAINTAIN  THE  NECESSARY  DOMESTIC  REGULATORY  AUTHORIZATIONS,  WE  WILL  NOT  BE  ABLE  TO  SELL  OUR
PRODUCTS IN THE U.S.

Our  products  and  operations  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  in  the  U.S.  by  the  FDA.  The  FDA  regulates  the  development  and  clinical  testing,
manufacturing, labeling, storage, record keeping, promotion, sales, distribution, and post-market support and medical device reporting in the U.S. to ensure
that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses. In order for us to market products for use in the U.S., we generally
must  first  obtain  clearance  from  the  FDA  pursuant  to  Section  510(k)  of  the  FFDCA  or  approval  of  the  product  through  the  premarket  approval  (“PMA”)
pathway.  Clearance  under  Section  510(k)  requires  demonstration  that  a  new  device  is  substantially  equivalent  to  another  device  with  510(k)  clearance  or
grandfathered (“pre-amendment”) status and for which a PMA is not required. If we develop products in the future that are not considered to be substantially
equivalent  to  a  device  with  510(k)  clearance  or  grandfathered  status,  we  may  be  required  to  obtain  marketing  authorization  through  the  more  burdensome
PMA process or alternatively through the de novo classification process, which is a path to market for novel devices that are low to moderate risk and for
which  a  predicate  device  is  not  available.  A  PMA  is  typically  a  much  more  complex,  lengthy,  and  burdensome  application  than  a  510(k)  or  a  de  novo
classification request. To support a PMA, the FDA would likely require that we conduct one or more clinical studies to demonstrate that the device is safe and
effective for its intended uses. In some cases, such studies may also be required to support a 510(k) application or a de novo classification request. The FDA
may not act favorably or quickly in its review of any marketing application submissions, or we may encounter significant difficulties and costs in our efforts to
obtain marketing authorization from the FDA, either of which could delay or preclude the sale of new products in the U.S. In addition, the FDA may place
significant limitations upon the intended use of our products as a condition of granting marketing authorization. Product applications can also be denied or
withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following marketing authorization. Any delays or
failure to obtain FDA marketing authorization for new or modified products that we develop, any limitations imposed by the FDA on new product use, or the
costs of obtaining FDA clearance or approvals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

In addition, the FDA or other regulatory agencies may change their policies, adopt additional regulations, revise existing regulations, or take other actions
that may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products
on a timely basis. We may be found non-compliant as a result of future changes in, or interpretations of, regulations by the FDA or other regulatory agencies.
Over  the  last  several  years,  the  FDA  has  proposed  reforms  to  its  510(k)  clearance  process,  and  such  proposals  could  include  increased  requirements  for
clinical

41

Table of Contents

data and a longer review period, or could make it more difficult for manufacturers to utilize the 510(k) clearance process for their products. For example, in
November 2018, FDA officials announced forthcoming steps that the FDA intends to take to modernize the premarket notification pathway under Section
510(k) of the FFDCA. Among other things, the FDA announced that it plans to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward
the use of newer predicates. These proposals include plans to potentially sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the 510(k) clearance
pathway, and to potentially publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence to predicate devices that are
more than 10 years old. In May 2019, the FDA solicited public feedback on these proposals. These proposals have not yet been finalized or adopted, and the
FDA may work with Congress to implement such proposals through legislation. Accordingly, it is unclear the extent to which any proposals, if adopted, could
impose additional regulatory requirements on us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance, or restrict our
ability to maintain our current clearances, or otherwise create competition that may negatively affect our business.

More recently, in September 2019, the FDA issued revised guidance describing an optional “safety and performance based” premarket review pathway
for manufacturers of “certain, well-understood device types” to demonstrate substantial equivalence under the 510(k) clearance pathway by showing that such
device  meets  objective  safety  and  performance  criteria  established  by  the  FDA,  thereby  obviating  the  need  for  manufacturers  to  compare  the  safety  and
performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. The FDA maintains a list device types appropriate for the “safety
and performance based” pathway and continues to develop product-specific guidance documents that identify the performance criteria for each such device
type, as well as the recommended testing methods, where feasible. The FDA may establish performance criteria for classes of devices for which we or our
competitors seek or currently have received clearance, and it is unclear the extent to which such performance standards, if established, could impact our ability
to obtain new 510(k) clearances or otherwise create competition that may negatively affect our business.

In order to conduct a clinical investigation involving human subjects for the purpose of demonstrating the safety and effectiveness of a medical device, a
company must, among other things, apply for and obtain Institutional Review Board (“IRB”) approval of the proposed investigation. In addition, if the clinical
study involves a “significant risk” (as defined by the FDA) to human health, the sponsor of the investigation must also submit and obtain FDA approval of an
IDE application. Many of our products to date have been or would be considered significant risk devices requiring IDE approval prior to investigational use.
We may not be able to obtain FDA and/or IRB approval to undertake clinical trials in the U.S. for any new devices that we intend to market in the U.S. in the
future.

If we do obtain such approvals, we may not be able to conduct studies which comply with the IDE and other regulations governing clinical investigations
or the data from any such trials may not support clearance or approval of the investigational device. Clinical testing is difficult to design and implement, can
take many years, can be expensive, and carries uncertain outcomes and, if we fail to complete our planned or ongoing clinical trials or if such clinical trials
produce negative or inconclusive results, we may be delayed or prevented from obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to commercialize our products
for  new  or  expanded  indications.  Additionally,  we  may  experience  delays  in  our  ongoing  clinical  trials  for  any  number  of  reasons,  which  could  adversely
affect  the  costs,  timing,  or  successful  completion  of  our  clinical  trials.  Moreover,  the  disruptions  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  may  increase  the
likelihood that we encounter such difficulties or delays in initiating, enrolling, conducting, or completing our planned and ongoing clinical trials. If we fail to
complete  our  planned  and  ongoing  clinical  trials  or  if  such  clinical  trials  produce  negative  or  inconclusive  results,  we  may  be  delayed  or  prevented  from
obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to commercialize our products for new or expanded indications, which may limit the market for our products.

Failure to obtain such approvals or to comply with such regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results
of operations. Certainty that clinical trials will meet desired endpoints, produce meaningful or useful data, and be free of unexpected adverse effects or that the
FDA will accept the validity of foreign clinical study data cannot be assured, and such uncertainty could preclude or delay market clearance or authorizations
resulting in significant financial costs and reduced revenue.

OUR  PRODUCTS  MAY  CAUSE  OR  CONTRIBUTE  TO  ADVERSE  MEDICAL  EVENTS  OR  BE  SUBJECT  TO  FAILURES  OR
MALFUNCTIONS  THAT  WE  ARE  REQUIRED  TO  REPORT  TO  THE  FDA  AND  FOREIGN  REGULATORY  AUTHORITIES  AND,  IF  WE
FAIL  TO  DO  SO,  WE  WOULD  BE  SUBJECT  TO  SANCTIONS  THAT  COULD  HARM  OUR  REPUTATION,  BUSINESS,  FINANCIAL
CONDITION, AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

We  are  subject  to  the  FDA’s  medical  device  reporting  regulations  and  similar  foreign  regulations,  which  require  us  to  report  to  the  FDA  and  foreign
regulatory  authorities  when  we  receive  or  become  aware  of  information  that  reasonably  suggests  that  one  or  more  of  our  products  may  have  caused  or
contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious
injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to
report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware

42

Table of Contents

of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the
use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities could take action, including warning letters,
untitled  letters,  administrative  actions,  criminal  prosecution,  imposition  of  civil  monetary  penalties,  revocation  of  our  device  clearance,  approval,  or
certification, seizure of our products or delay in clearance, approval, or certification of future products.

The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects
in the design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. The FDA’s authority to require a recall must be
based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device could cause serious injury or death. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if
any  material  deficiency  is  found.  A  government‑mandated  or  voluntary  recall  by  us  could  occur  as  a  result  of  an  unacceptable  risk  to  health,  component
failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects, or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable
regulations. Product defects or other errors may occur in the future.

Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities may require, or we
may decide, that we will need to obtain new clearances, approvals, or certifications for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device.
Seeking  such  clearances,  approvals,  or  certifications  may  delay  our  ability  to  replace  the  recalled  devices  in  a  timely  manner.  Moreover,  if  we  do  not
adequately  address  problems  associated  with  our  devices,  we  may  face  additional  regulatory  enforcement  action,  including  FDA  or  foreign  regulatory
authorities warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines.

Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls and corrections, even if they are not reportable to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities.
We  may  initiate  voluntary  withdrawals  or  corrections  for  our  products  in  the  future  that  we  determine  do  not  require  notification  of  the  FDA  or  foreign
regulatory authorities. If the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities disagree with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls, and
we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims
against us, and negatively affect our sales. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, would require
the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results.

IF  OUR  MANUFACTURING  FACILITIES  DO  NOT  CONTINUE  TO  MEET  FEDERAL,  STATE,  OR  OTHER  MANUFACTURING
STANDARDS,  WE  MAY  BE  REQUIRED  TO  TEMPORARILY  CEASE  ALL  OR  PART  OF  OUR  MANUFACTURING  OPERATIONS,
IMPORT/EXPORT  OF  OUR  PRODUCTS,  AND/OR  RECALL  SOME  PRODUCTS,  WHICH  WOULD  RESULT  IN  SIGNIFICANT  PRODUCT
DELIVERY DELAYS AND LOST REVENUE.

Our  manufacturing  facilities  are  subject  to  periodic  inspection  by  regulatory  authorities  and  notified  bodies,  and  our  operations  will  continue  to  be
regulated  and  inspected  by  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  agencies  and  notified  bodies  for  compliance  with  Good  Manufacturing  Practice  requirements
contained in the QSR and other regulatory requirements. We are also required to comply with International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) quality
system standards as well as EU legislation and norms in order to produce products for sale in the EU. In addition, many countries, such as Canada and Japan,
have  very  specific  additional  regulatory  requirements  for  quality  assurance  and  manufacturing.  If  we  fail  to  continue  to  comply  with  Good  Manufacturing
Practice  requirements,  as  well  as  ISO  or  other  regulatory  standards,  we  may  be  required  to  cease  all  or  part  of  our  operations  until  we  comply  with  these
regulations.

We  continue  to  be  subject  to  FDA  and  certain  other  inspections  by  other  regulatory  authorities  and  notified  bodies  at  any  time.  Maintaining  such
compliance is difficult and costly. We cannot be certain that our facilities will be found to comply with Good Manufacturing Practice requirements or ISO
standards and other regulatory requirements in future inspections and audits by regulatory authorities and notified bodies.

We are currently participating in the Medical Device Single Audit Program (“MDSAP”), which allows an MDSAP-recognized auditing organization to
conduct a single regulatory audit of a medical device manufacturer that evaluates the Company’s quality system to assess compliance with the requirements of
multiple  regulatory  jurisdictions,  including  the  U.S.,  Japan,  Brazil,  Australia,  and  Canada.  The  information  collected  in  an  MDSAP  audit  is  shared  and
reviewed amongst all the regulatory authorities participating in the MDSAP, who may or may not determine that additional information or auditing is required.

Our Sunnyvale, California facility is licensed by the State of California to manufacture medical devices. We have been subject to periodic inspections by
the California Department of Health Services Food and Drug Branch and, if we are unable to maintain this license following any future inspections, we will be
unable  to  manufacture  or  ship  some  products,  which  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  both  our  Sunnyvale,
California and Mexicali, Mexico facilities are subject to periodic inspections by other regulatory bodies, including third-party auditors on behalf of national
regulatory authorities. Compliance with multiple regulatory standards is complex, difficult, and costly to maintain, and material

43

Table of Contents

deficiencies could result in significant limitations on our ability to manufacture, transport, and sell our products in one or more countries.

OUR  PRODUCTS  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  INTERNATIONAL  REGULATORY  PROCESSES  AND  APPROVAL  OR  CERTIFICATION
REQUIREMENTS.  IF  WE  DO  NOT  OBTAIN  AND  MAINTAIN  THE  NECESSARY  INTERNATIONAL  REGULATORY  APPROVALS  OR
CERTIFICATIONS, WE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO SELL OUR PRODUCTS IN OTHER COUNTRIES.

To be able to sell our products in other countries, we must obtain regulatory approvals or certifications and comply with the regulations of those countries,
which may differ substantially from those of the U.S. These regulations, including the requirements for approvals or certifications and the time required for
regulatory review, and vary from country to country. Obtaining and maintaining foreign regulatory approvals or certifications is complex, and timing to obtain
clearances or certifications in those countries varies; therefore, we cannot be certain that we will receive regulatory approvals or certifications in any other
country in which we plan to market our products or obtain such approvals or certifications on a favorable schedule. If we fail to obtain or maintain regulatory
approval or certification in any other country in which we plan to market our products, our ability to generate revenue will be harmed. In particular, if the FDA
refuses to provide CFGs, our ability to register products or renew such registrations may be delayed or denied.

For instance, one of the most significant moving targets related to the regulatory landscape is in the EU; more specifically, the medical devices regulation
has recently evolved. On May 25, 2017, the EU Medical Devices Regulation entered into force, which repeals and replaces the Council Directive 93/42/EEC
(the “EU Medical Devices Directive”). Unlike directives, which must be implemented into the national laws of the EU member states, regulations are directly
applicable (i.e., without the need for adoption of EU member state laws implementing them) in all EU member states and are intended to eliminate current
differences  in  the  regulation  of  medical  devices  among  EU  member  states.  Devices  lawfully  placed  on  the  market  pursuant  to  the  EU  Medical  Devices
Directive  prior  to  May  26,  2021,  may  generally  continue  to  be  made  available  on  the  market  or  put  into  service  until  May  26,  2025,  provided  that  the
requirements  of  the  transitional  provisions  are  fulfilled.  In  particular,  the  certificate  in  question  must  still  be  valid.  In  January  1999,  further  to  their
certification  by  our  notified  body,  we  affixed  the  CE  mark  to  our  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  and  EndoWrist  instruments  and  have  maintained  these
certifications continuously since that time. Subsequent products and accessories have received certifications by our notified body, Presafe. However, even in
this  case,  manufacturers  must  comply  with  a  number  of  new,  or  reinforced,  requirements  set  forth  in  the  EU  Medical  Devices  Regulation  registration  of
economic operators and of devices, post-market surveillance, market surveillance, and vigilance requirements.

Subject  to  the  transitional  provisions,  in  order  to  sell  our  products  in  EU  member  states,  our  products  must  comply  with  the  general  safety  and
performance requirements of the EU Medical Devices Regulation, which repeals and replaces the former EU Medical Devices Directive. Compliance with
these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the European Conformity (“CE”) mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed
in the EU. All medical devices placed on the market in the EU must meet the general safety and performance requirements laid down in Annex I to the EU
Medical  Devices  Regulation,  including  the  requirement  that  a  medical  device  must  be  designed  and  manufactured  in  such  a  way  that,  during  normal
conditions of use, it is suitable for its intended purpose. It is the responsibility of the Person Responsible for Regulatory Compliance (“PRRC”) to ensure such
requirements are fulfilled and in place in the company. Medical devices must be safe and effective and must not compromise the clinical condition or safety of
patients  or  the  safety  and  health  of  users  and,  where  applicable,  other  persons,  provided  that  any  risks  that  may  be  associated  with  their  use  constitute
acceptable risks when weighed against the benefits to the patient and are compatible with a high level of protection of health and safety, taking into account
the generally acknowledged state of the art. To demonstrate compliance with the general safety and performance requirements, we must undergo a conformity
assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its (risk) classification and may include a technical documentation assessment
and an onsite audit. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can self-assess the conformity of its products with the general safety
and  performance  requirements  (except  for  any  parts  which  relate  to  sterility,  metrology,  or  reuse  aspects),  a  conformity  assessment  procedure  requires  the
intervention of a notified body. The notified body would typically audit and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design, and
final inspection of our devices. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant general safety and performance requirements and we have the
organizational  structure  to  support  it  (i.e.,  PRRC),  the  notified  body  issues  a  certificate  of  conformity,  which  the  manufacturer  uses  as  a  basis  for  its  own
declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the CE mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the market throughout the
EU. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we would be unable to affix the CE mark to our products, which would prevent us from selling
them within the EU or any countries recognizing the CE mark.

In the EU, we must inform the notified body that carried out the conformity assessment of the medical devices that we market or sell in the EU and the
EEA of any planned substantial changes to our quality system or substantial changes to our medical devices that could affect compliance with the general
safety and performance requirements laid down in Annex I to the EU Medical Devices Regulation or cause a substantial change to the intended use for which
the device has been CE marked.

44

Table of Contents

The  notified  body  will  then  assess  the  planned  changes  and  verify  whether  they  affect  the  products’  ongoing  conformity  with  the  EU  Medical  Devices
Regulation.  If  the  assessment  is  favorable,  the  notified  body  will  issue  a  new  certificate  of  conformity  or  an  addendum  to  the  existing  certificate  attesting
compliance  with  the  general  safety  and  performance  requirements  and  quality  system  requirements  laid  down  in  the  Annexes  to  the  EU  Medical  Devices
Regulation.

In  addition,  we  are  subject  to  annual  regulatory  audits  in  order  to  maintain  the  certifications  we  have  already  obtained,  including  inspection  of  our
compliance to EU legislation and required standards. We cannot be certain that we will be able to affix the CE mark for new or modified products or that we
will continue to meet the quality and performance standards required to maintain the certifications that we have already received. If we are unable to maintain
our certifications, we will no longer be able to sell our products in EU member states and many affiliated countries that accept the CE mark, which would have
a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, the regulations applied to end users of our products may increase over time, forcing us to
provide  additional  solutions  to  regulations  that  do  not  apply  directly  to  us  but  which  apply  indirectly,  as  they  may  limit  our  customers’  ability  to  use  our
products.

The aforementioned EU rules are generally applicable in the EEA. Non-compliance with the above requirements would also prevent us from selling our

products in these countries.

Further, Switzerland, which is the country from which we import our products into the EU and where our EU regulatory team is based, has not yet entered
into a Mutual Recognition Agreement with the EU that covers the Medical Device Regulation and allows medical devices to move freely between Switzerland
and the EU. Therefore, for future needs, we will adjust the manner in which we bring our products into the EU market. Any such adjustments could cause
temporary disruptions in and have adverse financial implications to our business in Europe.

To date, we received approvals from the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare for our da Vinci S, Si, Xi, and X Surgical Systems and various
associated  instruments  and  accessories  for  use  in  certain  da  Vinci  procedures.  We  may  seek  additional  approvals  for  other  products  and/or  indications;
however, there can be no assurance that such approvals will be granted. In addition, because not all of our instruments have received product approvals and
reimbursement is an additional process to generate market acceptance, it is possible that procedures will be adopted slowly or not at all. Sales of our products
depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of our products are reimbursed by governmental health administration authorities. In April 2012 and April
2016,  we  have  received  reimbursement  approval  for  prostatectomy  and  partial  nephrectomy,  respectively.  An  additional  12  procedures  were  granted
reimbursement for Japan in April 2018, including gastrectomy, anterior resection, lobectomy, and hysterectomy, for both malignant and benign conditions. An
additional 7 procedures were granted reimbursement effective April 1, 2020. These additional 19 reimbursed procedures have varying levels of conventional
laparoscopic penetration and will be reimbursed at rates equal to the conventional laparoscopic procedures. Given the reimbursement level and laparoscopic
penetration for these 19 procedures, there can be no assurance that adoption will occur or that the adoption pace for these procedures will be similar to any
other da Vinci procedures. There are multiple pathways to obtain reimbursement for procedures including those that require in-country clinical data and which
are  considered  for  reimbursed  status  in  April  of  even-numbered  years.  If  we  are  not  successful  in  obtaining  the  necessary  reimbursement  approvals  or
obtaining approvals for future products and procedures, then the demand for our products could be limited. These limitations could eliminate a significant
market opportunity for our products in Japan.

Our  capital  sales  in  China  are  subject  to  importation  authorizations  and  purchasing  tender  processes.  In  October  2018,  the  China  National  Health
Commission published on its official website the quota for major medical equipment to be imported and sold in China through 2020. After an adjustment
notice was published in the third quarter of 2020 (ref. NHC Financial Notice [2020] 315), the government will allow for the total sale of 225 new Endoscopic
Surgical Instrument Control Systems (surgical robots) into China, which could include da Vinci Surgical Systems as well as surgical systems introduced by
others. Future system sales and our ability to grow future procedure volumes are dependent on the completion of these purchasing tender authorizations. The
timing and magnitude of these future authorizations, which may determine our system placements in future years, is not certain, and we expect to continue to
experience variability in the timing of capital sales in China.

CHANGES  IN  HEALTHCARE  LEGISLATION  AND  POLICY  MAY  HAVE  A  MATERIAL  ADVERSE  EFFECT  ON  OUR  FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

In the U.S., there have been, and continue to be, a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. In March 2010, the ACA was enacted,

which made changes that have impacted and are expected to significantly impact the pharmaceutical and medical device industries.

The  ACA  contained  a  number  of  provisions  designed  to  generate  the  revenues  necessary  to  fund  health  insurance  coverage  expansions  among  other
things.  This  included  a  number  of  Medicare  payment  system  reforms,  including  a  national  pilot  program  on  payment  bundling  to  encourage  hospitals,
physicians,  and  other  providers  to  improve  the  coordination,  quality,  and  efficiency  of  certain  healthcare  services  through  bundled  payment  models  and
appropriated funding for comparative effectiveness research.

45

Table of Contents

Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive branch, and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S.
Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the
ACA. Thus, the ACA will remain in effect in its current form. Further, prior to the U.S. Supreme Court ruling, President Biden issued an executive order to
initiate a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through August 15, 2021, for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA
marketplace. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to
healthcare,  including  among  others,  reexamining  Medicaid  demonstration  projects  and  waiver  programs  that  include  work  requirements  and  policies  that
create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included an aggregate reduction in
Medicare  payments  to  providers  of  2%  per  fiscal  year,  which  went  into  effect  on  April  1,  2013,  and  will  remain  in  effect  through  2030,  unless  additional
Congressional action is taken, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020, through March 31, 2022. On January 2, 2013, the American
Taxpayer  Relief  Act  of  2012  was  signed  into  law,  which,  among  other  things,  further  reduced  Medicare  payments  to  several  types  of  providers,  including
hospitals,  imaging  centers,  and  cancer  treatment  centers,  and  increased  the  statute  of  limitations  period  for  the  government  to  recover  overpayments  to
providers from three to five years. MACRA repealed the formula by which Medicare made annual payment adjustments to physicians and replaced the former
formula  with  fixed  annual  updates  and  a  new  system  of  incentive  payments  that  began  in  2019,  which  are  based  on  various  performance  measures  and
physicians’ participation in alternative payment models, such as accountable care organizations. It is unclear what impact new quality and payment programs,
such  as  MACRA,  may  have  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  or  cash  flows.  Individual  states  in  the  U.S.  have  also  become
increasingly  aggressive  in  passing  legislation  and  implementing  regulations  designed  to  control  product  pricing,  including  price  or  patient  reimbursement
constraints and discounts, and require marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures.

We expect additional state and federal healthcare reform measures to be adopted in the future that could have a material adverse effect on our industry
generally  and  on  our  customers.  Any  changes  to,  or  uncertainty  with  respect  to,  future  reimbursement  rates  or  changes  in  hospital  admission  rates  could
impact our customers’ demand for our products and services, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results
of operations, or cash flows.

Further,  the  federal,  state,  and  local  governments,  Medicare,  Medicaid,  managed-care  organizations,  and  foreign  governments  have,  in  the  past,
considered, are currently considering, and may, in the future, consider healthcare policies and proposals intended to curb rising healthcare costs, including
those that could significantly affect both private and public reimbursement for healthcare services. Future significant changes in the healthcare systems in the
U.S. or other countries, including retroactive and prospective rate and coverage criteria changes, competitive bidding or tender processes for certain products
and services, and other changes intended to reduce expenditures along with uncertainty about whether and how changes may be implemented, could have a
negative impact on the demand for our products. We are unable to predict whether other healthcare policies, including policies stemming from legislation or
regulations affecting our business may be proposed or enacted in the future, what effect such policies would have on our business, or what effect ongoing
uncertainty about these matters will have on the purchasing decisions of our customers.

WE  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  FEDERAL,  STATE,  AND  FOREIGN  LAWS  GOVERNING  OUR  BUSINESS  PRACTICES,  WHICH,  IF  VIOLATED,
COULD  RESULT  IN  SUBSTANTIAL  PENALTIES.  ADDITIONALLY,  CHALLENGES  TO,  OR  INVESTIGATION  INTO,  OUR  PRACTICES
COULD CAUSE ADVERSE PUBLICITY AND BE COSTLY TO RESPOND TO AND, THUS, COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act requires us to track and disclose the source of any tantalum, tin, gold, and tungsten
used  in  manufacturing  that  may  originate  in  the  Democratic  Republic  of  the  Congo  or  adjoining  regions  (so  called  “conflict  minerals”).  These  metals  are
central to the technology industry and are present in some of our products as component parts. In most cases, no acceptable alternative material exists that has
the necessary properties. Because it is not possible to determine the source of the metals by analysis, we must obtain a good faith description of the source of
the  intermediate  components  and  raw  materials  from  parties  in  our  supply  chain.  The  components  that  incorporate  those  metals  may  originate  from  many
sources, and we purchase fabricated products from manufacturers who may have a long and difficult-to-trace supply chain. As the spot price of these materials
varies, producers of the metal intermediates can be expected to change the mix of sources used. Accordingly, components and assemblies we buy may have a
mix of sources as their origin. We are required to carry out a diligent effort to determine and disclose the source of these materials. There can be no assurance
that we can obtain this information accurately or reliably, or at all, from intermediate producers who may be unwilling or unable to provide this information or
further identify their sources of supply or to notify us if these sources change. In addition, these metals are subject to price fluctuations and shortages that can
affect our ability to obtain the manufactured materials that we rely on at favorable terms or from consistent sources. These changes could have an adverse
impact on our ability to manufacture and market our devices and products.

46

Table of Contents

We are also subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments where we conduct our
business. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things,
payments or other remuneration that could be considered to induce hospitals, physicians, or other potential purchasers of our products either to refer patients
or to purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend the purchase, lease, or order of healthcare products or services for which payment may be made
under federal and state healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid and any other third-party payor programs. Further, a person or entity does not
need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Similar laws must be complied with in
foreign jurisdiction.

The federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit, among
other  things,  individuals  or  entities  from  knowingly  presenting,  or  causing  to  be  presented,  claims  for  payment  from  Medicare,  Medicaid,  or  other  federal
healthcare programs that are false or fraudulent. Although we do not submit claims directly to government payors, manufacturers can be held liable under the
federal  false  claim  act  if  they  are  deemed  to  “cause”  the  submission  of  false  or  fraudulent  claims  by,  for  example,  providing  inaccurate  billing  or  coding
information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a
violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

The  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996,  which  created  additional  federal  criminal  statutes  prohibit,  among  other  things,
executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback
Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation.

These  laws  may  affect  our  sales,  marketing,  and  other  promotional  activities  by  limiting  the  kinds  of  financial  arrangements  that  we  may  have  with
hospitals,  physicians,  or  other  potential  purchasers  of  our  products.  They  particularly  impact  how  we  structure  our  sales  offerings,  including  discount
practices, customer support, speaker, education, and training programs, physician consulting, and other service arrangements. These laws are broadly written,
and it is often difficult to determine precisely how these laws will be applied to specific circumstances. Violating anti-kickback laws and false claims laws can
result  in  civil  and  criminal  fines  and  penalties,  which  can  be  substantial  and  include  monetary  damages  and  penalties,  imprisonment,  and  exclusion  from
government healthcare programs for non-compliance. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity and be
costly to defend and, thus, could harm our business and results of operations.

The federal Physicians Payments Sunshine Act imposes reporting and disclosure requirements on certain device manufacturers for any “transfer of value”
made or distributed to physicians (including family members), as defined by statute, certain non-physician practitioners, including physician assistants and
nurse practitioners, and teaching hospitals. Such information must be made publicly available in a searchable format. In addition, device manufacturers are
required to report and disclose any ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members, as well as any transfers of value
made  to  such  physician  owners  and  investors,  during  the  preceding  calendar  year.  Similar  requirements  apply  in  foreign  jurisdictions.  Failure  to  submit
required information may result in civil monetary penalties for all payments, transfers of value, or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual
submission. Device manufacturers are required to submit reports to CMS by the 90th day of each calendar year.

Many states have similar laws and regulations, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of
payor,  in  addition  to  items  and  services  reimbursed  under  Medicaid  and  other  state  programs.  Certain  states  mandate  implementation  of  commercial
compliance programs to ensure compliance with these laws, impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices, and/or require the tracking and
reporting  of  gifts,  compensation,  and  other  remuneration  to  physicians  or  marketing  expenditures  and  pricing  information.  The  shifting  commercial
compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with multiple jurisdictions with different compliance
and/or  reporting  requirements  increases  the  possibility  that  a  healthcare  company  may  be  found  out  of  compliance  with  one  or  more  of  the  requirements,
subjecting us to significant civil monetary penalties.

Additionally, to the extent that our product is sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws.

Compliance  with  complex  foreign  and  U.S.  laws  and  regulations  that  apply  to  our  OUS  operations  increases  our  cost  of  doing  business  in  foreign
jurisdictions and could expose us or our employees to fines and penalties in the U.S. and/or abroad. These numerous, and sometimes conflicting, laws and
regulations  include  U.S.  laws,  such  as  the  FCPA,  and  similar  laws  in  other  countries,  such  as  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act  of  2010.  Violations  of  these  laws  and
regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees, prohibitions on the conduct of our business, and damage to our
reputation.  Although  we  have  implemented  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  compliance  with  these  laws,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our
employees, contractors, or agents will not violate our policies.

47

Table of Contents

Our operations are subject to certain antitrust and competition laws in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our business, in particular the U.S. and the
EU. These laws prohibit, among other things, anticompetitive agreements and practices. If any of our commercial agreements or practices are found to violate
or  infringe  such  laws,  we  may  be  subject  to  civil  and  other  penalties.  We  may  also  be  subject  to  third-party  claims  for  damages.  Further,  agreements  that
infringe  upon  these  antitrust  and  competition  laws  may  be  void  and  unenforceable,  in  whole  or  in  part,  or  require  modification  in  order  to  be  lawful  and
enforceable. If we are unable to enforce our commercial agreements, whether at all or in material part, our results of operations, financial position, and cash
flows could be adversely affected.

We  are  also  subject  to  claims,  lawsuits,  and  government  investigations  involving  labor  and  employment.  Such  claims,  lawsuits,  and  government
investigations are inherently uncertain. Regardless of the outcome, any of these types of legal proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of legal
costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

We are also exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, consultants, manufacturers, suppliers, and any other third parties we may
engage  in  connection  with  development  and  commercialization  may  engage  in  fraudulent  or  illegal  activity.  Misconduct  by  these  parties  could  include
intentional, reckless, and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: (i) the laws of the FDA and other similar regulatory
authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete, and accurate information to such authorities; (ii) manufacturing standards; (iii) data
privacy, security, fraud, and abuse laws and regulations; or (iv) laws that require the true, complete, and accurate reporting of financial information or data.
Activities subject to these laws could also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or the creation
of fraudulent data in clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and
deter  misconduct  by  employees  and  other  third  parties,  and  the  precautions  we  take  to  detect  and  prevent  this  activity  may  not  be  effective  in  controlling
unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply
with such laws or regulations.

Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are
instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and
results of operations, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgements, possible
exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid, other U.S. federal healthcare programs, or healthcare programs in other jurisdictions, integrity oversight
and reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, imprisonment, other sanctions, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits
and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations.

IF  HOSPITALS  AND  OTHER  SURGERY  FACILITIES  DO  NOT  CONTINUE  TO  MEET  FEDERAL,  STATE,  OR  OTHER  REGULATORY
STANDARDS, THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO TEMPORARILY CEASE ALL OR PART OF THEIR DA VINCI UTILIZATION.

Our  global  customers  are  subject  to  periodic  inspection  by  regulatory  authorities.  Our  customers  are  required  to  comply  with  applicable  local  and
international  regulations,  including  with  respect  to  the  reprocessing  of  da  Vinci  instruments  and  accessories.  Hospitals  may  not  follow  cleaning  and
sterilization  instructions  properly,  or  equipment  used  for  cleaning  and  sterilization  may  malfunction  or  be  used  improperly.  If  our  customers  deviate  from
cleaning and sterilization instructions, regulatory authorities may require them to suspend use of da Vinci Surgical Systems.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

IF  WE  ARE  UNABLE  TO  FULLY  PROTECT  AND  SUCCESSFULLY  DEFEND  OUR  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  FROM  USE  BY  THIRD
PARTIES, OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE IN THE MARKET MAY BE HARMED.

Our commercial success depends in part on obtaining patent protection for the proprietary technologies contained in our products and on successfully
defending  our  patents  against  infringing  products  and/or  services  in  litigation  or  administrative  proceedings,  including  patent  oppositions,  reviews,  or
reexaminations. We incur substantial costs in obtaining patents and, if necessary, defending our patent rights. We do not know whether we will be successful
in obtaining the desired patent protection for our new proprietary technologies or that the protection we do obtain will be found valid and enforceable when
challenged.  The  success  of  defending  our  proprietary  rights  can  be  highly  uncertain,  because  it  involves  complex  and  often  evolving  legal  issues  and
procedures that are dependent on the particular facts of each case.

In  addition  to  patents,  we  also  rely  on  other  intellectual  property  rights,  such  as  trade  secret,  copyright,  and  trademark  laws  to  protect  proprietary
technologies.  We  further  utilize  nondisclosure  agreements  and  other  contractual  provisions  as  well  as  technical  measures  to  protect  our  proprietary
technologies. Nevertheless, these measures may be inadequate in protecting our technologies. If these measures are proved to be inadequate in protecting our
technologies, our competitive advantages may be reduced. Moreover, we may not have adequate remedies for potential breaches by employees, consultants,
and others who participate in developing our proprietary technologies against their agreements with us regarding intellectual property. As a

48

Table of Contents

result, our trade secrets may be lost. Notwithstanding our efforts to protect our intellectual property, our competitors may independently develop similar or
alternative technologies or products that are equal to or superior to our technologies without infringing any of our intellectual property, which would harm our
ability to compete in the market.

As foreign markets become more significant in revenue for us, our foreign operations and strategic alliances with foreign entities will likely increase. Our
exposure to risks associated with these operations requires us to increase our reliance on protecting our intellectual property against infringing products and/or
services in markets outside the U.S. The laws and judicial systems in these countries may introduce yet another level of uncertainty to our effort to obtain the
desired protection as well as defending our rights.

OTHERS  MAY  BE  SUCCESSFUL  IN  ASSERTING  THAT  OUR  PRODUCTS  INFRINGE  THEIR  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  RIGHTS,
WHICH MAY CAUSE US TO PAY SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGES AND/OR ENJOIN US FROM COMMERCIALIZING OUR PRODUCTS.

As we continue to introduce and commercialize new products and technologies, there may be U.S. and foreign patents issued to third parties that relate to
our products. Some of these patents may be broad enough to cover one or more aspects of our products. We do not know whether any of these patents, if
challenged,  would  be  held  valid,  enforceable,  and  infringed.  From  time  to  time,  we  receive,  and  likely  will  continue  to  receive,  letters  from  third  parties
accusing us of infringing and/or inviting us to license their patents. We may be sued by, or become involved in an administrative proceeding with, one or more
of these third parties.

We  cannot  be  certain  that  a  court  or  administrative  body  would  agree  with  any  arguments  or  defenses  that  we  may  have  concerning  invalidity,
unenforceability, or non-infringement of any third-party patent. In addition, other parties may have filed or will file patent applications covering products that
are similar to or identical to ours. We cannot be certain that patents issuing from our own patent applications covering our products will have a priority date
over any patents issuing from applications filed by a third party.

The medical device industry has experienced extensive intellectual property litigation and administrative proceedings. If third parties assert infringement
claims or institute administrative proceedings against us, our technical and management personnel will need to spend significant time and effort, and we will
incur large expenses in defending against these attacks. We cannot be certain that we will prevail in defending against infringement, validity, or enforceability
claims against us. If plaintiffs in patent administrative proceedings are successful, our patent portfolio may be adversely affected. If plaintiffs in any patent
action are successful, we may be enjoined from selling or importing our products, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages, or we
may be required to obtain a license that requires us to pay substantial royalties or relocate our manufacturing facilities. In addition, any public announcements
related to litigation or administrative proceedings initiated or threatened against us could cause our stock price to decline.

OUR  PRODUCTS  RELY  ON  LICENSES  FROM  THIRD  PARTIES,  WHICH  MAY  NOT  BE  AVAILABLE  TO  US  ON  COMMERCIALLY
REASONABLE TERMS OR AT ALL. IF WE LOSE ACCESS TO THESE TECHNOLOGIES, OUR REVENUES COULD DECLINE.

We rely on technology that we license from others, including technology that is integral to our products. There is no assurance that we can obtain licenses
on  acceptable  terms  or  at  all.  The  license  agreements  we  have  entered  into  with  several  industry  partners  may  be  terminated  for  breach.  If  any  of  these
agreements are terminated, we may be unable to reacquire the necessary license on satisfactory terms or at all. The failure to obtain or maintain the licenses
could  prevent  or  delay  further  development  or  commercialization  of  our  products,  which  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

GENERAL RISK FACTORS

OUR  FUTURE  OPERATING  RESULTS  MAY  BE  BELOW  SECURITIES  ANALYSTS’  OR  INVESTORS’  EXPECTATIONS,  WHICH  COULD
CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE TO DECLINE.

Due to the nascent nature of our industry, we have limited insight into trends that may emerge in our market and affect our business. The revenue and
income potential of our market are unproven, and we may be unable to maintain or grow our revenue. Our products typically have lengthy sales cycles. In
addition, our costs may be higher than we anticipated. If we fail to generate sufficient revenues or our costs are higher than we expect, our results of operations
may  be  materially  adversely  affected.  Further,  future  revenue  from  sales  of  our  products  is  difficult  to  forecast,  because  the  market  for  new  surgical
technologies is still evolving. Our results of operations will depend upon numerous factors, including:

•

•

•

the extent to which our products achieve and maintain market acceptance;

actions relating to regulatory matters;

product quality and supply problems;

49

Table of Contents

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our timing and ability to develop our manufacturing and sales and marketing capabilities;

demand for our products;

the size and timing of particular sales and any collection delays related to those sales;

the progress of surgical training in the use of our products;

our ability to develop, introduce, and market new or enhanced versions of our products on a timely basis;

third-party payor reimbursement policies;

our ability to protect our proprietary rights and defend against third-party challenges;

our ability to license additional intellectual property rights; and

the progress and results of any clinical trials.

Our operating results in any particular period will not be a reliable indication of our future performance. It is possible that, in future periods, our operating
results will be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If this occurs, the price of our common stock and the value of your investment will
likely decline.

OUR STOCK PRICE HAS BEEN, AND WILL LIKELY CONTINUE TO BE, VOLATILE.

The market price of our common stock has experienced fluctuations and may fluctuate significantly in the future. For example, during 2019, it reached a
high of $199.60 and a low of $150.08; during 2020, it reached a high of $272.70 and a low of $122.58; and during 2021, it reached a high of $365.42 and a
low of $228.30. Our stock price can fluctuate for a number of reasons, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

announcements about us or our competitors;

variations in operating results and financial guidance;

introduction or abandonment of new technologies or products;

regulatory approvals and enforcement actions;

changes in product pricing policies;

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by analysts;

changes in accounting policies;

economic changes and overall market volatility;

announcements relating to product quality and the supply chain for our products;

litigation;

• media coverage, whether accurate or inaccurate, fair or misleading;

•

•

•

political uncertainties;

short sales on shares of our common stock or other activities by short sellers; and

our stock repurchase program.

In  addition,  stock  markets  generally  have  experienced,  and  in  the  future  may  experience  significant  price  and  volume  volatility.  This  volatility  has  a
substantial  effect  on  the  market  prices  of  securities  of  many  public  companies  for  reasons  frequently  unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  the  operating
performance of the specific companies. Further, the securities of many medical device companies, including us, have historically been subject to extensive
price and volume fluctuations that may affect the market price of their common stock. If these broad market fluctuations continue, it may have a material
adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

CHANGES TO FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS MAY AFFECT OUR REPORTED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

A  change  in  accounting  standards  can  have  a  significant  effect  on  our  reported  results  and  may  retroactively  affect  previously  reported  results.  New
accounting  pronouncements  and  varying  interpretations  of  accounting  pronouncements  have  occurred  and  may  occur  in  the  future.  Changes  to  existing
standards or the reevaluation of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

50

Table of Contents

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2021, we own approximately 1.8 million square feet of space on 111 acres of land in Sunnyvale, California, where we house our

principal headquarters, research and development, service, and support functions, and certain of our manufacturing operations.

Outside of Sunnyvale, California, we own facilities in other U.S. locations that are used for sales, training, manufacturing, engineering, and administrative
functions,  including  approximately  530,000  square  feet  of  space  on  60  acres  of  land  in  Peachtree  Corners,  Georgia.  We  also  lease  approximately  660,000
square feet of space for certain engineering, warehousing, and support functions at various locations in the U.S. Outside of the U.S., we own properties in
Mexicali, Mexico, primarily for manufacturing operations, and Aubonne, Switzerland, primarily for our international headquarters. In China, our Joint Venture
leases facilities for research and development, manufacturing, and sales operations. In Germany, we own and lease facilities for manufacturing operations, as
we build out operations of our acquisition of certain assets and operations from Schölly Fiberoptic GmbH. In Israel, we lease facilities, including space for the
operations of our subsidiary, Orpheus Medical. In addition, we lease various international facilities for sales and other operations.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The information included in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

51

Table of Contents

ITEM  5.          MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF

EQUITY SECURITIES

All  share  and  per-share  information  presented  have  been  retroactively  adjusted  to  reflect  the  three-for-one  stock  split  of  our  issued  and  outstanding

PART II

common stock in October 2021.

COMMON STOCK

Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ISRG.”

As of January 26, 2022, there were 136 stockholders of record of our common stock, although we believe that there are a significantly larger number of

beneficial owners of our common stock.

DIVIDENDS

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our

business.

SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

The following table contains information as of December 31, 2021, for two categories of equity compensation plans.

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 (1)

Total

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants, and rights (a)

 (2)

Weighted-average
exercise price
of outstanding options 

(3)

Number of securities
remaining
available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in
column (a))

 (4)

15,620,115  $
821,483  $
16,441,598  $

129.64 
64.68 

125.07 

28,243,671 
— 
28,243,671 

(1) Represents options under the Amended and Restated 2009 Employment Commencement Incentive Plan, adopted by the Board in October 2009 and first used in 2010. Options are granted at an
exercise price not less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and have a term not to exceed ten years. This plan expired in October 2019 and, therefore, there are no shares
reserved for future grant. However, awards granted prior to the plan’s expiration continue to remain outstanding until their original expiration date.

(2) Number of securities includes options to purchase 11,684,236 shares of common stock and 4,757,362 shares of common stock subject to vesting under RSUs.

(3) The weighted-average exercise price is calculated based solely on the exercise prices of the outstanding options and does not reflect the shares that will be issued upon the vesting of outstanding

awards of RSUs, which have no exercise price.

(4) Number of securities includes 2,775,339 shares remaining available for future issuance under the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Material Features of the Amended and Restated 2009 Employment Commencement Incentive Plan

In October 2009, the Board adopted our Amended and Restated 2009 Employment Commencement Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), pursuant to Rule
5653(c)(4) of the Nasdaq Global Market, which was subsequently amended by the Board in February 2011, July 2011, February 2012, July 2012, January
2013, May 2013, December 2013, and April 2015.

Awards granted under the 2009 Plan were intended to constitute “employment inducement awards” under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c)(4) and, therefore,
the 2009 Plan was intended to be exempt from the Nasdaq Listing Rules regarding stockholder approval of stock option and stock purchase plans. A total of
13,095,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan. The 2009 Plan provided for the grant of non-qualified stock options,
restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, dividend equivalents, or stock appreciation rights. These awards may have been granted to individuals who were
then new employees, or were commencing employment with us or one of our subsidiaries following a bona fide period of non-employment with us, and for
whom such awards were granted as a material inducement to commencing employment with us or one of our subsidiaries. This plan expired in October 2019
and, therefore, there are no shares reserved for future grant. However, awards granted prior to the plan’s expiration continue to remain outstanding until their
original expiration date.

The 2009 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee or another committee of the Board. The plan administrator has broad discretion to take
action  under  the  2009  Plan,  as  well  as  make  adjustments  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  existing  awards,  in  the  event  of  certain  transactions  and  events
affecting our common stock, including a change in control, stock

52

Table of Contents

dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions
with our stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2009 Plan and outstanding awards.

The Board may amend, suspend, or terminate the 2009 Plan at any time, provided that no such action may impair any rights under any outstanding awards

without the consent of the participant.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

None.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The table below summarizes our stock repurchase activity for the quarter ended December 31, 2021.

Fiscal Period
October 1 to October 31, 2021
November 1 to November 30, 2021
December 1 to December 31, 2021
Total during quarter ended December 31, 2021

Total Number of
Shares
Repurchased

Average
Price Paid
Per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased As
Part of a Publicly
Announced Program

Approximate Dollar
Amount of Shares That
May Yet be Purchased
Under the Program (1)

—  $
—  $
—  $
—  $

— 
— 
— 

— 

—  $
—  $
—  $
— 

1.6  billion
1.6  billion
1.6  billion

(1) Since March 2009, we have had an active stock repurchase program. As of December 31, 2021, our Board of Directors (our “Board”) had authorized an
aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion for stock repurchases, of which the most recent authorization occurred in January 2019, when our Board increased the
authorized amount available under our share repurchase program to $2.0 billion. The remaining $1.6 billion represents the amount available to repurchase
shares under the authorized repurchase program as of December 31, 2021. The authorized stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.

53

Table of Contents

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

This graph is not “soliciting material” or deemed “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to liabilities
under that Section, and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filings of Intuitive Surgical, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock between December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2021,
with the cumulative total return of (i) the Nasdaq Composite Index, (ii) the S&P 500 Healthcare Index, and (iii) the S&P 500 Index over the same period. This
graph assumes an investment of $100.00 on December 31, 2016 in our common stock, the Nasdaq Composite Index, the S&P Healthcare Index, and the S&P
500 Index and assumes the re-investment of dividends, if any.

The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not

necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock.

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN AMONG INTUITIVE, NASDAQ COMPOSITE, S&P HEALTHCARE
INDEX, AND S&P 500 INDEX

December 31,

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

$
$
$
$

100.00  $
100.00  $
100.00  $
100.00  $

172.64  $
129.64  $
120.00  $
121.83  $

226.56  $
125.96  $
125.63  $
116.49  $

281.54  $
172.18  $
149.10  $
153.17  $

387.01  $
249.51  $
166.14  $
181.35  $

509.91 
304.85 
206.29 
233.41 

Intuitive Surgical, Inc.
Nasdaq Composite
S&P 500 Healthcare Index
S&P 500 Index

ITEM 6.

[RESERVED]

54

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Open  surgery  remains  the  predominant  form  of  surgery  and  is  used  in  almost  every  area  of  the  body.  However,  the  large  incisions  required  for  open
surgery  create  trauma  to  patients,  typically  resulting  in  longer  hospitalization  and  recovery  times,  increased  hospitalization  costs,  and  additional  pain  and
suffering relative to minimally invasive surgery (“MIS”), where MIS is available. For over three decades, MIS has reduced trauma to patients by allowing
selected surgeries to be performed through small ports rather than large incisions. MIS has been widely adopted for certain surgical procedures.

Da Vinci Surgical Systems enable surgeons to extend the benefits of MIS to many patients who would otherwise undergo a more invasive surgery by
using computational, robotic, and imaging technologies to overcome many of the limitations of traditional open surgery or conventional MIS. Surgeons using
a da Vinci Surgical System operate while seated comfortably at a console viewing a 3D, high-definition image of the surgical field. This immersive console
connects surgeons to the surgical field and their instruments. While seated at the console, the surgeon manipulates instrument controls in a natural manner,
similar to open surgical technique. Our technology is designed to provide surgeons with a range of articulation of the surgical instruments used in the surgical
field analogous to the motions of a human wrist, while filtering out the tremor inherent in a surgeon’s hand. In designing our products, we focus on making
our technology easy and safe to use.

Our da Vinci products fall into five broad categories: da Vinci Surgical Systems, da Vinci instruments and accessories, da Vinci Stapling, da Vinci Energy,
and da Vinci Vision, including Firefly Fluorescence imaging systems and da Vinci Endoscopes. We also provide a comprehensive suite of systems, learning,
and  services  offerings.  Digitally-enabled  for  more  than  two  decades,  these  three  categories  aim  to  decrease  variability  by  offering  dependable,  consistent
functionality and an integrated user experience. Our systems category includes robotic platforms, software, vision, energy, and instruments and accessories.
Our learning category includes educational technology, such as simulation and telepresence, as well as technical training programs and personalized peer-to-
peer learning opportunities. Our services category assists and optimizes minimally invasive programs through readiness, on-demand support, consultation for
minimally invasive program optimization, and hospitals customized analytics. Within our integrated ecosystem, our focus is to decrease variability in surgery
by offering actionable insights, with digital solutions, to take action with the potential to improve outcomes, personalize learning, and optimize efficiency. We
take a holistic approach, offering intelligent technology and systems designed to work together to make MIS intervention more available and applicable.

We  have  commercialized  the  following  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems:  the  da  Vinci  standard  Surgical  System  in  1999,  the  da  Vinci  S  Surgical  System  in
2006,  the  da  Vinci  Si  Surgical  System  in  2009,  and  the  fourth  generation  da  Vinci  Xi  Surgical  System  in  2014.  We  have  extended  our  fourth  generation
platform by adding the da Vinci X Surgical System, commercialized in 2017, and the da Vinci SP Surgical System, commercialized in 2018. The da Vinci SP
Surgical  System  accesses  the  body  through  a  single  incision  while  the  other  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems  access  the  body  through  multiple  incisions.  All  da
Vinci systems include a surgeon’s console (or consoles), imaging electronics, a patient-side cart, and computational hardware and software. We are still in a
measured launch of our da Vinci SP Surgical System, and we have an installed base of 99 da Vinci SP Surgical Systems as of December 31, 2021. Our plans
for the rollout of the da Vinci SP Surgical System include putting systems in the hands of experienced da Vinci users first while we optimize training pathways
and  our  supply  chain.  We  received  FDA  clearances  for  the  da  Vinci  SP  Surgical  System  for  urological  and  certain  transoral  procedures.  We  also  received
clearance in South Korea where the da Vinci SP Surgical System may be used for a broad set of procedures. We plan to seek FDA clearances for additional
indications for da Vinci SP over time. We also plan to seek clearances in other OUS markets over time. The success of the da Vinci SP Surgical System is
dependent  on  positive  experiences  and  improved  clinical  outcomes  for  the  procedures  for  which  it  has  been  cleared  as  well  as  securing  additional  clinical
clearances.

We offer approximately 70 different multi-port da Vinci instruments to provide surgeons with flexibility in choosing the types of tools needed to perform
a particular surgery. These multi-port instruments are generally robotically controlled and provide end effectors (tips) that are similar to those used in either
open or laparoscopic surgery. We offer advanced instrumentation for the da Vinci Xi and da Vinci X platforms, including da Vinci Energy and da Vinci Stapler
products, to provide surgeons with sophisticated, computer-aided tools to precisely and efficiently interact with tissue. Da Vinci X and da Vinci Xi Surgical
Systems share the same instruments whereas the da Vinci Si Surgical System uses instruments that are not compatible with da Vinci X or da Vinci Xi systems.
We currently offer nine core instruments on our da Vinci SP Surgical System. We plan to expand the SP instrument offering over time.

Training  technologies  include  our  Intuitive  Simulation  products,  our  Iris  augmented  reality  imaging  product,  our  Intuitive  Telepresence  remote  case

observation and telementoring tools, and our dual console for use in surgeon proctoring and collaborative surgery.

During the first quarter of 2019, the FDA cleared our Ion endoluminal system to enable minimally invasive biopsies in the lung. Our Ion system extends

our commercial offering beyond surgery into diagnostic procedures with this first application.

55

Table of Contents

Our  rollout  of  the  Ion  system  is  progressing  well,  and  we  are  continuing  to  gather  additional  clinical  evidence.  We  have  placed  129  Ion  systems  as  of
December  31,  2021.  Ion  systems  are  not  included  in  our  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  installed  base.  We  plan  to  seek  additional  clearances  for  Ion  in  OUS
markets over time.

The  success  of  new  product  introductions  depends  on  a  number  of  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  pricing,  competition,  market  and  consumer
acceptance, the effective forecasting and management of product demand, inventory levels, the management of manufacturing and supply costs, and the risk
that new products may have quality or other defects in the early stages of introduction.

COVID-19 Pandemic

Procedures

Beginning in January 2020, as a result of the spread of COVID-19, we saw a substantial reduction in da Vinci procedures in China and, by early February
2020, procedures per week in China had declined by approximately 90% compared to the weekly procedure rates experienced in early January 2020. As the
COVID-19  pandemic  subsided  in  China  in  March  2020,  da  Vinci  procedure  volume  began  to  recover  and,  by  the  end  of  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  China
procedures per week were approximately 70% of the early January 2020 weekly procedure rate. As the COVID-19 pandemic spread to Western Europe and
the  U.S.,  we  experienced  a  significant  decline  in  da  Vinci  procedures  in  the  last  half  of  March  2020  to  approximately  65%  of  the  weekly  procedure  rate
experienced earlier in the first quarter of 2020.

In  the  second  quarter  of  2020,  procedures  per  week  in  the  U.S.  continued  to  decline  in  April,  reaching  approximately  30%  of  pre-COVID-19  levels
followed by steady recovery in May and June, as COVID-19 cases dropped and elective procedures were permitted. However, with the resurgence of COVID-
19 cases in the last two weeks of June, we experienced a corresponding decline in da Vinci procedures. The impact of COVID-19 in Europe during the second
quarter of 2020 varied by country. In China, procedures per week continued to increase to a level consistent with the early January 2020 weekly procedure
rate. We experienced little impact on the procedure volume in Korea and Japan in the second quarter of 2020.

In the third quarter of 2020, in the U.S., procedures recovered slowly, leveling off to near pre-COVID-19 levels towards the end of the quarter. Outside of
the U.S., da Vinci procedures varied depending on the spread and/or resurgence of COVID-19. Procedures in China grew significantly year over year, while
COVID-19 outbreaks resulted in year-over-year procedure growth rates in Japan slowing somewhat relative to the second quarter. The COVID-19 pandemic
also affected the volumes of certain procedure types differently.

In the fourth quarter of 2020, procedure volumes continued to be significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as healthcare systems around the
world  diverted  resources  to  respond  to  the  pandemic.  The  impact  continued  to  differ  significantly  by  geography  and  region,  depending  on  the  spread  and
resurgence  of  COVID-19.  In  the  U.S.,  while  procedures  continued  to  recover  in  the  early  part  of  the  quarter,  the  resurgence  of  COVID-19  infections
experienced  by  some  states  had  an  increasingly  adverse  impact  on  our  procedure  volumes  as  the  quarter  progressed,  a  trend  that  continued  into  January.
Outside of the U.S., similar to the trends noted in the third quarter of 2020, procedures also continued to vary significantly by geography and region.

In the first quarter of 2021, in the U.S., the COVID-19 resurgence that affected procedures later in the fourth quarter of 2020 continued well into January
2021. Then, as COVID-19 cases subsided, procedures experienced a steady improvement throughout February and March. In Europe, the spread of COVID-
19 varied regionally, and procedure growth rates were mixed. While there were COVID-19 hot spots within some of our Asia Pacific markets, they tended to
be isolated and, in general, procedures performed well.

In the second quarter of 2021, as the U.S. continued its broad rollout of vaccinations, COVID-19 cases and hospitalizations decreased, and procedure
volumes  recovered,  partially  attributed  to  the  performance  of  a  number  of  procedures  that  were  deferred  during  the  pandemic.  In  Europe,  the  rollout  of
vaccinations and spread of COVID-19 varied regionally, and procedure growth rates were mixed. We continued to see the impacts of regional resurgences of
COVID-19 cases within the Asia Pacific markets. China growth continued to be strong year over year, primarily reflecting the growth in the system installed
base.

In the third quarter of 2021, COVID-19 infections resurged as the quarter progressed, and we saw a corresponding impact to our procedures. In the U.S.,
we saw decreasing procedure volumes in August and September compared to June as COVID-19 cases and hospitalizations increased. Late in the quarter, as
COVID-19 cases began to slow, procedures began to recover. Outside of the U.S., in Europe, the impact of COVID-19 in the third quarter of 2021 varied
regionally. We continued to see the impacts of regional resurgences of COVID-19 cases within the Asia Pacific markets. China growth in the third quarter
continued to be stronger than other Asia Pacific markets.

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021,  procedure  volumes  continued  to  recover  in  October  and  November  from  the  COVID-19  resurgence  related  to  the  Delta
variant in the third quarter. However, in December, procedure volumes were adversely impacted by the increase in hospitalizations in the U.S. and parts of
Europe (most notably France and Italy) as the Omicron variant began to spread rapidly. This trend has continued into January 2022. In the U.S., high COVID-
related hospitalization rates have been

56

Table of Contents

exacerbated by staffing shortages. Despite the fact that hospitals were better equipped to handle COVID patients in the fourth quarter of 2021 compared to the
outset  of  the  pandemic,  COVID-19  resurgences  like  those  being  experienced  in  the  U.S.  and  parts  of  Europe  have  challenged  hospital  resources  and  have
negatively impacted da Vinci procedure volumes. In addition, delays in diagnosis and treatment of underlying conditions have, and will continue to, negatively
impact  da  Vinci  procedure  volumes.  Benign  procedures  experienced  a  more  significant  impact  in  December,  reflecting  the  deferability  of  certain  elective
surgeries.  Our  Asia  Pacific  markets  were  not  significantly  impacted  by  the  resurgence  in  COVID-19  and  saw  strong  procedure  growth  across  multiple
specialties in China, South Korea, and Japan.

The  depth  and  extent  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  will  impact  individual  markets  will  vary  based  on  the  availability  of  vaccinations,  personal
protective  equipment,  intensive  care  units  and  operating  rooms,  and  medical  staff,  as  well  as  government  interventions.  The  impact  of  COVID-19  on  our
procedure volumes varies widely by country, region, and type. When COVID-19 infection rates spike in a particular region, procedure volumes have been
negatively  impacted  and  the  diagnoses  of  new  conditions  and  their  related  treatments  have  been  deferred.  While  there  is  a  backlog  of  patients,  it  is
unpredictable when those patients will ultimately seek diagnosis and treatment and whether they will be treated through surgery. Based on our experience
during 2020 and 2021, we do not expect all markets, regions, and procedure types to recover at the same time or at the same pace.

System Demand

As the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic progressed throughout 2020, customers in affected regions deferred decisions to purchase or lease systems into
future quarters and, in some cases, indefinitely. In addition, the year-over-year stagnation in procedures during 2020 and, in turn, reduced utilization of our
systems had resulted in unused capacity in the existing installed base. However, throughout 2021, we experienced strong system demand, as utilization levels
recovered. In general, we believe that the COVID-19 pandemic had less of an impact on hospital spending capacity and that customers recognize that surgery
meets  their  quadruple  aim  objectives  better  than  other  surgical  approaches.  More  specifically,  during  2021,  system  demand  reflected  procedure  growth,
hospitals  purchasing  systems  in  preparation  for  a  post-COVID-19  pandemic  environment,  and  hospitals  upgrading  their  system  portfolio  to  access  and/or
standardize on fourth generation capabilities. However, hospitals are currently experiencing staffing shortages and supply chain issues that could impact their
ability to provide patient care, defer elective surgeries, and impact their profitability, all of which could impact hospitals’ spend on capital equipment.

Customer Relief Program

In  April  2020,  we  announced  a  program  to  provide  financial  relief  to  our  customers.  The  program  was  comprised  of  three  main  elements.  The  first
element provided credits against service fees otherwise due in the six-month period from April 1 through September 30, 2020, that generally reflected the
underutilization  of  the  system  during  that  period.  Those  credits  were  offered  to  most  customers  worldwide.  The  second  element  of  the  program  deferred
certain lease payments, and the third element extended certain payment terms. Service fee credits resulted in an $80 million decrease in service revenue in
2020. While the short-term payment relief offered did not have a material impact to the results of operations, we deferred $15 million of lease billings and
extended payment terms associated with $181 million of trade receivables during the program, of which $19 million remained outstanding as of December 31,
2020. All of the trade receivables with extended payment terms have been collected as of December 31, 2021. We may be subject to increased credit risks
resulting in collection delinquencies and defaults, which could materially impact our bad debt write-offs and provisions for credit losses. Although we have
programs in place that are designed to monitor and mitigate the associated risks, there can be no assurance that such programs will be effective in reducing
credit risks relating to these lease financing arrangements and extended payment terms. There was no similar customer relief program offered in 2021.

General Increase in Risks

Worldwide economies have been significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and it is possible that factors related to the COVID-19 pandemic
could  cause  a  prolonged  recession  in  local  and/or  global  economies.  Such  an  economic  recession  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  long-term
business  as  hospitals  curtail  and  reduce  capital  and  overall  spending.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  and  local  actions,  such  as  “shelter-in-place”  orders  and
restrictions on our ability to travel and access our customers or temporary closures of our facilities, including our training and manufacturing operations, or the
facilities of our suppliers and their contract manufacturers, could further significantly impact our sales and our ability to produce and ship our products and
supply our customers.

In particular, we have experienced increased difficulties in obtaining a sufficient supply of component materials used in our products, including those in
the  semiconductor  market,  as  global  supply  has  become  significantly  constrained  due  to  increased  demand  in  semiconductors  and  other  materials.
Additionally, prices of such materials have increased due to the increased demand and supply shortage. The global semiconductor and other materials supply
shortage  is  likely  to  remain  a  challenge  for  the  foreseeable  future.  We  have  also  experienced  challenges  in  logistics,  as  certain  shipping  routes  have  been
impacted by port closures. Such global shortages in important components and logistics challenges have resulted in, and will continue to cause, inflationary
cost pressure in our supply chain. To date, these challenges have not materially impacted our ability to deliver

57

Table of Contents

product and services to our customers. However, if shortages in important supply chain materials in the semiconductor or other markets continue, we could
fail to meet product demand, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Increased  labor  shortages  globally,  including  staff  burnout  and  attrition,  could  also  impact  our  ability  to  hire  and  retain  personnel  critical  to  our
manufacturing,  logistics,  and  commercial  operations.  We  are  also  highly  dependent  on  the  principal  members  of  our  management  and  scientific  staff.
Attracting and retaining qualified personnel is critical to our success, and competition for them has become more intense. The loss of critical members of our
team, or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel, could significantly harm our operations, business, and ability to compete. In addition, hospitals
are also experiencing staffing shortages and supply chain issues that could impact their ability to provide patient care. Any of these events could negatively
impact  the  number  of  procedures  performed  or  the  number  of  system  placements  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,
results of operations, or cash flows.

Our Response

Our priorities and actions during the COVID-19 pandemic have been and remain as follows. First, we are focused on the health and safety of all those we
serve – patients, customers, our communities, and our employees – implementing continuous updates to our health and safety policies and processes. Second,
we are supporting our customers according to their priorities – clinical, operational, and economic – and ensuring continuity of supply by working with our
suppliers and our distributors. Third, we are securing our workforce economically. We have built a valuable team over the years, and we believe they will be
important in a recovery that follows the pandemic. Finally, we will continue to invest in our priority development programs while eliminating avoidable spend.

As COVID-19 vaccination rates increase and cases decline, we have enhanced our focus on evaluating and implementing our return-to-office strategy. We
intend to remain flexible, allowing many of our employees to work remotely on at least a partial basis, while maintaining productivity and our culture. Our top
priority in this process continues to be the health and safety of our employees.

Business Model

Overview

We generate revenue from the placements of da Vinci Surgical Systems, in sales or sales-type lease arrangements where revenue is recognized up-front at
a point in time or in operating lease transactions and usage-based models where revenue is recognized over time. We earn recurring revenue from the sales of
instruments, accessories, and services, as well as revenue from operating leases. The da Vinci Surgical System generally sells for between $0.5 million and
$2.5  million,  depending  upon  the  model,  configuration,  and  geography,  and  represents  a  significant  capital  equipment  investment  for  our  customers  when
purchased. Our instruments and accessories have limited lives and will either expire or wear out as they are used in surgery, at which point they need to be
replaced. We generally earn between $600 and $3,500 of instruments and accessories revenue per surgical procedure performed, depending on the type and
complexity of the specific procedures performed and the number and type of instruments used. During the fourth quarter of 2020, we launched our Extended
Use Program (refer to further discussion immediately below) with the intention to reduce the cost for customers to treat patients, which in turn will reduce our
overall instruments and accessories revenue per procedure. We typically enter into service contracts at the time systems are sold or leased at an annual fee
between $80,000 and $190,000, depending upon the configuration of the underlying system and composition of the services offered under the contract. These
service contracts have generally been renewed at the end of the initial contractual service periods.

We  generate  revenue  from  our  Ion  endoluminal  system  in  a  business  model  consistent  with  the  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  model  described  above.  We
generate revenue from the placement of Ion systems, in sales or sales-type lease arrangements where revenue is recognized up-front at a point in time or in
operating  lease  transactions  and  usage-based  models  where  revenue  is  recognized  over  time.  We  earn  recurring  revenue  from  the  sales  of  instruments  and
accessories used in biopsies and ongoing system service, as well as revenue from operating leases. The average selling price of an Ion system is generally
significantly lower than the average selling price of a da Vinci Surgical System. We are introducing our Ion system in a measured fashion. For the years ended
December 31, 2021, and 2020, the associated impact to revenue and gross margin was not significant.

Additionally, as part of our ecosystem of products and services, we provide a portfolio of learning offerings and digital solutions. We do not currently

generate material revenue from these offerings.

Extended Use Program

In  2020,  we  introduced  our  “Extended  Use  Program,”  which  consists  of  select  da  Vinci  Xi  and  da  Vinci  X  instruments  possessing  12  to  18  uses
(“Extended Use Instruments”) compared to previously 10 uses. These Extended Use Instruments represent some of our higher volume instruments but exclude
stapling, monopolar, and advanced energy instruments.

58

Table of Contents

Instruments included in the program are used across a number of da Vinci surgeries. Their increased uses are the result of continuous, significant investments
in the design and production capabilities of our instruments, resulting in improved quality and durability. Extended Use Instruments have been introduced in
the U.S. and Europe in the fourth quarter of 2020 and have launched in most other countries around the world in the first half of 2021, except China due to
regulatory  timelines.  They  will  continue  to  be  introduced  at  various  times  throughout  2022  in  other  geographies,  depending  on  regulatory  processes.  In
addition, simultaneous with the regional launches of Extended Use Instruments, we have lowered the price of certain instruments that are most commonly
used in lower acuity procedures and/or lower reimbursed procedures within the region. These actions have reduced the cost for customers to treat patients,
which in turn has reduced our revenue per procedure. In the U.S. and Europe, during 2021, we saw customers adjust their instrument buying patterns to reduce
their inventory levels to reflect the additional uses per instrument. We believe that, as of the end of 2021, in the U.S. and Europe, full cutover to Extended Use
Instruments  has  occurred,  as  customers  have  utilized  substantially  all  of  their  remaining  10  use  instruments.  The  precise  impact  of  these  actions  on  future
revenue will be dependent on the future volume and mix of procedures and whether cost elasticity will enable greater penetration into available markets.

Recurring Revenue

Recurring revenue consists of instruments and accessories revenue, service revenue, and operating lease revenue. Recurring revenue increased to $4.3

billion, or 75% of total revenue in 2021, compared to $3.4 billion, or 77% of total revenue in 2020, and $3.2 billion, or 72% of total revenue in 2019.

Instruments and accessories revenue has grown at a faster rate than systems revenue over time. Instruments and accessories revenue increased to $3.10
billion in 2021, compared to $2.46 billion in 2020 and $2.41 billion in 2019. The increase in instruments and accessories revenue largely reflects continued
procedure adoption.

Service revenue was $916 million in 2021, compared to $724 million in 2020 and 2019. The increase in service revenue was primarily driven by the
growth of the base of installed da Vinci Surgical Systems producing service revenue, as well as the effects of the Customer Relief Program in the prior year,
which resulted in an $80 million decrease in service revenue in 2020. The installed base of da Vinci Surgical Systems grew 12% to approximately 6,730 as of
December 31, 2021; 7% to approximately 5,989 as of December 31, 2020; and 12% to approximately 5,582 as of December 31, 2019.

We use the installed base, number of placements, and utilization of da Vinci Surgical Systems as metrics for financial and operational decision-making
and  as  a  means  to  evaluate  period-to-period  comparisons.  Management  believes  that  the  installed  base,  number  of  placements,  and  utilization  of  da  Vinci
Surgical  Systems  provide  meaningful  supplemental  information  regarding  our  performance,  as  management  believes  that  the  installed  base,  number  of
placements, and utilization of da Vinci Surgical Systems are an indicator of the rate of adoption of robotic-assisted surgery as well as an indicator of future
recurring  revenue  (particularly  service  revenue).  Management  believes  that  both  it  and  investors  benefit  from  referring  to  the  installed  base,  number  of
placements,  and  utilization  of  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems  in  assessing  our  performance  and  when  planning,  forecasting,  and  analyzing  future  periods.  The
installed  base,  number  of  placements,  and  utilization  of  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems  also  facilitate  management’s  internal  comparisons  of  our  historical
performance. We believe that the installed base, number of placements, and utilization of da Vinci Surgical Systems are useful to investors as metrics, because
(1) they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, and (2) they are used
by institutional investors and the analyst community to help them analyze the performance of our business. The vast majority of da Vinci Surgical Systems
installed are connected via the internet. System logs can also be accessed by field engineers for systems that are not connected to the internet. We utilize this
information as well as other information from agreements and discussions with our customers that involve estimates and judgments, which are, by their nature,
subject to substantial uncertainties and assumptions. Estimates and judgments for determining the installed base, number of placements, and utilization of da
Vinci Surgical Systems may be impacted over time by various factors, including system internet connectivity, hospital and distributor reporting behavior, and
inherent  complexities  in  new  agreements.  Such  estimates  and  judgments  are  also  susceptible  to  technical  errors.  In  addition,  the  relationship  between  the
installed base, number of placements, and utilization of da Vinci Surgical Systems and our revenues may fluctuate from period to period, and growth in the
installed base, number of placements, and utilization of da Vinci Surgical Systems may not correspond to an increase in revenue. The installed base, number of
placements, and utilization of da Vinci Surgical Systems are not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, revenue or other
financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Intuitive System Leasing

Since  2013,  we  have  entered  into  sales-type  and  operating  lease  arrangements  directly  with  certain  qualified  customers  as  a  way  to  offer  customers
flexibility  in  how  they  acquire  systems  and  expand  their  robotic-assisted  programs  while  leveraging  our  balance  sheet.  These  leases  generally  have
commercially competitive terms as compared with other third-party entities that offer equipment leasing. We have also entered into usage-based arrangements
with qualified customers that have committed da Vinci programs where we charge for the system and service as the systems are utilized. We believe that these
alternative

59

Table of Contents

financing structures have been effective and well-received, and we are willing to expand the proportion of these structures based on customer demand. We
include  operating  and  sales-type  leases,  and  systems  placed  under  usage-based  arrangements,  in  our  system  placement  and  installed  base  disclosures.  We
exclude  operating  lease-related  revenue,  usage-based  revenue,  and  Ion  system  revenue  from  our  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  average  selling  price  (“ASP”)
computations.

In the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we placed 668, 432, and 425 da Vinci Surgical Systems, respectively, under lease and usage-
based arrangements, of which 517, 317, and 384 systems, respectively, were operating lease and usage-based arrangements. Revenue from operating lease
arrangements is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term or, in the case of usage-based arrangements, as the systems are used. We
generally set operating lease and usage-based pricing at a modest premium relative to purchased systems reflecting the time value of money and, in the case of
usage-based  arrangements,  the  risk  that  system  utilization  may  fall  short  of  anticipated  levels.  The  proportion  of  revenue  recognized  from  usage-based
arrangements has not been significant and has been included in our operating lease metrics herein. Operating lease revenue has grown at a faster rate than
overall  systems  revenue  and  was  $277  million,  $177  million,  and  $107  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  respectively.  As
revenue  for  operating  leases  and  usage-based  systems  is  recognized  over  time,  total  systems  revenue  growth  is  reduced  in  a  period  when  the  number  of
operating lease and usage-based placements increases as a proportion of total system placements. Generally, lease transactions generate similar gross margins
as our sale transactions. As of December 31, 2021, a total of 1,294 da Vinci Surgical Systems were installed at customers under operating lease or usage-based
arrangements.

Our exposure to the credit risks relating to our lease financing arrangements may increase if our customers are adversely affected by changes in healthcare
laws,  coverage  and  reimbursement,  economic  pressures  or  uncertainty,  or  other  customer-specific  factors.  In  addition,  as  customers  divert  resources  to  the
treatment of or the preparation to treat patients with COVID-19, we may be exposed to defaults under our lease financing arrangements. Moreover, usage-
based arrangements generally contain no minimum payments; therefore, customers may exit such arrangements without paying a financial penalty to us. As a
result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  anticipate  that  some  customers  will  exit  such  arrangements  or  seek  to  amend  the  terms  of  our  operating  lease  and
usage-based arrangements with them.

For some operating lease arrangements, our customers are provided with the right to purchase the leased system at certain points during and/or at the end
of the lease term. Revenue generated from customer purchases of systems under operating lease arrangements (“Lease Buyouts”) was $96.0 million, $52.2
million, and $92.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. We expect that revenue recognized from customer exercises
of the buyout options will fluctuate based on the timing of when, and if, customers choose to exercise their buyout options.

Systems Revenue

System placements are driven by procedure growth in most markets. In some markets, system placements are constrained by regulation. In geographies
where  da  Vinci procedure adoption  is  in  an  early  stage  or  system  placements  are  constrained  by  regulation,  system  sales  will  precede  procedure  growth.
System  placements  also  vary  due  to  seasonality  largely  aligned  with  hospital  budgeting  cycles.  We  typically  place  a  higher  proportion  of  annual  system
placements in the fourth quarter and a lower proportion in the first quarter as customer budgets are reset. Systems revenue is also affected by the proportion of
system placements under operating lease and usage-based arrangements, recurring operating lease and usage-based revenue, operating lease buyouts, product
mix, ASPs, trade-in activities, and customer mix. Systems revenue grew 44% to $1.69 billion in 2021. Systems revenue declined 12% to $1.18 billion in 2020.
Systems revenue grew 19% to $1.35 billion in 2019. Based on the factors outlined in the COVID-19 Pandemic section above, we believe that historical system
placement trends may not be a good indicator of future system placements.

Procedure Mix / Products

Our  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems  are  generally  used  for  soft  tissue  surgery  for  areas  of  the  body  between  the  pelvis  and  the  neck,  primarily  in  general
surgery, gynecologic surgery, urologic surgery, cardiothoracic surgery, and head and neck surgery. Within these categories, procedures range in complexity
from cancer and other highly complex procedures to less complex procedures for benign conditions. Cancer and other highly complex procedures tend to be
reimbursed at higher rates than less complex procedures for benign conditions. Thus, hospitals are more sensitive to the costs associated with treating less
complex, benign conditions. Our strategy is to provide hospitals with attractive clinical and economic solutions across the spectrum of procedure complexity.
Our fully featured da Vinci Xi Surgical System with advanced instruments (including da Vinci Energy and EndoWrist and SureForm Stapler products) and our
Integrated Table Motion product targets the more complex procedure segment. Our da Vinci X Surgical System is targeted towards price sensitive markets and
procedures. Our da Vinci SP Surgical System complements the da Vinci Xi and X Surgical Systems by enabling surgeons to access narrow workspaces.

Procedure Seasonality

More than half of da Vinci procedures performed are for benign conditions, most notably hernia repairs, hysterectomies, and cholecystectomies. These

benign procedures and other short-term elective procedures tend to be more seasonal than cancer

60

Table of Contents

operations and surgeries for other life-threatening conditions. Seasonality in the U.S. for procedures for benign conditions typically results in higher fourth
quarter procedure volume when more patients have met annual deductibles and lower first quarter procedure volume when deductibles are reset. Seasonality
outside the U.S. varies and is more pronounced around local holidays and vacation periods. As a result of the factors outlined in the COVID-19  Pandemic
section  above,  including  past  and  potentially  future  recommendations  of  authorities  to  defer  elective  procedures,  historical  procedure  patterns  may  be
disrupted.

Distribution Channels

We  provide  our  products  through  direct  sales  organizations  in  the  U.S.,  Europe  (excluding  Spain,  Portugal,  Italy,  Greece,  and  most  Eastern  European
countries),  China,  Japan,  South  Korea,  India,  and  Taiwan.  In  January  2019,  our  Intuitive-Fosun  joint  venture  began  direct  sales  for  da  Vinci  products  and
services in China. In the remainder of our OUS markets, we provide our products through distributors.

Regulatory Activities

Overview

Our  products  must  meet  the  requirements  of  a  large  and  growing  body  of  international  standards  that  govern  the  product  safety,  efficacy,  advertising,
labeling, safety reporting design, manufacture, materials content and sourcing, testing, certification, packaging, installation, use, and disposal of our products.
Examples of such standards include electrical safety standards, such as those of the International Electrotechnical Commission, and composition standards,
such as the Reduction of Hazardous Substances and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directives. Failure to meet these standards could limit our
ability to market our products in those regions that require compliance to such standards.

Our products and operations are also subject to increasingly stringent medical device, privacy, and other regulations by regional, federal, state, and local
authorities. We anticipate that timelines for the introduction of new products and/or indications may be extended relative to past experience as a result of these
regulations. For example, we have seen elongated regulatory approval timelines in the U.S. and the EU.

Clearances and Approvals

We have generally obtained the clearances required to market our products associated with our da Vinci Surgical Multiport Systems (Standard, S, Si, Xi,
and  X  systems)  for  our  targeted  surgical  specialties  within  the  U.S.,  South  Korea,  Japan,  and  the  European  markets  in  which  we  operate.  Since  2019,  we
obtained regulatory clearances for the following products:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

In December 2021, we obtained FDA clearance for our 8 mm SureForm 30 Curved-Tip Stapler and reloads for use in general, thoracic, gynecologic,
urologic, and pediatric surgery. The 8 mm SureForm 30 stapler is expected to launch in the U.S. in 2022, with other countries to follow.

In late 2020 and early 2021, we obtained FDA clearance, CE mark clearance, and other regulatory clearances in most of our significant markets to
market our Extended Use Instruments.

In  November  2019,  we  obtained  FDA  clearance  for  our  SynchroSeal  instrument  and  E-100  generator.  Following  the  FDA  clearance,  in  February
2020, we received CE mark clearance for both products. In March 2020, we received regulatory clearance in Japan to market both our SynchroSeal
instrument  and  E-100  generator.  We  received  regulatory  clearance  in  South  Korea  to  market  our  SynchroSeal  instrument  and  E-100  generator  in
January 2020 and August 2020, respectively.

In July 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our SureForm 45 Curved-Tip Stapler and SureForm 45 Gray reload, which round out our SureForm 45
portfolio. We have also received CE mark clearance for our SureForm 45 Curved-Tip Stapler and SureForm 45 Gray reload. In September 2019, we
received regulatory clearance in Japan to market both our SureForm 45 Curved-Tip Stapler and SureForm 45 Gray reload. We received regulatory
clearance in South Korea to market our SureForm 45 Curved-Tip Stapler and SureForm 45 Gray reload in June 2021 and July 2021, respectively.

In  June  2019,  we  received  CE  mark  clearance  for  our  da  Vinci  Endoscope  Plus  for  the  da  Vinci  Xi  and  da  Vinci  X  Surgical  Systems  in  Europe.
Following the CE mark, in July 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our da Vinci Endoscope Plus. We have also received regulatory clearances in
South Korea and Japan to market our da Vinci Endoscope Plus in December 2019 and May 2020, respectively.

In June 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our da Vinci Handheld Camera and, in February 2020, we received CE mark clearance.

In February 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our Ion endoluminal system, our flexible, robotic-assisted, catheter-based platform, designed to
navigate  through  very  small  lung  airways  to  reach  peripheral  nodules  for  biopsies.  Our  rollout  of  the  Ion  system  is  progressing  well,  and  we  are
continuing to gather additional clinical evidence. We have placed 129 Ion systems as of December 31, 2021.

61

Table of Contents

•

In February 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our Iris augmented reality product. Iris is a service that delivers a 3D image of the patient anatomy
(initially targeting kidneys) to aid surgeons in both pre- and intra-operative settings. We are currently conducting a pilot study of our Iris product and
service in the field at a small group of U.S. hospitals to gain initial product experience and insights.

Refer to the descriptions of our products that received regulatory clearances in 2021, 2020, and 2019 in the New Product Introductions section below.

In October 2018, the China National Health Commission published on its official website the quota for major medical equipment to be imported and sold
in China through 2020. After an adjustment notice was published in the third quarter of 2020, the government will now allow for the total sale of 225 new
surgical robots into China, which could include da Vinci Surgical Systems as well as surgical systems introduced by others. As of December 31, 2021, we
have sold 161 da Vinci Surgical Systems under this quota, and one system quota has expired; therefore, 63 surgical robots can still be imported and sold under
this  quota.  Future  sales  of  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems  under  the  quota  are  uncertain,  as  they  are  dependent  on  hospitals  completing  a  tender  process  and
receiving associated approvals.

The Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor, and Welfare considers reimbursement for procedures in April of even-numbered years. The process for obtaining
reimbursement requires Japanese university hospitals and surgical societies, with our support, to seek reimbursement. There are multiple pathways to obtain
reimbursement  for  procedures,  including  those  that  require  in-country  clinical  data/economic  data.  In  April  2012  and  April  2016,  the  MHLW  granted
reimbursement status for prostatectomy and partial nephrectomy, respectively. Most prostatectomies and partial nephrectomies were open procedures prior to
da  Vinci  reimbursement.  Da  Vinci  procedure  reimbursement  for  prostatectomy  and  partial  nephrectomy  procedures  are  higher  than  open  and  conventional
laparoscopic procedure reimbursements. An additional 12 da Vinci procedures were granted reimbursement effective April 1, 2018, including gastrectomy,
low  anterior  resection,  lobectomy,  and  hysterectomy  for  both  malignant  and  benign  conditions.  An  additional  7  da  Vinci  procedures  were  granted
reimbursement effective April 1, 2020. These additional 19 reimbursed procedures have varying levels of conventional laparoscopic penetration and will be
reimbursed at rates equal to the conventional, laparoscopic procedures. Given the reimbursement level and laparoscopic penetration for these 19 procedures,
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  adoption  pace  for  these  procedures  will  be  similar  to  prostatectomy  or  partial  nephrectomy,  given  their  higher
reimbursement, or any other da Vinci procedure.

Recalls and Corrections

Medical device companies have regulatory obligations to correct or remove medical devices in the field that could pose a risk to health. The definition of
“recalls  and  corrections”  is  expansive  and  includes  repair,  replacement,  inspections,  relabeling,  and  issuance  of  new  or  additional  instructions  for  use  or
reinforcement of existing instructions for use and training when such actions are taken for specific reasons of safety or compliance. These field actions require
stringent  documentation,  reporting,  and  monitoring  worldwide.  There  are  other  actions  that  a  medical  device  manufacturer  may  take  in  the  field  without
reporting including, but not limited to, routine servicing and stock rotations.

As  we  determine  whether  a  field  action  is  reportable  in  any  regulatory  jurisdiction,  we  prepare  and  submit  notifications  to  the  appropriate  regulatory
agency for the particular jurisdiction. Regulators can require the expansion, reclassification, or change in scope and language of the field action. In general,
upon submitting required notifications to regulators regarding a field action that is a recall or correction, we will notify customers regarding the field action,
provide any additional documentation required in their national language, and arrange, as required, return or replacement of the affected product or a field
service visit to perform the correction.

Field  actions  as  well  as  certain  outcomes  from  regulatory  activities  can  result  in  adverse  effects  on  our  business,  including  damage  to  our  reputation,

delays by customers of purchase decisions, reduction or stoppage of the use of installed systems, and reduced revenue as well as increased expenses.

Procedures

We model patient value as equal to procedure efficacy / invasiveness. In this equation, procedure efficacy is defined as a measure of the success of the
surgery in resolving the underlying disease and invasiveness is defined as a measure of patient pain and disruption of regular activities. When the patient value
of a da Vinci procedure is greater than that of alternative treatment options, patients may benefit from seeking out surgeons and hospitals that offer da Vinci
Surgery, which could potentially result in a local market share shift. Adoption of da Vinci procedures occurs procedure by procedure and market by market
and is driven by the relative patient value and total treatment costs of da Vinci procedures as compared to alternative treatment options for the same disease
state or condition.

We use the number and type of da Vinci procedures as metrics for financial and operational decision-making and as a means to evaluate period-to-period
comparisons.  Management  believes  that  the  number  and  type  of  da  Vinci  procedures  provide  meaningful  supplemental  information  regarding  our
performance, as management believes procedure volume is an indicator of the rate of adoption of robotic-assisted surgery as well as an indicator of future
revenue (including revenue from

62

Table of Contents

usage-based arrangements). Management believes that both it and investors benefit from referring to the number and type of da Vinci procedures in assessing
our  performance  and  when  planning,  forecasting,  and  analyzing  future  periods.  The  number  and  type  of  da  Vinci  procedures  also  facilitate  management’s
internal comparisons of our historical performance. We believe that the number and type of da Vinci procedures are useful to investors as metrics, because (1)
they allow for greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, and (2) they are used by
institutional  investors  and  the  analyst  community  to  help  them  analyze  the  performance  of  our  business.  The  vast  majority  of  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems
installed  are  connected  via  the  internet.  System  logs  can  also  be  accessed  by  field  engineers  for  systems  that  are  not  connected  to  the  internet.  We  utilize
certain  methods  that  rely  on  information  collected  from  the  systems  installed  for  determining  the  number  and  type  of  da  Vinci  procedures  performed  that
involve estimates and judgments, which are, by their nature, subject to substantial uncertainties and assumptions. Estimates and judgments for determining the
number and type of da Vinci procedures may be impacted over time by various factors, including changes in treatment modalities, hospital and distributor
reporting behavior, and system internet connectivity. Such estimates and judgments are also susceptible to algorithmic or other technical errors. In addition,
the relationship between the number and type of da Vinci procedures and our revenues may fluctuate from period to period, and da Vinci procedure volume
growth  may  not  correspond  to  an  increase  in  revenue.  The  number  and  type  of  da  Vinci  procedures  are  not  intended  to  be  considered  in  isolation  or  as  a
substitute for, or superior to, revenue or other financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Worldwide Procedures

Our da Vinci systems and instruments are regulated independently in various countries and regions of the world. The discussion of indications for use and
representative or target procedures is intended solely to provide an understanding of the market for da Vinci products and is not intended to promote for sale or
use any Intuitive Surgical product outside of its licensed or cleared labeling and indications for use.

The adoption of robotic-assisted surgery using the da Vinci Surgical System has the potential to grow for those procedures that offer greater patient value
than non-da Vinci alternatives and competitive total economics for healthcare providers. Our da Vinci Surgical Systems are used primarily in general surgery,
urologic  surgery,  gynecologic  surgery,  cardiothoracic  surgery,  and  head  and  neck  surgery.  We  focus  our  organization  and  investments  on  developing,
marketing,  and  training  products  and  services  for  procedures  in  which  da  Vinci  can  bring  patient  value  relative  to  alternative  treatment  options  and/or
economic  benefit  to  healthcare  providers.  Target  procedures  in  general  surgery  include  hernia  repair  (both  ventral  and  inguinal),  colorectal  procedures,
cholecystectomies,  and  bariatrics.  Target  procedures  in  urology  include  prostatectomy  and  partial  nephrectomy.  Target  procedures  in  gynecology  include
hysterectomy for both cancer and benign conditions and sacrocolpopexy. In cardiothoracic surgery, target procedures include lobectomy. In head and neck
surgery, target procedures include transoral surgery. Not all the indications, procedures, or products described may be available in a given country or region or
on all generations of da Vinci Surgical Systems. Surgeons and their patients need to consult the product labeling in their specific country and for each product
in order to determine the cleared uses, as well as important limitations, restrictions, or contraindications.

In  2021,  approximately  1,594,000  surgical  procedures  were  performed  with  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems,  compared  to  approximately  1,243,000  and
1,229,000 surgical procedures performed with da Vinci Surgical Systems in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in our overall procedure volume in
2021 reflects the significant disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, as noted in the COVID-19 Pandemic section above, and was driven by
growth in U.S. general surgery and gynecology procedures and worldwide urology procedures.

U.S. Procedures

Overall U.S. procedure volume with da Vinci Surgical Systems grew to approximately 1,109,000 in 2021, compared to approximately 876,000 in 2020
and  approximately  883,000  in  2019.  General  surgery  was  our  largest  and  fastest  growing  U.S.  specialty  in  2021  with  procedure  volume  that  grew  to
approximately 589,000 in 2021, compared to approximately 434,000 in 2020 and approximately 421,000 in 2019. Gynecology was our second largest U.S.
surgical specialty in 2021 with procedure volume that grew to approximately 316,000 in 2021, compared to approximately 267,000 in 2020 and approximately
282,000 in 2019. Urology was our third largest U.S. surgical specialty in 2021 with procedure volume that grew to approximately 153,000 in 2021, compared
to approximately 134,000 in 2020 and approximately 138,000 in 2019.

Procedures Outside of the U.S.

Overall OUS procedure volume with da Vinci Surgical Systems grew to approximately 485,000 in 2021, compared to approximately 367,000 in 2020 and
approximately  346,000  in  2019.  Urology  was  our  largest  OUS  specialty  in  2021  with  procedure  volume  that  grew  to  approximately  264,000  in  2021,
compared  to  approximately  214,000  in  2020  and  approximately  206,000  in  2019.  General  surgery  was  our  second  largest  OUS  specialty  in  2021  with
procedure  volume  that  grew  to  approximately  101,000  in  2021,  compared  to  approximately  68,000  in  2020  and  approximately  62,000  in  2019.  Thoracic
procedures also contributed to OUS procedure growth with higher growth rates than urology and general surgery procedures.

63

Table of Contents

Recent Business Events and Trends

Procedures

Overall.  Total  da  Vinci  procedures  performed  by  our  customers  grew  approximately  28%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  compared  to
approximately  1%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  Total  da  Vinci  procedures  performed  by  our  customers  grew  approximately  19%  for  the  three
months ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately 6% for the three months ended December 31, 2020. The full year  and  fourth  quarter  2021
procedure growth was largely attributable to growth in U.S. general surgery and growth in OUS markets. The full year and fourth quarter 2020 procedure
results  reflect  significant  disruption  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  as  noted  in  the  COVID-19  Pandemic  section  above.  The  COVID-19  pandemic
continued  to  impact  our  procedures  in  2021  in  geographies  and  markets  where  there  was  a  resurgence  of  the  virus.  Delays  in  both  the  diagnosis  of  and
treatments  of  disease  reflecting  patient  concerns  over  contracting  COVID-19  has  also  impacted  the  number  of  procedures.  This  was  most  pronounced  in
prostatectomy procedures.

U.S.  da  Vinci  procedures  grew  approximately  27%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  U.S.  da  Vinci  procedures
declined approximately 1% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The 2021 U.S. procedure growth was largely attributable to growth in general surgery
procedures, most notably hernia repair, cholecystectomy, and bariatric procedures, as well as in the more mature gynecologic procedure category, most notably
hysterectomies.  The  2020  U.S.  procedure  results  reflect  significant  disruption  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  as  noted  in  the  COVID-19  Pandemic
section above, whereas the 2021 procedure results reflected COVID-19 resurgences throughout the year, which also significantly impacted our procedures.

U.S. da Vinci procedures grew approximately 16% for the three months ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately 5% for the three months
ended  December  31,  2020.  The  fourth  quarter  2021  U.S.  procedure  growth  was  largely  attributable  to  growth  in  general  surgery  procedures,  most  notably
hernia repair, cholecystectomy, and bariatric procedures. The fourth quarter 2020 U.S. procedure results reflect significant disruption caused by the COVID-19
pandemic and regional resurgences, as noted in the COVID-19 Pandemic section above, whereas the fourth quarter of 2021 reflected a COVID-19 resurgence
later in the quarter, which also impacted our procedures.

OUS da Vinci procedures grew approximately 32% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately 6% for the year ended December
31, 2020. The 2021 OUS procedure growth was driven by continued growth in urologic procedures, including prostatectomies and partial nephrectomies, and
earlier stage growth in general surgery (particularly colorectal), gynecology, and thoracic procedures. The 2021 OUS procedure growth also reflects continued
adoption  in  European  and  Asian  markets.  We  saw  strong  procedure  growth  in  China,  Japan,  South  Korea,  and  Germany  during  2021.  The  2020  OUS
procedure  results  reflect  significant  disruption  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  as  noted  in  the  COVID-19 Pandemic  section  above,  whereas  the  2021
procedure results reflected COVID-19 resurgences throughout the year, which also significantly impacted our procedures. We believe growth in these global
markets  is  being  driven  by  increased  acceptance  among  surgeons  and  health  systems,  supported  by  expanded  global  evidence  validating  the  clinical  and
economic value of da Vinci procedures.

OUS da Vinci procedures grew approximately 28% for the three months ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately 11% for the three months
ended December 31, 2020. The fourth quarter 2021 OUS procedure growth was driven by continued growth in urologic procedures, including prostatectomies,
and earlier stage growth in general surgery (particularly colorectal), gynecology, and thoracic procedures. We saw strong procedure growth in China, Japan,
Germany, South Korea, and Italy during the fourth quarter of 2021. The fourth quarter 2020 OUS procedure growth reflects significant procedure disruption
caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, as noted in the COVID-19 Pandemic section above, whereas the fourth quarter of 2021 reflected a COVID-19 resurgence
later in the quarter, which also impacted our procedures.

U.S. General Surgery. In 2021, general surgery procedures in the U.S. grew to approximately 589,000 in 2021, compared to approximately 434,000 in
2020 and approximately 421,000 in 2019. Inguinal and ventral hernia repairs, cholecystectomies, and bariatric procedures contributed the most incremental
procedures in 2021, while cholecystectomies and bariatric procedures contributed to the most incremental procedures in 2020 and inguinal and ventral hernia
repairs contributed the most incremental procedures in 2019.

We believe that growth in hernia repair using da Vinci reflects improved clinical outcomes within certain patient populations, as well as potential cost
benefits relative to certain alternative treatments. We believe hernia repair procedures represent a significant opportunity with the potential to drive growth in
future  periods.  However,  given  the  differences  in  surgical  complexity  associated  with  treatment  of  various  hernia  patient  populations  and  varying  surgeon
opinion regarding optimal surgical technique, it is difficult to estimate the timing of and to what extent hernia repair procedure volume will grow in the future.
We expect a large portion of hernia repairs will continue to be performed via different modalities of surgery.

Given the already very high level of laparoscopic techniques used in cholecystectomy, it is unclear whether growth is sustainable and to what extent da

Vinci may be adopted.

64

Table of Contents

Bariatric procedures have grown significantly for the last two years. These procedures have been an increased area of focus in 2021 and 2020 and may
also have benefited from certain patients prioritizing weight loss as obesity is a significant COVID-19 risk factor. In addition, our SureForm 60mm Stapler
provides surgeons a more optimized robotic tool set for bariatric procedures. However, the diagnoses and treatment pathways for bariatric patients are long,
and many of the patients may have begun their treatment pathway prior to the spread of COVID-19; therefore, we cannot provide any assurance that we will
continue to see significant growth in bariatric procedures in future periods.

Adoption of da Vinci for colorectal procedures, which includes several underlying procedures, including low anterior resections for rectal cancers and
certain  colon  procedures  for  benign  and  cancerous  conditions,  has  been  ongoing  for  several  years  and  is  supported  by  certain  technologies,  such  as  the
EndoWrist and SureForm Staplers, energy devices, and Integrated Table Motion.

U.S. Gynecology. In 2021, gynecology procedures in the U.S. grew to approximately 316,000 in 2021, compared to approximately 267,000 in 2020 and
approximately  282,000  in  2019,  driven  by  an  increase  in  benign  hysterectomy  procedures  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  hysterectomy  procedures  for  cancer.
Combining robotic, laparoscopic, and vaginal approaches, MIS represents about 80% of the U.S. hysterectomy market for benign conditions. We believe that
our growth in gynecologic procedures over the past several years has primarily been driven by consolidation of gynecologic procedures into higher volume
surgeons that focus on cancer and complex surgeries.

Global Urology. Along with U.S. general surgery and gynecology, global urology procedures have also been a strong contributor to our overall procedure
growth.  In  the  U.S.,  da  Vinci  is  the  standard  of  care  for  the  surgical  treatment  of  prostate  cancer,  and  we  believe  growth  is  largely  aligned  with  surgical
volumes of prostate cancer. In 2021, U.S. prostatectomy procedures grew, compared to a modest decline in 2020. For OUS, prostatectomy is at varying states
of adoption in different areas of the world but is the largest overall da Vinci procedure. In 2021, we saw high-teens growth in OUS prostatectomy procedures
compared to slight growth in 2020.

Kidney cancer procedures have also been a strong contributor to our recent global urology procedure growth. Clinical publications have demonstrated that
the use of a da Vinci system increases the likelihood that a patient will receive nephron sparing surgery through a partial nephrectomy, which is typically the
surgical society guideline recommended therapy.

OUS Procedures. The 2021 OUS procedure growth rate reflects continued da Vinci adoption in European and Asian markets, although it also reflects
disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, as noted in the COVID-19 Pandemic section above. We saw strong procedure growth in China, Japan, South
Korea, Germany, Brazil, France, and the UK during 2021. In China, procedure growth accelerated as a result of new system placements during the year as
well as very high system utilization.

System Demand

We placed 1,347 da Vinci Surgical Systems in 2021, compared to 936 systems in 2020. The increase in systems placed reflects the significant disruption
experienced as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, as well as procedure growth in 2021, more customers trading in da Vinci Si Surgical Systems for
fourth  generation  systems  in  order  to  access  fourth  generation  instruments  and  capabilities  as  well  as  to  standardize  their  system  portfolio,  and  further
customer validation that surgery addresses their quadruple aim objectives.

While 2021 placements grew 44% compared with 2020, future placements of da Vinci Surgical Systems will be impacted by a number of factors: supply
chain risks; economic and geopolitical factors; the impact of the current COVID-19 pandemic, as noted in the COVID-19 Pandemic section above; hospital
response  to  the  evolving  healthcare  environment;  procedure  growth  rates;  hospital  consolidation  trends;  evolving  system  utilization  and  point  of  care
dynamics; capital replacement trends, including a declining number of older generation systems available for trade-in transactions; additional reimbursements
in  various  global  markets,  including  Japan:  the  timing  around  governmental  tenders  and  authorizations,  including  China;  the  timing  of  when  we  receive
regulatory clearance in our other OUS markets for our da Vinci Xi Surgical System, da Vinci X Surgical System, and da Vinci SP Surgical System, and related
instruments;  and  market  response.  Market  acceptance  of  our  da  Vinci  SP  Surgical  System  and  the  nature  and  timing  of  additional  da  Vinci  SP  regulatory
indications may also impact future system placements.

Demand may also be impacted by robotic-assisted surgery competition, including from companies that have introduced products in the field of robotic-
assisted surgery or have made explicit statements about their efforts to enter the field including, but not limited to, the following companies: Asensus Surgical,
Inc.;  avateramedical  GmbH;  CMR  Surgical  Ltd.;  Johnson  &  Johnson;  Medicaroid,  Inc.;  Medrobotics  Corporation;  Medtronic  plc;  meerecompany  Inc.;
MicroPort Scientific Corporation; Olympus Corporation; Samsung Group; Shandong Weigao Group Medical Polymer Company Ltd.; and Titan Medical Inc.

65

Table of Contents

Many  of  the  above  factors  will  also  impact  future  demand  for  our  Ion  system,  as  we  extend  our  commercial  offering  into  diagnostics,  along  with
additional  factors  associated  with  a  new  product  introduction,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  our  ability  to  optimize  manufacturing  and  our  supply  chain,
competition, clinical data to demonstrate value, and market acceptance.

New Product Introductions

SureForm  30  Curved-Tip  Stapler  and  Reloads.  In  December  2021,  we  obtained  FDA  clearance  for  our  8  mm  SureForm  30  Curved-Tip  Stapler  and
reloads (gray, white, and blue) for use in general, thoracic, gynecologic, urologic, and pediatric surgery. It has been designed to help surgeons better visualize
and reach anatomy through a combination of the 8 mm diameter instrument shaft and jaws, 120-degree cone of wristed articulation, and the curved tip. As it
fits through the 8 mm da Vinci surgical system instrument cannula, the stapler allows different angles for surgeons to approach patient anatomy. Consistent
with  the  other  SureForm  staplers,  the  8  mm  SureForm  30  Curved-Tip  Stapler  integrates  SmartFire  technology,  which  makes  automatic  adjustments  to  the
firing  process  as  staples  are  formed  and  the  transection  is  made.  The  technology  makes  more  than  1,000  measurements  per  second,  helping  achieve  a
consistent staple line. The 8 mm SureForm 30 stapler is expected to launch in the U.S. in 2022, with other countries to follow.

SynchroSeal and E-100 Generator. In November 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our SynchroSeal instrument and E-100 generator. Following the
FDA clearance, in February 2020, we received CE mark clearance for both products. In March 2020, we received regulatory clearance in Japan to market both
our  SynchroSeal  instrument  and  E-100  generator.  In  August  2020,  we  received  regulatory  clearance  in  South  Korea  to  market  our  E-100  generator.
SynchroSeal  is  a  single-use,  bipolar,  electrosurgical  instrument  intended  for  grasping,  dissection,  sealing,  and  transection  of  tissue.  With  its  wristed
articulation, rapid sealing cycle, and refined curved jaw, SynchroSeal offers enhanced versatility to the da Vinci Energy portfolio. The E-100 generator is an
electrosurgical  generator  developed  to  power  two  key  instruments–Vessel  Sealer  Extend  and  SynchroSeal–on  the  da  Vinci  X  and  da  Vinci  Xi  Surgical
Systems. The generator delivers high frequency energy for cutting, coagulation, and vessel sealing of tissues.

SureForm 45 Curved-Tip Stapler and Gray Reload. In July 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for the SureForm 45 Curved-Tip Stapler and SureForm 45
Gray  reload.  We  have  also  received  CE  mark  clearance  for  our  SureForm  45  Curved-Tip  Stapler  and  SureForm  45  Gray  reload.  In  September  2019,  we
received regulatory clearance in Japan to market both our SureForm 45 Curved-Tip Stapler and SureForm 45 Gray reload. We received regulatory clearance in
South Korea to market our SureForm 45 Curved-Tip Stapler and SureForm 45 Gray reload in June 2021 and July 2021, respectively. SureForm 45 Curved-Tip
Stapler is a single-use, fully wristed stapling instrument with a curved tip intended for resection, transection, and/or creation of anastomoses. SureForm 45
Gray reload is a new, single-use cartridge that contains multiple staggered rows of implantable staples and a stainless steel knife. The SureForm 45 Curved-
Tip Stapler and Gray reload have particular utility in thoracic procedures and round out our SureForm 45 portfolio. Not all reloads or staplers are available for
use on all systems or in all countries.

Da Vinci Endoscope Plus. In June 2019, we received CE mark clearance for our da Vinci Endoscope Plus, an enhanced 3D endoscope for use with our da
Vinci X and Xi Surgical Systems. Following the CE mark, in July 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our da Vinci Endoscope Plus. We have also received
regulatory  clearances  in  South  Korea  and  Japan  to  market  our  da  Vinci  Endoscope  Plus  in  December  2019  and  May  2020,  respectively.  The  da  Vinci
Endoscope Plus leverages new sensor technology to allow for increased sharpness and color accuracy.

Da Vinci Handheld Camera. In June 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our da Vinci Handheld Camera, a lightweight, 2D camera head, which can be
connected  to  third-party  laparoscopes.  This  allows  the  laparoscopic  image  to  be  displayed  on  the  da  Vinci  X/Xi  vision  cart  to  address  aspects  of  da  Vinci
procedures  that  may  require  use  of  a  laparoscope,  thus  eliminating  the  need  for  redundant  equipment  in  the  operating  room  and  increasing  procedure
efficiency. In February 2020, we received CE mark clearance for our da Vinci Handheld Camera. We broadly launched the da Vinci Handheld Camera in our
European direct markets as well as in the U.S. in May 2020 and June 2020, respectively.

Ion endoluminal system. In February 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for the Ion endoluminal system, our new flexible, robotic-assisted, catheter-based
platform designed to navigate through very small lung airways to reach peripheral nodules for biopsies. The Ion system uses an ultra-thin articulating robotic
catheter that can articulate 180 degrees in all directions. The outer diameter of the catheter is 3.5mm, which allows physicians to navigate through small and
tortuous airways to reach nodules in most airway segments within the lung. The Ion system’s flexible biopsy needle can also pass through very tight bends via
Ion’s catheter to collect tissue in the peripheral lung. The catheter’s 2mm working channel can also accommodate other biopsy tools, such as biopsy forceps or
cytology brushes, if necessary. Our rollout of the Ion system is progressing well, and we are continuing to gather additional clinical evidence. We have placed
129 Ion systems as of December 31, 2021.

Iris. In February 2019, we obtained FDA clearance for our Iris augmented reality product. Iris is a service that delivers a 3D image of the patient anatomy

(initially targeting kidneys) to aid surgeons in both the pre- and intra-operative settings. The

66

Table of Contents

service  is  currently  being  used  in  pilot  studies.  We  launched  our  first  pilot  site  in  2019,  continued  in  2020  with  select  sites,  and  have  six  pilot  sites  as  of
December 31, 2021.

Acquisition of Orpheus Medical

In  February  2020,  we  acquired  Orpheus  Medical  Ltd.  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  to  deepen  and  expand  our  integrated  informatics  platform.
Orpheus  Medical  provides  hospitals  with  information  technology  connectivity,  as  well  as  expertise  in  processing  and  archiving  surgical  videos.  Orpheus
Medical is a wholly owned subsidiary of Intuitive.

Intuitive Ventures

In  2020,  we  launched  Intuitive  Ventures,  an  inaugural  $100  million  fund  focused  on  investment  opportunities  in  companies  that  share  Intuitive’s

commitment to advancing positive outcomes in healthcare.

2021 Operational and Financial Highlights

•

Total revenue increased by 31% to $5.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $4.4 billion for the year ended December 31,
2020.

• Approximately  1,594,000  da  Vinci  procedures  were  performed  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  an  increase  of  28%  compared  to

approximately 1,243,000 da Vinci procedures for the year ended December 31, 2020.

•

•

Instruments and accessories revenue increased by 26% to $3.10 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $2.46 billion for the year
ended December 31, 2020.

Systems  revenue  increased  by  44%  to  $1.69  billion  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  compared  to  $1.18  billion  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020.

• A total of 1,347 da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems  were  placed  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  an  increase  of  44%  compared  to  936  systems

during the year ended December 31, 2020.

• As of December 31, 2021, we had a da Vinci Surgical System installed base of approximately 6,730 systems, an increase of 12% compared to the

installed base of approximately 5,989 systems as of December 31, 2020.

• Utilization of da Vinci Surgical Systems, measured in terms of procedures per system per year, increased 17% relative to 2020.

• During  the  year  ended  December  31,2021,  we  placed  93  Ion  systems,  an  increase  of  258%  compared  to  26  Ion  systems  during  the  year  ended

December 31, 2020.

• Gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  was  69.3%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  compared  to  65.6%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,

2020.

• Operating  income  increased  by  73%  to  $1.82  billion  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  compared  to  $1.05  billion  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020. Operating income included $457 million and $399 million of share-based compensation expense related to employee stock plans
and $37.0 million and $60.9 million of intangible asset-related charges for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

• As of December 31, 2021, we had $8.62 billion in cash, cash equivalents, and investments. Cash, cash equivalents, and investments increased by
$1.75 billion, compared to $6.87 billion as of December 31, 2020, primarily as a result of cash generated from operating activities, partially offset by
capital expenditures.

67

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

This  section  of  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  generally  discusses  2021  and  2020  items  and  year-to-year  comparisons  between  2021  and  2020.
Discussions  of  2019  items  and  year-to-year  comparisons  between  2020  and  2019  that  are  not  included  in  this  report  on  Form  10-K  can  be  found  in
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, certain Consolidated Statements of Income information (in millions, except percentages):

2021

% of
total
revenue

Years Ended December 31,
% of
total
revenue

2020

2019

% of
total
revenue

4,793.9 
916.2 
5,710.1 

1,464.1 
287.5 
1,751.6 
3,329.8 
628.7 
3,958.5 

1,466.5 
671.0 
2,137.5 
1,821.0 
69.3 
1,890.3 
162.2 
1,728.1 

23.5 
1,704.6 

84 % $
16 %
100 %

26 %
5 %
31 %
58 %
11 %
69 %

25 %
12 %
37 %
32 %
1 %
33 %
3 %
30 %

— %
30 % $

3,634.6 
723.8 
4,358.4 

1,230.3 
266.9 
1,497.2 
2,404.3 
456.9 
2,861.2 

1,216.3 
595.1 
1,811.4 
1,049.8 
157.2 
1,207.0 
140.2 
1,066.8 

6.2 
1,060.6 

83 % $
17 %
100 %

28 %
6 %
34 %
55 %
11 %
66 %

28 %
14 %
42 %
24 %
4 %
28 %
3 %
24 %

— %
24 % $

3,754.3 
724.2 
4,478.5 

1,119.1 
249.2 
1,368.3 
2,635.2 
475.0 
3,110.2 

1,178.4 
557.3 
1,735.7 
1,374.5 
127.7 
1,502.2 
120.4 
1,381.8 

2.5 
1,379.3 

84 %
16 %
100 %

25 %
6 %
31 %
59 %
10 %
69 %

26 %
12 %
38 %
31 %
3 %
34 %
3 %
31 %

— %
31 %

$

Revenue:

Product
Service

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:
Product
Service

Total cost of revenue

Product gross profit
Service gross profit

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development

Total operating expenses

Income from operations
Interest and other income, net
Income before taxes

Income tax expense
Net income

Less: net income attributable to
noncontrolling interest in joint venture

Net income attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc. $

Total Revenue

Total revenue increased by 31% to $5.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $4.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, decreased by 3% compared to $4.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in total
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, resulted from 44% higher systems revenue, driven by 44% higher system placements, 26% higher instruments
and accessories revenue, driven by approximately 28% higher procedure volume partially offset by the effects of the Extended Use Program, and 27% higher
service revenue. In conjunction with our 2020 COVID-19 Customer Relief Program implemented in the second quarter of 2020, service revenue in 2020 was
reduced by $80 million as a result of service fee credits provided to customers.

Revenue denominated in foreign currencies as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 23%, 23%, and 20% for the years ended December 31,
2021,  2020,  and  2019,  respectively.  We  generally  sell  our  products  and  services  in  local  currencies  where  we  have  direct  distribution  channels.  Foreign
currency rate fluctuations did not have a material impact on total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to 2020, or for the year ended
December 31, 2020, as compared to 2019.

Revenue generated in the U.S. accounted for 67%, 68%, and 70% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
We  believe  that  U.S.  revenue  has  accounted  for  the  large  majority  of  total  revenue  due  to  U.S.  patients’  ability  to  choose  their  provider  and  method  of
treatment, reimbursement structures supportive of innovation and MIS,

68

 
 
Table of Contents

and our initial investments focused on U.S. infrastructure. We have been investing in our business in the OUS markets, and our OUS procedures have grown
faster in proportion to U.S. procedures. We expect that our OUS procedures and revenue will make up a greater portion of our business in the long term.

As  the  COVID-19  pandemic  is  expected  to  continue  to  cause  strain  on  hospital  resources,  as  outlined  in  the  COVID-19 Pandemic  section  above,  we

cannot reliably estimate the extent total revenue will be impacted in the first quarter of 2022 and beyond.

The  following  table  summarizes  our  revenue  and  system  unit  placements  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  respectively  (in

millions, except percentages and unit placements):

Revenue
Instruments and accessories
Systems

Total product revenue

Services

Total revenue

U.S.
OUS

Total revenue

% of Revenue - U.S.
% of Revenue - OUS

Instruments and accessories
Services
Operating lease revenue

Total recurring revenue

% of Total revenue

Da Vinci Surgical System Placements by Region:
U.S. unit placements
OUS unit placements
Total unit placements*

*Systems placed under operating leases (included in total unit placements)

Da Vinci Surgical System Placements involving System Trade-ins:
Unit placements involving trade-ins
Unit placements not involving trade-ins

Ion System Placements

Product Revenue

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

$

$

$

$

3,100.5 
1,693.4 
4,793.9 
916.2 
5,710.1 

3,853.2 
1,856.9 
5,710.1 

67 %
33 %

3,100.5 
916.2 
276.9 
4,293.6 

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,455.7 
1,178.9 
3,634.6 
723.8 
4,358.4 

2,962.7 
1,395.7 
4,358.4 

68 %
32 %

2,455.7 
723.8 
176.7 
3,356.2 

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,408.2 
1,346.1 
3,754.3 
724.2 
4,478.5 

3,129.5 
1,349.0 
4,478.5 

70 %
30 %

2,408.2 
724.2 
106.9 
3,239.3 

75 %

77 %

72 %

865 
482 
1,347 

517 

510 
837 

93 

600 
336 
936 

317 

447 
489 

26 

728 
391 
1,119 

384 

442 
677 

10 

Product revenue increased by 32% to $4.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $3.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, decreased by 3% compared to $3.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Instruments and accessories revenue increased by 26% to $3.10 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $2.46 billion for the year
ended December 31, 2020. The increase in instruments and accessories revenue was driven primarily by procedure growth of 28% and incremental sales of
our advanced instruments, partially offset by stocking orders in Q4 2020 associated with the Company’s launch of Extended Use Instruments. The 2021 U.S.
procedure growth of approximately 27%, compared to a 2020 U.S. procedure decline of approximately 1%, was driven by strong growth in general surgery
procedures,

69

 
 
Table of Contents

most notably hernia repair, cholecystectomy, and bariatric procedures, and gynecology procedures, as well as moderate growth in the more mature urology
procedure category. The 2020 U.S. procedure decline was primarily a result of the significant disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, as noted in the
COVID-19 Pandemic section above. The 2021 OUS procedure volumes grew by approximately 32%, compared to 2020 OUS procedure growth of 6%. Key
drivers for OUS procedure growth in 2021 were continued growth in urology procedures, most notably prostatectomy and partial nephrectomy procedures,
and earlier stage growth in general surgery and gynecology procedures. The 2020 OUS procedure growth was impacted by the significant disruption caused
by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  as  noted  in  the  COVID-19 Pandemic  section  above.  Geographically,  the  2021  OUS  procedure  growth  was  driven  by  China,
Japan, Korea, and Germany.

Systems revenue increased by 44% to $1.69 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $1.18 billion for the year ended December 31,
2020. The higher 2021 systems revenue was primarily driven by higher system placements, higher operating lease revenue, higher lease buyouts, and higher
2021 ASPs, partially offset by a higher proportion of system placements under operating leases.

During 2021, a total of 1,347 da Vinci Surgical Systems were placed compared to 936 systems during 2020. By geography, 865 systems were placed in
the U.S., 232 in Europe, 203 in Asia, and 47 in other markets during 2021, compared to 600 systems placed in the U.S., 136 in Europe, 157 in Asia, and 43 in
other  markets  during  2020.  During  2021,  517  of  the  1,347  systems  were  placed  under  operating  lease  arrangements,  compared  to  317  of  the  936  systems
placed during 2020. The increase in system placements was primarily driven by decisions in 2020 by customers to defer purchases or leases of systems into
future  quarters  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  as  well  as  procedure  growth,  more  customers  trading  in  da  Vinci  Si  Surgical  Systems  for  fourth
generation  da  Vinci  Xi  and  da  Vinci  X  systems  in  order  to  access  fourth  generation  instruments  and  capabilities  as  well  as  to  standardize  their  system
portfolio, and further customer validation that surgery addresses their quadruple aim objectives.

We placed 668 and 432 da Vinci Surgical Systems under lease or usage-based arrangements, of which 517 and 317 systems were classified as operating
leases  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  and  2020,  respectively.  Operating  lease  revenue  was  $277  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,
compared  to  $177  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  Systems  placed  as  operating  leases  represented  38%  of  total  placements  during  2021,
compared to 34% during 2020. A total of 1,294 da Vinci Surgical Systems were installed at customers under operating lease or usage-based arrangements as
of December 31, 2021, compared to 901 as of December 31, 2020. Revenue from Lease Buyouts was $96 million for the year ended December 31, 2021,
compared to $52 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. We expect revenue from Lease Buyouts to fluctuate period to period based on the timing of
when, and if, customers choose to exercise the buyout options embedded in their leases.

The  da  Vinci  Surgical  System  ASP,  excluding  the  impact  of  systems  placed  under  operating  lease  or  usage-based  arrangements  and  Ion  systems,  was
approximately $1.55 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately $1.50 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The
higher 2021 ASP was largely driven by lower relative trade-in volume and favorable product mix, partially offset by pricing discounts. ASP fluctuates from
period to period based on geographic and product mix, product pricing, systems placed involving trade-ins, and changes in foreign exchange rates.

Service Revenue

Service revenue increased by 27% to $916 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $724 million for the year ended December 31,
2020. Service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, remained unchanged at $724 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Higher service
revenue in 2021 was primarily driven by a larger installed base of da Vinci Surgical Systems producing service revenue, as well as the effects of the Customer
Relief Program in the prior year, which resulted in an $80 million decrease in service revenue in 2020 as a result of service fee credits provided to customers.

Gross Profit

Product gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021, increased by 38% to $3.3 billion, representing 69.5% of product revenue, compared to $2.4
billion, representing 66.2% of product revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020. The higher 2021 product gross profit was primarily driven by higher
product revenue and higher product gross profit margin. The higher product gross profit margin for the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily driven
by higher 2021 ASPs, lower year-over-year excess and obsolete inventory costs, and lower year-over-year intangible assets amortization expense, partially
offset by higher share-based compensation expense. In addition, we incurred period costs in the second, third, and fourth quarters of 2020 associated with
abnormally low production, which did not recur in 2021 as a result of increased production volumes.

Product gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, included share-based compensation expense of $68.9 million and $58.9 million,

respectively, and intangible assets amortization expense of $17.6 million and $35.5 million, respectively.

70

Table of Contents

Service gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021, increased by 38% to $629 million, representing 68.6% of service revenue, compared to $457
million, representing 63.1% of service revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020. The higher 2021 service gross profit was driven by higher service
revenue, reflecting a larger installed base of da Vinci Surgical Systems, and higher service gross profit margin. The lower service gross profit margin for the
year ended December 31, 2020, was primarily driven by the $80 million decrease in service revenue as a result of the Customer Relief Program.

Service gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, included share-based compensation expense of $22.2 million and $24.0 million,

respectively, and intangible assets amortization expense of $1.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include costs for sales, marketing and administrative personnel, sales and marketing activities, tradeshow

expenses, legal expenses, regulatory fees, and general corporate expenses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021, increased by 21% to $1.47 billion, compared to $1.22 billion for the
year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily driven by
higher  headcount,  resulting  in  increased  fixed  and  share-based  compensation  expense,  higher  variable  compensation,  and  increased  infrastructure  costs  to
support  our  growth.  In  addition,  there  were  higher  marketing,  travel,  and  training  expenses  in  2021,  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  Also,  in  the  fourth
quarters  of  2021  and  2020,  we  made  charitable  contributions  of  $30  million  and  $25  million,  respectively,  to  the  Intuitive  Foundation,  a  not-for-profit
organization whose mission is to reduce the global burden of disease and suffering through research, education, and philanthropy aimed at better outcomes for
patients around the globe.

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  and  2020,  included  share-based  compensation  expense  of  $232

million and $202 million, respectively, and intangible assets amortization expense of $7.3 million and $6.9 million, respectively.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were 25% for 2021, as a percentage of revenue, compared to 28% for 2020, and 26% for 2019. Our spending
in  2021  reflected  a  continued  but  less  pronounced  curtailment  of  certain  costs  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  including  travel,  marketing  events,
clinical trials, and other related expenses. We expect that these costs will continue to increase to the extent that the impact of COVID-19 decreases and decline
to the extent that the impact of COVID-19 increases. In addition, we expect spending to increase as a percentage of revenue as we continue to support our
customers, invest in innovation focused on the quadruple aim, and invest in manufacturing and our supply chain to ensure supply for our customers.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses include costs associated with the design, development,

testing, and significant enhancement of our products.

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021, increased by 13% to $671 million, compared to $595 million for the year
ended  December  31,  2020.  The  increase  in  research  and  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  was  primarily  driven  by  higher
personnel-related expenses, including share-based compensation expense, and other project costs incurred to support a broader set of product development
initiatives, including Ion and SP platform investments, digital investments, advanced instrumentation, advanced imaging, and future generations of robotics.

Research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, included share-based compensation expense of $134 million and

$114 million, respectively, and intangible asset-related charges of $11.1 million and $15.8 million, respectively.

Research and development expenses fluctuate with project timing. Based upon our broader set of product development initiatives and the stage of the
underlying  projects,  we  expect  to  continue  to  make  substantial  investments  in  research  and  development  and  anticipate  that  research  and  development
expenses will continue to increase in the future.

Interest and Other Income, Net

Interest and other income, net, was $69.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $157.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2020, and $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in interest and other income, net, for the year ended December 31, 2021, was
primarily  driven  by  lower  gains  on  investments  resulting  from  strategic  arrangements,  lower  interest  income  earned,  despite  higher  cash  and  investment
balances, due to the decline in average interest rates, and gains on the sale of certain securities in 2020, partially offset by foreign exchange losses realized in
2020.

We held an equity investment in preferred shares of Broncus Holding Corporation (“Broncus”), which was reflected in our financial statements on a cost

basis. During the first quarter of 2021, we recorded an unrealized gain on our investment in

71

Table of Contents

Broncus of approximately $14 million. In September 2021, Broncus completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of common shares on the Stock Exchange of
Hong Kong. Upon completion of the IPO, the preferred shares were converted to common shares in Broncus, and we recognized a net gain on this investment
in the third quarter of 2021 of approximately $8 million. We are restricted from selling these shares for a period of six months. In the fourth quarter of 2021,
we recognized a loss on this investment of approximately $17 million.

We held an equity investment in common shares of Bolder Surgical Holdings, Inc. (“Bolder”), which was reflected in our financial statements on a cost
basis. During the fourth quarter of 2021, Hologic, Inc., a publicly traded company, completed its acquisition of Bolder. Under the terms of the acquisition
agreement, we received cash on the date of closing and recognized a gain on this investment of approximately $10 million.

We held an equity investment in preferred shares of InTouch Technologies, Inc. (“InTouch”), which was reflected in the our financial statements on a cost
basis.  On  July  1,  2020,  Teladoc  Health,  Inc.  (“Teladoc”),  a  publicly  traded  company,  completed  its  acquisition  of  InTouch.  Based  on  the  terms  of  the
agreement, we received Teladoc shares on the date of closing and recognized a gain on our investment of approximately $45 million. We were restricted from
selling  these  shares  for  a  period  of  six  months.  In  January  2021,  we  sold  all  of  our  shares  in  Teladoc  and  recognized  a  gain  on  this  investments  of
approximately $11 million. This gain was offset by a $7.5 million loss recognized upon the settlement of a corresponding derivative collar contract in January
2021.

Additionally, the Company recorded unrealized gains on other strategic investments in 2020 of approximately $22 million.

Income Tax Expense

Our income tax expense was $162 million, $140 million, and $120 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Our
effective tax rate for 2021 was approximately 8.6% compared to 11.6% for 2020 and 8.0% for 2019. Our effective tax rate for 2021, 2020, and 2019 differs
from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the excess tax benefits recognized for employee share-based compensation, the effect of income
earned by certain overseas entities being taxed at rates lower than the federal statutory rate, and the federal research and development credit benefit, partially
offset by U.S. tax on foreign earnings and state income taxes (net of federal benefit).

Our  effective  tax  rate  for  2021  included  a  one-time  benefit  of  $66.4  million  from  re-measurement  of  our  Swiss  deferred  tax  assets  resulting  from  the
extension of the economic useful life of certain intangible assets. Our effective tax rate for 2020 included an increase of $39.3 million in unrecognized tax
benefits with a corresponding increase to income tax expense. This increase was related to intercompany charges for share-based compensation for relevant
periods prior to 2020, triggered by the finalization of a Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals opinion involving an independent third party. An additional charge of
$13.6 million related to this matter was recorded to income tax expense in 2021, primarily as a result of additional IRS guidance issued in July 2021. Our
effective  tax  rate  for  2019  included  a  one-time  benefit  of  $51.3  million  associated  with  re-measurement  of  our  Swiss  deferred  tax  assets  due  to  a  Swiss
statutory tax rate increase enacted as part of Swiss tax reform in August 2019.

Our 2021, 2020, and 2019 provisions for income taxes included excess tax benefits associated with employee equity plans of $186 million, $166 million,
and $147 million, respectively, which reduced our effective tax rate by 9.8, 13.8, and 9.8 percentage points, respectively. The amount of excess tax benefits or
deficiencies will fluctuate from period to period based on the price of our stock, the volume of share-based awards settled or vested, and the value assigned to
employee equity awards under U.S. GAAP, which results in increased income tax expense volatility.

We file federal, state, and foreign income tax returns in many jurisdictions in the U.S. and abroad. Years prior to 2016 are considered closed for most
significant jurisdictions. Certain of our unrecognized tax benefits could change due to activities of various tax authorities, including evolving interpretations of
existing tax laws in the jurisdictions we operate, potential assessment of additional tax, possible settlement of audits, or through normal expiration of various
statutes of limitations, which could affect our effective tax rate in the period in which they change. Due to the uncertainty related to the timing and potential
outcome of audits, we cannot estimate the range of reasonably possible change in unrecognized tax benefits that may occur in the next 12 months.

We are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. The outcome of these audits cannot
be predicted with certainty. Management regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy
of our provision for income taxes. If any issues addressed in our tax audits are resolved in a manner not consistent with management’s expectations, we could
be required to adjust our provision for income taxes in the period such resolution occurs.

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest in Joint Venture

The  Company’s  majority-owned  joint  venture  (the  “Joint  Venture”)  with  Shanghai  Fosun  Pharmaceutical  (Group)  Co.,  Ltd.  (“Fosun  Pharma”),  a

subsidiary of Fosun International Limited, was established to research, develop, manufacture, and sell

72

Table of Contents

robotic-assisted, catheter-based medical devices. The Joint Venture is owned 60% by us and 40% by Fosun Pharma and is located in China. The catheter-based
technology will initially target early diagnosis and cost-effective treatment of lung cancer, one of the most commonly diagnosed forms of cancer in the world.
Distribution of catheter-based medical devices in China will be conducted by the joint venture, while distribution outside of China will be conducted by us.

In January 2019, the Joint Venture acquired certain assets, including distribution rights, customer relationships, and certain personnel, from Chindex and
its affiliates, a subsidiary of Fosun Pharma, and began direct operations for da Vinci products and services in China. As of December 31, 2021, the companies
have contributed $55 million of up to $100 million required by the joint venture agreement.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest in Joint Venture for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $23.5 million, compared to $6.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2020, and $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
in Joint Venture for the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to the increase in sales in China, as well as re-measurement losses related to the
contingent consideration from the acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2020, which did not recur in 2021 as the contingent consideration has been
finalized and paid. These increases in net income attributable to noncontrolling interest in Joint Venture were partially offset by additional long-term incentive
plan expenses recorded as a result of an increase in the value of phantom share awards in China that were modified in the fourth quarter of 2021.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Cash

Our  principal  source  of  liquidity  is  cash  provided  by  operations  and  by  the  issuance  of  common  stock  through  the  exercise  of  stock  options  and  our
employee  stock  purchase  program.  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  plus  short-  and  long-term  investments  increased  by  $1.75  billion  to  $8.62  billion  as  of
December 31, 2021, from $6.87 billion as of December 31, 2020, primarily from cash provided by our operations and proceeds from stock option exercises
and  employee  stock  purchases,  partially  offset  by  capital  expenditures  and  taxes  paid  related  to  net  share  settlements  of  equity  awards.  Cash  and  cash
equivalents plus short- and long-term investments increased by $1.02 billion to $6.87 billion as of December 31, 2020, from $5.85 billion as of December 31,
2019,  primarily  from  cash  provided  by  our  operations  and  proceeds  from  stock  option  exercises  and  employee  stock  purchases,  partially  offset  by  capital
expenditures, taxes paid related to net share settlements of equity awards, and share repurchases.

Our cash requirements depend on numerous factors, including market acceptance of our products, the resources we devote to developing and supporting
our products, and other factors. We expect to continue to devote substantial resources to expand procedure adoption and acceptance of our products. We have
made  substantial  investments  in  our  commercial  operations,  product  development  activities,  facilities,  and  intellectual  property.  Based  upon  our  business
model, we anticipate that we will continue to be able to fund future growth through cash provided by our operations. We believe that our current cash, cash
equivalents, and investment balances, together with income to be derived from the sale of our products, will be sufficient to meet our liquidity requirements
for the foreseeable future. However, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience reduced cash flow from operations if we experience decreased
revenues or if we extend payment terms on sales and operating lease and usage-based arrangements.

As of December 31, 2021, $481 million of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments was held by foreign subsidiaries. We intend to repatriate earnings
from our Swiss subsidiary and joint venture in Hong Kong, as needed, since the U.S. and foreign tax implications of such repatriations are not expected to be
significant. We will continue to indefinitely reinvest earnings from the rest of our foreign subsidiaries, which are not significant.

See  “Item  7A.  Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures  About  Market  Risk”  for  discussion  on  the  impact  of  interest  rate  risk  and  market  risk  on  our

investment portfolio.

73

Table of Contents

Consolidated Cash Flow Data

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019:

(in millions)
Net cash provided by (used in)
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

2,089.4  $
(2,461.5)
43.0 
(3.4)
(332.5) $

1,484.8  $
(940.6)
(85.7)
(2.6)
455.9  $

1,598.2 
(1,154.4)
(168.4)
(2.2)
273.2 

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities of $2.09 billion exceeded our net income of $1.73 billion, primarily due

to the following factors:

1. Our net income included non-cash charges of $729 million, consisting primarily of the following significant items: share-based compensation of $449
million; depreciation expense and losses on the disposal of property, plant, and equipment of $283 million; changes in deferred income taxes of $(63)
million; and amortization of intangible assets of $27 million.

2. The non-cash charges outlined above were partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in $368 million of cash used in
operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2021. Inventory, including the transfer of equipment from inventory to property, plant, and
equipment, increased by $256 million, primarily to address the growth in the business as well as to mitigate risks of disruption that could arise from
trade, supply, or other matters. Refer to further details in the supplemental cash flow information in Note 4 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements. Prepaid expenses and other assets increased by $205 million, primarily due to an increase in net investments in sales-type leases, and
accounts receivable increased $142 million, primarily due to the timing of billings and collections. The unfavorable impact of these items on cash
used in operating activities was partially offset by a $115 million increase in accrued compensation and employee benefits, primarily due to higher
headcount and variable compensation, a $51 million increase in other liabilities, primarily due to additional accruals related to capital expenditures
and timing of income tax payments, a $36 million increase in accounts payable, primarily due to the timing of payments and vendor billings, and a
$33 million increase in deferred revenue, primarily due to the increased volume of sales contracts.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities of $1.48 billion exceeded our net income of $1.07 billion, primarily due

to the following factors:

1. Our net income included non-cash charges of $691 million, consisting primarily of the following significant items: share-based compensation of $395
million; depreciation expense and losses on the disposal of property, plant, and equipment of $226 million; changes in deferred income taxes of $58
million; gains on investments, accretion, and amortization, net, of $55 million; and amortization of intangible assets of $50 million.

2. The non-cash charges outlined above were partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in $273 million of cash used in
operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2020. Inventory, including the transfer of equipment from inventory to property, plant, and
equipment, increased by $170 million, primarily due to the increased number of systems under operating lease and usage-based arrangements and
build-up to mitigate risks of disruption that could arise from trade, supply, or other matters, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. Prepaid expenses and
other assets increased by $112 million, primarily due to an increase in net investments in sales-type leases and an increase in deferred commissions.
Accounts payable decreased by $32 million, primarily due to the timing of payments. Accrued compensation and employee benefits decreased by
$17 million, primarily due to the timing of bonus payments. The unfavorable impact of these items on cash used in operating activities was partially
offset by a $37 million increase in other liabilities, primarily due to additional income tax reserves, and a $15 million increase in deferred revenue,
primarily due to the effects of the Customer Relief Program.

74

 
 
Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021, consisted primarily of purchases of investments (net of proceeds from sales

and maturities of investments) of $2.10 billion and the acquisition of property and equipment of $354 million.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  consisted  of  purchases  of  investments  (net  of  proceeds  from  sales  and
maturities  of  investments)  of  $561  million,  the  acquisition  of  property  and  equipment  of  $342  million,  and  the  Orpheus  Medical  acquisition,  net  of  cash
acquired, of $38 million.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  consisted  of  purchases  of  investments  (net  of  proceeds  from  sales  and
maturities of investments) of $669 million, the acquisition of property and equipment of $426 million, and the acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired,
of $60 million.

We invest predominantly in high quality, fixed income securities. Our investment portfolio may, at any time, contain investments in U.S. treasury and
U.S.  government  agency  securities,  taxable  and  tax-exempt  municipal  notes,  corporate  notes  and  bonds,  commercial  paper,  non-U.S.  government  agency
securities, cash deposits, and money market funds.

Financing Activities

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  consisted  primarily  of  proceeds  from  stock  option  exercises  and
employee stock purchases of $277 million, partially offset by taxes paid on behalf of employees related to net share settlements of vested employee equity
awards of $212 million and the payment of deferred purchase consideration of $22 million.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020, consisted primarily of taxes paid on behalf of employees related to net share
settlements of vested employee equity awards of $175 million, cash used in the repurchase of approximately 0.7 million shares of our common stock in the
open market for $134 million, and the payment of deferred purchase consideration of $85 million, partially offset by proceeds from stock option exercises and
employee stock purchases of $309 million.

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  consisted  primarily  of  cash  used  in  the  repurchase  of  approximately  1.7
million  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  open  market  for  $270  million  and  taxes  paid  on  behalf  of  employees  related  to  net  share  settlements  of  vested
employee equity awards of $159 million, partially offset by proceeds from stock option exercises and employee stock purchases of $273 million.

Capital Expenditures

Our  business  is  not  capital  equipment  intensive.  However,  with  the  growth  of  our  business  and  our  investments  in  property  and  facilities  and  in
manufacturing automation, capital investments in these areas have increased. We expect these capital investments to increase significantly in 2022 to a range
between $700 million and $1 billion. A significant portion of this investment involves construction of facilities to provide incremental space for growth, to
consolidate operations to enhance efficiency, and to replace leased spaces with owned spaces. These capital investments also expand our OUS footprint in
support of opportunities for growth in key international markets. We intend to fund these capital investments with cash generated from operations.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

Operating leases. We lease spaces for operations in the U.S. as well as in Japan, Mexico, China, South Korea, Israel, and other countries. We also lease
automobiles for certain sales and field service employees. These leases have varying terms up to 15 years. Operating lease amounts include future minimum
lease  payments  under  all  of  our  non-cancellable  operating  leases  with  an  initial  term  in  excess  of  one  year.  Refer  to  Note  6  to  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements included in Part II, Item 8 for further details.

Purchase commitments and obligations. Total purchase commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2021 is estimated to be $1.51 billion, of which
$1.41  billion  is  due  within  a  year.  These  amounts  include  an  estimate  of  all  open  purchase  orders  and  contractual  obligations  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business, including commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers for which we have not received the goods or services, commitments for capital
expenditures and construction-related activities for which we have not received the services, and acquisition and licensing of intellectual property. Although
open  purchase  orders  are  considered  enforceable  and  legally  binding,  the  terms  generally  allow  us  the  option  to  cancel,  reschedule,  and  adjust  our
requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. In addition to the above, we have committed to make
potential  future  milestone  payments  to  third  parties  as  part  of  licensing,  collaboration,  and  development  arrangements.  Payments  under  these  agreements
generally become due and payable only upon achievement of certain developmental, regulatory, and/or commercial milestones. For instances in

75

Table of Contents

which  the  achievement  of  these  milestones  is  neither  probable  nor  reasonably  estimable,  such  contingencies  have  not  been  recorded  on  our  Consolidated
Balance Sheets.

2017 Tax Act deemed repatriation tax. As of December 31, 2021, our obligation associated with the deemed repatriation tax is $182 million, of which

$21 million is due within a year. Amounts due are expected to be paid in installments in accordance with the 2017 Tax Act.

We  are  unable  to  make  a  reasonably  reliable  estimate  as  to  when  payments  may  occur  for  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  Therefore,  our  liability  for

unrecognized tax benefits is not included in the table above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  did  not  have  any  significant  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  as  defined  in  Item  303(a)(4)(ii)  of  SEC  Regulation  S-K

promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires us
to  make  judgments,  estimates,  and  assumptions.  See  “Note  2.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  in  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements, which is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” which describes our significant accounting policies and methods
used  in  the  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The  methods,  estimates,  and  judgments  that  we  use  in  applying  our  accounting  policies
require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. Our most
critical accounting estimates include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the valuation and recognition of investments, which impacts our investment portfolio balance when we assess fair value and interest and other
income, net, when we record impairments;

the  standalone  selling  prices  used  to  allocate  the  contract  consideration  to  the  individual  performance  obligations,  which  impacts  revenue
recognition;

the allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, which impacts revenue;

the valuation of inventory, which impacts gross profit margins;

the  valuation  of  and  assessment  of  recoverability  of  intangible  assets  and  their  estimated  useful  lives,  which  primarily  impacts  gross  profit
margin or operating expenses when we record asset impairments or accelerate their amortization;

the valuation and recognition of share-based compensation, which impacts gross profit margin and operating expenses;

the recognition and measurement of current and deferred income taxes (including the measurement of uncertain tax positions), which impact our
provision for taxes; and

the estimate of probable loss associated with legal contingencies, which impacts accrued liabilities and operating expenses.

Investments Valuation

Fair  Value.  Our  investment  portfolio  may,  at  any  time,  contain  investments  in  U.S.  treasuries  and  U.S.  government  agency  securities,  non-U.S.
government  securities,  taxable  and/or  tax-exempt  municipal  notes,  corporate  notes  and  bonds,  commercial  paper,  cash  deposits,  money  market  funds,  and
equity investments with and without readily determinable value. The assessment of the fair value of investments can be difficult and subjective. U.S. GAAP
establishes  three  levels  of  inputs  that  may  be  used  to  measure  fair  value.  Each  level  of  input  has  different  levels  of  subjectivity  and  difficulty  involved  in
determining fair value. Valuation of Level 1 and 2 instruments generally do not require significant management judgment and the estimation is not difficult.
Level  3  instruments  include  unobservable  inputs  that  are  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity  and  that  are  significant  to  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  or
liabilities. The determination of fair value for Level 3 instruments requires the most management judgment and subjectivity. There were no Level 3 securities
for the periods presented.

After determining the fair value of our available-for-sale instruments, we identify instruments with an amortized cost basis in excess of estimated fair
value. Available-for-sale instruments in an unrealized loss position are written down to fair value through a charge to other income, net in the Consolidated
Statements of Income, if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost
basis. For the remaining securities, we assess what amount of the excess, if any, is caused by expected credit losses. Factors considered in determining whether
a credit-related loss exists include the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, the extent of the loss related to credit of the issuer, and the
expected  cash  flows  from  the  security.  These  judgments  could  prove  to  be  wrong,  and  companies  with  relatively  high  credit  ratings  and  solid  financial
conditions may not be able to fulfill their obligations.

76

Table of Contents

No significant impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, net
unrealized  losses  on  investments  of  $16.0  million  and  $29.5  million,  net  of  tax,  respectively,  were  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive
income/(loss).

Revenue  recognition.  Our  system  sale  arrangements  contain  multiple  products  and  services,  including  system(s),  system  components,  system
accessories, instruments, accessories, and service. Other than service, we generally deliver all of the products upfront. Each of these products and services is a
distinct performance obligation. System accessories, instruments, accessories, and service are also sold on a standalone basis.

For multiple-element arrangements, revenue is allocated to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling
prices are based on observable prices at which we separately sell the products or services. If a standalone selling price is not directly observable, then we
estimate the standalone selling prices considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the
products and services, geographies, type of customer, and market conditions. We regularly review standalone selling prices and maintain internal controls over
establishing and updating these estimates.

Our system sales arrangements generally include a five-year period of service. The first year of service is generally free and included in the system sale
arrangement and the remaining four years are billed at a stated service price. Revenue that is allocated to the service obligation is deferred and recognized
ratably over the service period.

Allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts. We record estimated reductions in revenue for potential returns of certain products by customers.
As  a  result,  management  must  make  estimates  of  potential  future  product  returns  related  to  current  period  product  revenue.  In  making  such  estimates,
management analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of our products. If management were to
make different judgments or utilize different estimates, material differences in the amount of reported revenue could result.

Similarly, we make estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable, especially analyzing the aging and nature of accounts receivable and historical
bad  debts,  customer  concentrations,  customer  credit-worthiness,  current  economic  trends,  and  changes  in  customer  payment  terms  when  evaluating  the
adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  Credit  evaluations  are  undertaken  for  all  major  sales  transactions  before  shipment  is  authorized.  On  a
quarterly basis, we evaluate aged items in the accounts receivable aging report and provide an allowance in an amount that we deem adequate for doubtful
accounts. If management were to make different judgments or utilize different estimates, material differences in the amount of reported accounts receivable
and operating expenses could result.

Inventory valuation. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a first-in, first-out basis. The cost basis of our inventory is reduced
for any products that are considered excessive or obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual future demand or
market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required, which could have a material
adverse effect on the results of our operations.

Intangible assets. Our intangible assets include identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets include developed technology,
patents,  distribution  rights,  customer  relationships,  licenses,  and  non-competition  arrangements.  All  of  our  identifiable  intangible  assets  have  finite  lives.
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are subject to an annual impairment review (or more frequent if impairment indicators arise) by applying a
fair value-based test. There have been no such impairments.

Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are subject to impairment testing and are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate
that the carrying value of an asset is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of
these identifiable intangible assets based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such assets. If the cash flow estimates or the significant
operating assumptions upon which they are based change in the future, we may be required to record additional impairment charges.

The valuation and classification of intangible assets and goodwill and the assignment of useful lives for purposes of amortization involves judgments and
the use of estimates. The evaluation of these intangible assets and goodwill for impairment under established accounting guidelines is required on a recurring
basis. Changes in business conditions could potentially require future adjustments to the assumptions made. When we determine that the useful lives of assets
are  shorter  than  we  had  originally  estimated,  we  accelerate  the  rate  of  amortization  over  the  assets’  new,  shorter  useful  lives.  No  impairment  charge  or
accelerated amortization was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing
impairment,  which  includes  financial  forecasts.  If  conditions  are  different  from  management’s  current  estimates,  material  write-downs  of  long-lived  assets
may be required, which would adversely affect our operating results.

Business combinations. We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration, including contingent consideration, to the assets acquired and liabilities

assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the fair

77

Table of Contents

value of the purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest is recorded as goodwill. When
determining  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed,  and  any  noncontrolling  interest,  management  is  required  to  make  certain  estimates  and
assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. The estimates and assumptions used in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, the
amount  and  timing  of  projected  future  cash  flows,  the  discount  rate  used  to  determine  the  present  value  of  these  cash  flows,  and  the  determination  of  the
assets’ life cycle. These estimates are inherently uncertain and, therefore, actual results may differ from the estimates made.

Accounting for stock options. We account for share-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of U.S. GAAP. We use
the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. These assumptions include estimating the length
of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them and the estimated volatility of our common stock price over the expected term.
The assumptions for expected volatility and expected term are the two assumptions that most significantly affect the grant date fair value of stock options.
Changes in expected risk-free rate of return do not significantly impact the calculation of fair value and determining this input is not highly subjective.

We use implied volatility based on traded Intuitive options in the open market, as we believe implied volatility is more reflective of market conditions and
a  better  indicator  of  expected  volatility  than  historical  volatility.  In  determining  the  appropriateness  of  relying  on  implied  volatility,  we  considered  the
following:

•

•

•

the sufficiency of the trading volume of our traded options;

the ability to reasonably match the terms, such as the date of the grant and the exercise price of our traded options to options granted; and

the length of the term of our traded options used to derive implied volatility.

The  expected  term  represents  the  weighted-average  period  that  our  stock  options  are  expected  to  be  outstanding.  The  expected  term  is  based  on  the
observed  and  expected  time  to  exercise.  We  determine  expected  term  based  on  historical  exercise  patterns  and  our  expectation  of  the  time  it  will  take  for
employees to exercise options still outstanding.

Changes  in  these  subjective  assumptions  can  materially  affect  the  estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  and,  consequently,  the  related  amount  of

share-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Accounting  for  income  taxes. Significant  management  judgment  is  required  in  determining  our  provision  for  income  taxes,  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against net deferred tax assets in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These estimates and judgments occur in the
calculation  of  tax  credits,  benefits,  and  deductions  and  in  the  calculation  of  certain  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  which  arise  from  differences  in  the  timing  of
recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Significant
changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in the current or subsequent period.

We  must  assess  the  likelihood  that  we  will  be  able  to  recover  our  deferred  tax  assets.  In  the  event  that  all  or  part  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  are  not
recoverable in the future, we must increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is
more likely than not to be recoverable. In order for our deferred tax assets to be recoverable, we must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in those
jurisdictions  where  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  located.  We  consider  forecasted  income,  including  income  that  may  be  generated  as  a  result  of  certain  tax
planning  strategies,  together  with  future  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  in  determining  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance.  As  of
December 31, 2021, we believe it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets ultimately will be recovered with the exception of our California deferred
tax assets. We believe that, due to the computation of California taxes under the single sales factor, it is more likely than not that our California deferred tax
assets will not be realized. Should there be a change in our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would be affected in the period in which
such change takes place.

The  calculation  of  our  tax  liabilities  involves  dealing  with  uncertainties  in  the  application  of  complex  tax  regulations.  We  recognize  liabilities  for
uncertain  tax  positions  based  on  a  two-step  process.  The  first  step  is  to  evaluate  the  tax  position  for  recognition  by  determining  if  the  weight  of  available
evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if
any. If we determine that a tax position will more likely than not be sustained on audit, then the second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit
as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as
we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We re-evaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based
on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effective settlement of audit issues, and new audit activity. Such
a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

Accounting  for  legal  contingencies.    From  time  to  time,  we  are  involved  in  a  number  of  legal  proceedings  involving  product  liability,  intellectual

property, shareholder derivative actions, securities class actions, insurance, employee-related, and

78

Table of Contents

other matters. We record a liability and related charge to earnings in our Consolidated Financial Statements for legal contingencies when the loss is considered
probable  and  the  amount  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Our  assessment  is  re-evaluated  each  accounting  period  and  is  based  on  all  available  information,
including discussion with any outside legal counsel that represents us. If a reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss cannot be made, but a range of
probable losses can be estimated, the low-end of the range of losses is recognized if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other. If a loss is
reasonably  possible,  but  not  probable,  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated,  the  estimated  loss  or  range  of  loss  is  disclosed  in  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

When determining the estimated probable loss or range of losses, significant judgment is required to be exercised in order to estimate the amount and
timing of the loss to be recorded. Estimates of probable losses resulting from litigation are inherently difficult to make, particularly when the matters are in
early procedural stages with incomplete facts and information. The final outcome of legal proceedings is dependent on many variables difficult to predict and,
therefore, the ultimate cost to entirely resolve such matters may be materially different than the amount of current estimates. Consequently, new information or
changes in judgments and estimates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations or cash flows.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See  “Note  2.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  “Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and
Supplementary Data” for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if
any, on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

79

Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate and Market Risk

The  primary  objective  of  our  investment  activities  is  to  preserve  principal  while  supporting  the  Company’s  liquidity  requirements.  To  achieve  this
objective, we maintain a diversified portfolio of cash equivalents and short- and long-term investments in a variety of high quality securities, including U.S.
treasury and U.S. government agency securities, municipal notes, corporate notes and bonds, commercial paper, non-U.S. government agency securities, cash
deposits, and money market funds. The securities are classified as available-for-sale and consequently are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains or losses
reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. The weighted average duration of our portfolio as of December 31, 2021, was
approximately 1.2 years. If interest rates rise, the market value of our investments may decline, which could result in a realized loss if we are forced to sell an
investment before its scheduled maturity. A hypothetical increase or decrease in interest rate by 25 basis points would have resulted in a decrease or increase
in the fair value of our net investment position of approximately $23 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. We do not utilize derivative financial
instruments to manage our interest rate risks.

Uncertain financial markets could result in a tightening in the credit markets, a reduced level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility
in fixed income and credit markets. The credit ratings of the securities we have invested in could deteriorate and may have an adverse impact on the carrying
value of these investments.

Foreign Exchange Risk

The  majority  of  our  revenue,  expense,  and  capital  purchasing  activities  are  transacted  in  U.S.  dollars.  However,  we  generally  sell  our  products  and
services in local currencies where we have direct distribution channels. We operate in a number of markets on a direct sales basis and incur operating expenses
in local currencies. We also purchase certain product components from non-U.S. suppliers in local currency. As a result, because a portion of our operations
consist  of  sales  activities  outside  of  the  U.S.,  we  have  foreign  exchange  exposures  to  non-U.S.  dollar  revenues,  operating  expenses,  accounts  receivable,
accounts payable, and foreign currency bank balances.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, sales denominated in foreign currencies were approximately 23% of total revenue. The objective of our hedging
program is to mitigate the impact of changes in currency exchange rates on our net cash flow from foreign currency denominated sales and expenses. For the
year ended December 31, 2021, our revenue would have decreased by approximately $25.1 million if the U.S. dollar exchange rate strengthened by 10%. We
also hedge the net recognized non-functional currency balance sheet exposures with foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the risk that our earnings
and cash flows will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates. A 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar exchange rate against all currencies to which
we have exposure, after considering foreign currency hedges and offsetting positions as of December 31, 2021, would have resulted in an approximately $7.6
million increase in the carrying amounts of those net assets. Actual gains and losses in the future may differ materially from the hypothetical gains and losses
discussed above based on changes in the timing and amount of foreign currency exchange rate movements and our actual exposure and hedging transactions.
Bank counterparties to foreign exchange forward contracts expose us to credit-related losses in the event of their nonperformance. To mitigate that risk, we
only  contract  with  counterparties  that  meet  certain  minimum  requirements  under  our  counterparty  risk  assessment  process.  We  monitor  credit  ratings  and
potential  downgrades  on  at  least  a  quarterly  basis.  Based  on  our  ongoing  assessment  of  counterparty  risk,  we  will  adjust  our  exposure  to  various
counterparties.

Although we sell to distributors outside of the U.S. in U.S. dollars, strengthening of the dollar can impact our distributors’ margins and could impact the
end  customers’  ability  to  purchase  our  product  if  our  distributors  seek  to  recover  the  impact  of  the  change  in  the  dollar  by  increasing  product  and  service
prices. Less than 10% of our revenue is conducted through distributors outside the U.S. Strengthening of the dollar relative to non-U.S. currencies could have
an adverse impact on our business.

Our  operations  outside  of  the  U.S.  are  subject  to  risks  typical  of  operations  outside  of  the  U.S.  including,  but  not  limited  to,  differing  economic

conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate volatility.

80

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index To Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm –

PCAOB ID:

238

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021, and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Page No.

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

118

All other schedules have been omitted, because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or

the Notes thereto.

81

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Intuitive Surgical, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Intuitive Surgical, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and
2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively
referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021,
based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway
Commission (COSO).

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of
December  31,  2021  and  2020,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2021  in
conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and
for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial
Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated financial  statements  and  on  the  Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated
or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements
and  (ii)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Determination of Standalone Selling Prices Related to System Sale Arrangements

As described in Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognized $1,693.4 million of systems revenue, during the year ended
December  31,  2021.  The  Company’s  system  sale  arrangements  include  a  combination  of  the  following  performance  obligations:  system(s);  system
components; system accessories; instruments; accessories; and system service. For multiple-element arrangements, revenue is allocated to each performance
obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling prices are based on observable prices at which the Company separately sells the
products  or  services.  If  a  standalone  selling  price  is  not  directly  observable,  then  management  estimates  the  standalone  selling  price  considering  market
conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the products and services, geographies, and type of customer.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the determination of standalone selling prices related to system sale
arrangements is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management when determining estimates of standalone selling prices, which in turn led
to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the estimates of standalone
selling prices used to allocate the transaction price of an arrangement to each distinct performance obligation.

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming  our  overall  opinion  on  the  consolidated
financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of  controls  over  the  revenue  recognition  process,  including  controls  over  the
determination of the estimates of standalone selling prices. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for determining
the  estimates  of  standalone  selling  prices;  (ii)  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  the  overall  methodology  used  by  management  to  develop  the  estimates,

including the appropriateness of the data inputs related to the products and services, geographies, and type of customer used in the methodology; (iii) testing
the completeness and accuracy of the data used in the methodology; and (iv) testing the accuracy of management’s calculations of estimated selling prices.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
February 3, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

82

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PAR VALUE AMOUNTS)

Table of Contents

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $20.2 and $17.7 as of December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively
Inventory
Prepaids and other current assets

Total current assets
Property, plant, and equipment, net
Long-term investments
Deferred tax assets
Intangible and other assets, net
Goodwill

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and employee benefits
Deferred revenue
Other accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, 2.5 shares authorized, $0.001 par value, issuable in series; no shares issued and outstanding as
of December 31, 2021, and 2020
Common stock, 600.0 shares authorized, $0.001 par value, 357.7 shares and 353.1 shares issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Total Intuitive Surgical, Inc. stockholders’ equity

Noncontrolling interest in joint venture

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

$

$

1,290.9  $
2,913.1 
782.7 
587.1 
271.1 
5,844.9 
1,876.4 
4,415.5 
441.4 
633.2 
343.6 
13,555.0  $

121.2  $
350.1 
377.2 
301.3 
1,149.8 
453.7 
1,603.5 

— 

0.4 
7,164.0 
4,760.9 
(24.2)
11,901.1 
50.4 
11,951.5 
13,555.0  $

1,622.6 
3,488.8 
645.5 
601.5 
267.5 
6,625.9 
1,577.3 
1,757.7 
367.7 
503.6 
336.7 
11,168.9 

81.6 
235.0 
350.3 
298.3 
965.2 
444.6 
1,409.8 

— 

0.4 
6,444.9 
3,261.3 
24.9 
9,731.5 
27.6 
9,759.1 
11,168.9 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

83

  
  
Table of Contents

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

Revenue:
Product
Service

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:

Product
Service

Total cost of revenue

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development

Total operating expenses

Income from operations
Interest and other income, net
Income before taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest in joint venture

Net income attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc.

Net income per share attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc.:

Basic
Diluted

Shares used in computing net income per share attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc.:

Basic
Diluted

Total comprehensive income attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc.

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$

$

$

$

$

4,793.9  $
916.2 
5,710.1 

1,464.1 
287.5 
1,751.6 
3,958.5 

1,466.5 
671.0 
2,137.5 
1,821.0 
69.3 
1,890.3 
162.2 
1,728.1 
23.5 
1,704.6  $

4.79  $

4.66  $

356.1 

365.8 

3,634.6  $
723.8 
4,358.4 

1,230.3 
266.9 
1,497.2 
2,861.2 

1,216.3 
595.1 
1,811.4 
1,049.8 
157.2 
1,207.0 
140.2 
1,066.8 
6.2 
1,060.6  $

3.02  $

2.94  $

351.1 

361.0 

1,655.5  $

1,073.1  $

3,754.3 
724.2 
4,478.5 

1,119.1 
249.2 
1,368.3 
3,110.2 

1,178.4 
557.3 
1,735.7 
1,374.5 
127.7 
1,502.2 
120.4 
1,381.8 
2.5 
1,379.3 

3.98 

3.85 

346.2 

358.4 

1,405.0 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

84

 
  
Table of Contents

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(IN MILLIONS)

Net income attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc.
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Change in foreign currency translation gains (losses)
Available-for-sale investments (net of tax):
Change in unrealized gains (losses)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses on investments
Net change

Derivative instruments (net of tax):

Change in unrealized gains (losses)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses on derivative instruments
Net change

Employee benefit plans (net of tax):

Change in unrealized gains (losses)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for losses on employee benefit plans
Net change

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Total comprehensive income attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc.

$

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$

1,704.6  $

1,060.6  $

1,379.3 

(12.6)

(45.5)
— 
(45.5)

12.3 
(4.9)
7.4 

4.7 

13.8 
(4.7)
9.1 

(0.8)
(2.8)
(3.6)

0.1 
1.5 
1.6 
(49.1)
1,655.5  $

1.0 
1.3 
2.3 
12.5 
1,073.1  $

0.3 

30.7 
(0.5)
30.2 

5.8 
(5.3)
0.5 

(5.9)
0.6 
(5.3)
25.7 
1,405.0 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

85

  
  
Table of Contents

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(IN MILIONS)

Balances as of December 31, 2018
Issuance of common stock through employee

stock plans

Shares withheld related to net share
settlement of equity awards

Share-based compensation expense related

to employee stock plans

Repurchase and retirement of common stock
Net income attributable to Intuitive Surgical,

Inc.

Other comprehensive income (loss)
Capital contribution from noncontrolling

interest

Net income attributable to noncontrolling

interest in joint venture

Balances as of December 31, 2019
Adoption of new accounting standard

(1)

Issuance of common stock through employee

stock plans

Shares withheld related to net share
settlement of equity awards

Share-based compensation expense related

to employee stock plans

Repurchase and retirement of common stock
Net income attributable to Intuitive Surgical,

Inc.

Other comprehensive income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling

interest in joint venture

Balances as of December 31, 2020
Issuance of common stock through employee

stock plans

Shares withheld related to net share
settlement of equity awards

Share-based compensation expense related

to employee stock plans

Net income attributable to Intuitive Surgical,

Inc.

Other comprehensive income (loss)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling

interest in joint venture

Common Stock

Shares
343.4 

Amount
0.3 

$

Additional
Paid-In
Capital
5,170.1 

$

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss)/Income

$

1,521.7 

$

(13.3)

$

Total Intuitive
Surgical, Inc.
Stockholders’
Equity
6,678.8 

Noncontrolling
Interest
in 
Joint
Venture

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

$

8.7 

$

6,687.5 

7.1 

(0.9)

(1.7)

272.8 

(7.6)

335.8 
(14.5)

(151.5)

(255.0)

1,379.3 

25.7 

347.9 

$

0.3 

$

5,756.6 

$

2,494.5 

$

12.4 

$

0.1 

6.8 

(0.9)

(0.7)

308.7 

(7.9)

395.4 
(7.9)

(0.1)

(167.3)

(126.4)

1,060.6 

12.5 

353.1 

$

0.4 

$

6,444.9 

$

3,261.3 

$

24.9 

$

5.4 

(0.8)

276.5 

(6.6)

449.2 

(205.0)

1,704.6 

(49.1)

272.8 

(159.1)

335.8 
(269.5)

1,379.3 
25.7 

— 

— 
8,263.8 

$

(0.1)

308.8 

(175.2)

395.4 
(134.3)

1,060.6 
12.5 

— 
9,731.5 

276.5 

(211.6)

449.2 

1,704.6 
(49.1)

$

— 
11,901.1 

$

272.8 

(159.1)

335.8 
(269.5)

1,379.3 
25.4 

10.0 

2.5 
8,284.7 

(0.1)

308.8 

(175.2)

395.4 
(134.3)

1,060.6 
13.0 

6.2 
9,759.1 

276.5 

(211.6)

449.2 

1,704.6 
(49.8)

$

$

23.5 
11,951.5 

$

(0.3)

10.0 

2.5 
20.9 

0.5 

6.2 
27.6 

(0.7)

23.5 
50.4 

Balances as of December 31, 2021

357.7 

$

0.4 

$

7,164.0 

$

4,760.9 

$

(24.2)

$

(1) Represents the adjustment related to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

86

Table of Contents

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN MILLIONS)

Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and loss on disposal of property, plant, and equipment, net
Amortization of intangible assets
Loss (gain) on investments, accretion of discounts, and amortization of premiums on
investments, net
Deferred income taxes
Share-based compensation expense
Amortization of contract acquisition assets
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaids and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and employee benefits
Deferred revenue
Other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities:
Purchase of investments
Proceeds from sales of investments
Proceeds from maturities of investments
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment and intellectual property
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock relating to employee stock plans
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards
Repurchase of common stock
Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest
Payment of deferred purchase consideration
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of year

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$

1,728.1  $

1,066.8  $

1,381.8 

282.8 
27.4 

10.6 
(62.6)
449.2 
22.0 

(142.3)
(256.0)
(204.9)
36.0 
115.1 
32.6 
51.4 
2,089.4 

(6,452.0)
84.9 
4,267.8 
(353.5)
(8.7)
(2,461.5)

276.5 
(211.6)
— 
— 
(21.9)
43.0 
(3.4)
(332.5)
1,638.5 
1,306.0  $

226.4 
49.8 

(55.1)
57.6 
395.4 
17.1 

5.7 
(170.1)
(111.8)
(32.3)
(16.6)
15.0 
36.9 
1,484.8 

(4,292.9)
800.7 
2,930.8 
(341.5)
(37.7)
(940.6)

308.8 
(175.2)
(134.3)
— 
(85.0)
(85.7)
(2.6)
455.9 
1,182.6 
1,638.5  $

160.0 
43.0 

(6.0)
(8.0)
335.8 
13.1

38.8 
(360.5)
(116.9)
12.3 
57.4 
35.5 
11.9 
1,598.2 

(3,346.2)
107.3 
2,569.8 
(425.6)
(59.7)
(1,154.4)

272.8 
(159.1)
(269.5)
10.0 
(22.6)
(168.4)
(2.2)
273.2 
909.4 
1,182.6 

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

87

  
  
Table of Contents

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.    DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.  (“Intuitive”  or  the  “Company”)  develops,  manufactures,  and  markets  the  da  Vinci   Surgical  System  and  the  Ion   endoluminal
system. The Company’s products and related services enable physicians and healthcare providers to improve the quality of and access to minimally invasive
care. The systems consist of a surgeon console or consoles, a patient-side cart, a high-performance vision system, and proprietary instruments and accessories.

®

®

NOTE 2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (“U.S.
GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the results and balances of the Company’s majority-owned joint venture (“Joint Venture”) with Shanghai
Fosun Pharmaceutical (Group) Co., Ltd. (“Fosun Pharma”). Chindex Medical Limited (“Chindex”), a subsidiary of Fosun Pharma, has been its distribution
partner  for  da  Vinci  Surgical  Systems  in  China.  The  Company  holds  a  controlling  financial  interest  in  the  Joint  Venture,  and  the  noncontrolling  interest  is
reflected as a separate component of the consolidated stockholders’ equity. The noncontrolling interest’s share of the earnings in the Joint Venture is presented
separately in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

Common Stock Split

Shares issued pursuant to the three-for-one stock split (the "Stock Split") of the Company's issued and outstanding common stock, par value $0.001 per
share,  were  distributed  on  October  4,  2021,  to  stockholders  of  record  as  of  September  27,  2021.  All  share  and  per-share  information  presented  in  the
Consolidated Financial Statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Stock Split.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The accounting estimates that require
management’s  most  significant,  complex,  and  subjective  judgments  include  the  valuation  and  recognition  of  investments,  revenue  recognition  and  the
valuation of revenue and allowances for sales returns and doubtful accounts, the valuation of inventory, the valuation of and assessment of recoverability of
intangible assets and their estimated useful lives, the valuation and recognition of share-based compensation, the recognition and measurement of current and
deferred income tax assets, along with the assessment of recoverability, and liabilities, and the estimates for legal contingencies. Actual results could differ
materially from these estimates.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

The  carrying  amounts  for  financial  instruments  consisting  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  and  accrued  liabilities
approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Marketable securities and derivative instruments are stated at their estimated fair values, based on quoted
market  prices  for  the  same  or  similar  instruments.  The  counterparties  to  the  agreements  relating  to  the  Company’s  investment  securities  and  derivative
instruments consist of various major corporations, financial institutions, municipalities, and government agencies of high credit standing.

The  Company’s  accounts  receivable  are  primarily  derived  from  billings  related  to  revenue  arrangements  with  customers  and  distributors  located
throughout the world. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers.
The Company provides reserves for potential credit losses but has not experienced significant losses to date. As of both December 31, 2021, and 2020, 67% of
accounts receivable were from domestic customers.

During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, domestic revenue accounted for 67%, 68%, and 70% of total revenue, respectively, while

outside of the U.S. revenue accounted for 33%, 32%, and 30%, respectively, of total revenue for each of the years then ended.

The Company is subject to additional risks and uncertainties due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The extent of the impact on the Company’s business is
highly uncertain and difficult to predict. In certain regions, the Company’s customers continue to divert resources to treat COVID-19 patients and defer some
elective surgical procedures, both of which may impact the Company’s customers’ ability to meet their obligations, including to the Company. Furthermore,
economies worldwide have been negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and it is possible that the impact could cause an extended local and/or
global economic recession. Such economic disruption could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business as

88

Table of Contents

hospitals curtail and reduce capital and overall spending. Policymakers around the globe have responded with fiscal policy actions to support the healthcare
industry and their economies. However, the magnitude and overall effectiveness of these actions remains uncertain.

The severity of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the
duration  and  severity  of  the  pandemic  and  the  extent  and  severity  of  the  impact  on  the  Company’s  customers,  all  of  which  are  uncertain  and  cannot  be
predicted. The Company’s future results of operations and liquidity could be materially adversely affected by delays in payments of outstanding receivables,
supply chain disruptions, including shortages and inflationary pressure, uncertain or reduced demand, and the impact of any initiatives or programs that the
Company may undertake to address financial and operational challenges faced by its customers.

In particular, the Company has experienced increased difficulties in obtaining a sufficient supply of component materials used in its products, including
those in the semiconductor market, as global supply has become significantly constrained due to increased demand in semiconductors and other materials.
Additionally,  prices  of  such  materials  have  increased  due  to  the  increased  demand  and  supply  shortage.  The  Company  is  engaged  in  activities  to  seek  to
mitigate supply disruptions by, for example, increasing its communications with its suppliers and modifying its purchase order coverage and inventory levels.

However, the global supply chain shortages, including those in the semiconductor market, are likely to remain a challenge for the foreseeable future. The
Company has also experienced challenges in logistics, as certain shipping routes have been impacted by port closures. Such global shortages in important
components  and  logistics  challenges  have  resulted  in,  and  will  continue  to  cause,  inflationary  cost  pressure  in  the  Company’s  supply  chain.  To  date,  these
challenges have not materially impacted the Company’s results of operations or ability to deliver product and services to its customers. However, if shortages
in important supply chain materials in the semiconductor or other markets continue, the Company could fail to meet product demand, which would adversely
impact its business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Increased labor shortages globally, including staff burnout and attrition, could also impact the Company’s ability to hire and retain personnel critical to its
manufacturing, logistics, and commercial operations. The Company is also highly dependent on the principal members of its management and scientific staff.
Attracting and retaining qualified personnel is critical to its success, and competition for them has become more intense. The loss of critical members of the
Company’s team, or its inability to attract and retain qualified personnel, could significantly harm its operations, business, and ability to compete. In addition,
hospitals are also experiencing staffing shortages and supply chain issues that could impact their ability to provide patient care. As of the date of issuance of
these  Financial  Statements,  the  extent  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  may  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  financial  condition,  liquidity,  or
results of operations is uncertain.

Customer Relief Program

During  the  second  quarter  of  2020,  the  Company  introduced  a  series  of  programs  to  provide  financial  relief  to  customers  (the  “Customer  Relief
Program”). As part of the Customer Relief Program, the Company provided its customers service fee credits, extended payment terms, and deferred payments
related to Intuitive System Leasing arrangements. The Customer Relief Program ended at the end of the third quarter of 2020. There was no similar customer
relief program offered in 2021.

Service  fee  credits.  As  part  of  the  Customer  Relief  Program,  the  Company  provided  service  fee  credits  to  customers  based  on  the  reduction  in  the
utilization of their systems during the second and third quarters of 2020 relative to a pre-COVID-19 level baseline. The Company reflected the service fee
credits as a reduction of service revenue and accounts receivable in the quarter they were earned by its customers. The service fee credit program resulted in
an $80 million decrease in service revenue in 2020.

Short-term payment relief. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company introduced a payment deferral program to provide financial relief to

qualified customers. This relief extended payment terms up to 180 days for qualified and creditworthy customers.

The Company also introduced a lease payment deferral program in which creditworthy customers with active Intuitive system leasing arrangements could
elect to defer lease payments up to five months that are payable at the end of the lease by extending the lease term. This program did not result in substantial
increases  in  the  rights  of  the  lessor  or  the  obligations  of  the  lessee,  and  the  Company  elected  to  apply  the  relief  provided  by  the  Financial  Accounting
Standards Board (“FASB”) FAQ on accounting for COVID-19 and market volatility by not applying the lease modification guidance in ASC 842 to the lease
arrangements affected by the deferrals and lease extensions.

For operating lease arrangements where the lease term was extended by adding the deferred period to the end of the contract, the Company recalculated
the straight-line revenue based on the revised terms, consistent with the treatment accepted by the FASB FAQ on accounting for COVID-19. For its sales-type
lease  arrangements  impacted,  the  Company  accounted  for  the  deferral  in  the  timing  of  lease  payments  as  if  there  were  no  changes  in  the  lease  contract,
consistent with the treatment accepted by the FASB FAQ on accounting for COVID-19. While the short-term payment relief offered did not have a material
impact on the results of operations, the Company deferred $15 million of lease billings and extended payment terms associated

89

Table of Contents

with  $181  million  of  billings  during  the  program,  of  which  $19  million  remained  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2020.  All  of  the  trade  receivables  with
extended payment terms have been collected as of December 31, 2021.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity from date of purchase of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  $17.9  million  of  restricted  cash  associated  with  its  insurance  programs.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  the
Company had $18.0 million of restricted cash associated with its insurance programs. Restricted cash was included in prepaids and other current assets and
intangible and other assets, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Investments

Available-for-sale investments. The Company’s investments may consist of U.S. treasury and U.S. government agency securities, taxable and tax-exempt
municipal  notes,  corporate  notes  and  bonds,  commercial  paper,  non-U.S.  government  agency  securities,  and  money  market  funds.  The  Company  has
designated  all  investments  as  available-for-sale  and,  therefore,  such  investments  are  reported  at  fair  value,  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses  recorded  in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). For securities sold prior to maturity, the cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
Realized gains and losses on the sale of investments are recorded in interest and other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Investments with
remaining maturities at date of purchase greater than 90 days and remaining maturities as of the reporting period less than one year are classified as short-term
investments. Investments with remaining maturities greater than one year are classified as long-term investments.

All of the Company’s investments are subject to a periodic impairment review. Available-for-sale investments in an unrealized loss position are written
down to fair value through a charge to other income, net, if the Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not the Company will be required
to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. The Company evaluates the remaining securities to determine what amount of the excess, if any,
is  caused  by  expected  credit  losses.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  a  credit-related  loss  exists  include  the  financial  condition  and  near-term
prospects  of  the  investee,  the  extent  of  the  loss  related  to  credit  of  the  issuer,  and  the  expected  cash  flows  from  the  security.  No  significant  charges  were
recorded during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

Equity investments. The Company holds equity investments with readily determinable fair values and equity investments without readily determinable fair
values.  The  Company  generally  recognizes  equity  investments  that  do  not  have  readily  determinable  fair  values  at  cost  minus  impairment,  if  any,  plus  or
minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures the fair value of money market funds, certain U.S. treasury securities, and equity investments with readily determinable value
based  on  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  as  Level  1  securities.  Marketable  securities  measured  at  fair  value  using  Level  2  inputs  are
primarily  comprised  of  commercial  paper,  corporate  notes  and  bonds,  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  government  agencies,  municipal  notes,  and  equity  investments
without  readily  determinable  value.  The  Company  reviews  trading  activity  and  pricing  for  these  investments  as  of  the  measurement  date.  When  sufficient
quoted pricing for identical securities is not available, the Company uses market pricing and other observable market inputs for similar securities obtained
from various third-party data providers. These inputs either represent quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or have been derived from observable
market data. This approach results in the Level 2 classification of these securities within the fair value hierarchy.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventory costs include direct materials, direct labor, and normal
manufacturing  overhead.  The  cost  basis  of  the  Company’s  inventory  is  reduced  for  any  products  that  are  considered  excessive  or  obsolete  based  upon
assumptions  about  future  demand  and  market  conditions.  Additionally,  the  cost  basis  of  the  Company’s  inventory  does  not  include  any  unallocated  fixed
overhead costs associated with abnormally low utilization of its factories.

90

Table of Contents

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated

useful lives of the assets, generally, as follows:

Building
Building improvements
Leasehold improvements
Equipment and furniture
Operating lease assets
Computer and office equipment
Enterprise-wide software
Purchased software

Useful Lives
Up to 30 years
Up to 15 years
Lesser of useful life or term of lease
5 years
Greater of lease term or 1 to 5 years
3 years
5 years
Lesser of 3 years or life of license

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, was $280 million, $221 million, and $157 million, respectively.

Capitalized Software Costs for Internal Use

The Company capitalizes direct costs associated with developing or obtaining internal use software, including enterprise-wide business software, that are
incurred during the application development stage. These capitalized costs are recorded as capitalized software within property, plant, and equipment. Costs
related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Once the software is ready for its intended use, amounts
capitalized are amortized over an estimated useful life of up to 5 years, generally on a straight-line basis.

Implementation Costs in a Cloud Computing Arrangement

The  Company  capitalizes  qualified  implementation  costs  incurred  in  a  hosting  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract  for  which  it  is  the  customer  in
accordance with the requirements for capitalizing costs incurred to develop internal-use software. These capitalized implementation costs are recorded within
intangible and other assets, net, and are generally amortized over the fixed, non-cancellable term of the associated hosting arrangement on a straight-line basis.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. This standard requires the acquiring entity in a
business combination to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree using acquisition-date fair values.
Certain  provisions  of  this  standard  prescribe,  among  other  things,  the  determination  of  acquisition-date  fair  value  of  consideration  paid  in  a  business
combination,  including  contingent  consideration.  The  excess  of  the  acquisition-date  fair  value  of  consideration  paid  over  the  fair  values  of  the  identifiable
assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.
The Company includes the results of operations of the businesses that are acquired as of the acquisition date.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter, or if
circumstances indicate their value may no longer be recoverable. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable
assets and liabilities. The Company continues to operate in one segment, which is considered to be the sole reporting unit and, therefore, goodwill was tested
for impairment at the enterprise level.

Intangible assets are carried at cost, net of accumulated amortization. The Company does not have intangible assets with indefinite useful lives other than

goodwill. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis over the intangible assets’ useful lives, which range from approximately 2 to 9 years.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

The  Company  evaluates  long-lived  assets,  which  include  finite-lived  intangible  and  tangible  assets,  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparing the net book value to the
future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. The Company recognizes an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the net book value
exceeds its fair value. No material impairment losses were incurred in the periods presented.

91

 
Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue consists of product revenue, resulting from the sale of systems, system components, and instruments and accessories, and service
revenue. The Company accounts for a contract with a customer when there is a legally enforceable contract between the Company and its customer, the rights
of the parties are identified, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of the contract consideration is probable. The Company’s revenues are
measured  based  on  the  consideration  specified  in  the  contract  with  each  customer,  net  of  any  sales  incentives  and  taxes  collected  from  customers  that  are
remitted to government authorities.

The Company’s system sale arrangements generally contain multiple products and services. For these bundled sale arrangements, the Company accounts
for individual products and services as separate performance obligations if they are a distinct product or service that is separately identifiable from other items
in bundled packages and if a customer can benefit from the product or service on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer. The
Company’s  system  sale  arrangements  include  a  combination  of  the  following  performance  obligations:  system(s);  system  components;  system  accessories;
instruments;  accessories;  and  system  service.  The  Company’s  system  sale  arrangements  generally  include  a  five-year  period  of  service.  The  first  year  of
service  is  generally  free  and  included  in  the  system  sale  arrangement,  and  the  remaining  four  years  are  generally  included  at  a  stated  service  price.  The
Company  considers  the  service  terms  in  the  arrangements  that  are  legally  enforceable  to  be  performance  obligations.  Other  than  service,  the  Company
generally satisfies all of the performance obligations at a point in time. System components, system accessories, instruments, accessories, and service are also
sold on a stand-alone basis.

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  as  the  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  by  transferring  control  of  the  product  or  service  to  a  customer.  The

Company generally recognizes revenue for the performance obligations in the following manner:

System sales. For  systems  (including  system  components  and  system  accessories)  sold  directly  to  end  customers,  revenue  is  recognized  when  the
Company transfers control to the customer, which is generally at the point when acceptance occurs that indicates customer acknowledgment of delivery or
installation, depending on the terms of the arrangement. For systems sold through distributors, revenue is recognized generally at the time of shipment.
The  Company’s  system  arrangements  generally  do  not  provide  a  right  of  return.  The  systems  are  generally  covered  by  a  one-year warranty. Warranty
costs were not material for the periods presented.

Instruments and accessories. Revenue from sales of instruments and accessories is recognized when control is transferred to the customers, which
generally occurs at the time of shipment but also could occur at the time of delivery, depending on the customer arrangement. The Company generally
allows its customers in the normal course of business to return unused products for a limited period of time subsequent to the initial purchase and records
an allowance against revenue for estimated returns.

Service. Service revenue is recognized over the term of the service period, as the customer benefits from the services throughout the service period.

Revenue related to services performed on a time-and-materials basis is recognized when performed.

The Company offers its customers the opportunity to trade in their older systems for a credit towards the purchase of a newer generation system. The
Company generally does not provide specified price trade-in rights or upgrade rights at the time of system purchase. Such trade-in or upgrade transactions are
separately negotiated based on the circumstances at the time of the trade-in or upgrade, based on the then-fair value of the system, and are generally not based
on  any  pre-existing  rights  granted  by  the  Company.  Accordingly,  such  trade-ins  and  upgrades  are  not  considered  separate  performance  obligations  in  the
arrangement for a system sale. Traded-in systems can be reconditioned and resold. The Company accounts for the fair value of the traded-in system in the total
consideration in the arrangement by including the net realizable value of the traded-in system less a normal profit margin. The value of the traded-in system is
determined as the amount, after reconditioning costs are added, that will allow a normal profit margin on the sale of the reconditioned unit to be generated.
When there is no market for the traded-in units, no value is assigned. The assigned value of the traded-in units is reported as a component of inventory until
resold or otherwise disposed.

In addition, customers may also have the opportunity to upgrade their systems at a price determined at the time of the upgrade, for example, by adding a
second surgeon console for use with the da Vinci Surgical System. Such upgrades are performed by completing component level upgrades at the customer’s
site. Upgrade revenue is recognized when the component level upgrades are complete and all revenue recognition criteria are met.

For multiple-element arrangements, revenue is allocated to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling
prices are based on observable prices at which the Company separately sells the products or services. If a standalone selling price is not directly observable,
then the Company estimates the standalone selling price considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and
functionality of the products

92

Table of Contents

and services, geographies, and type of customer. The Company regularly reviews standalone selling prices and updates these estimates, as necessary.

Assets Recognized from the Costs to Obtain a Contract with a Customer

The  Company  has  determined  that  certain  sales  incentives  provided  to  the  Company’s  sales  team  are  required  to  be  capitalized  when  the  Company
expects  to  generate  future  economic  benefits  from  the  related  revenue-generating  contracts  subsequent  to  the  initial  system  sales  transaction.  When
determining  the  economic  life  of  the  contract  acquisition  assets  recognized,  the  Company  considers  historical  service  renewal  rates,  expectations  of  future
customer renewals of service contracts, and other factors that could impact the economic benefits that the Company expects to generate from the relationship
with its customers. The costs capitalized as contract acquisition costs included in intangible and other assets, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were
$71.8  million  and  $53.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2021,  and  2020,  respectively.  The  Company  did  not  incur  any  impairment  losses  during  the  periods
presented.

Intuitive System Leasing

The  Company  enters  into  lease  arrangements  with  certain  qualified  customers.  Leases  have  terms  that  generally  range  from  24  to  84  months  and  are
usually  collateralized  by  a  security  interest  in  the  underlying  assets.  The  Company  also  leases  systems  to  certain  qualified  customers  under  usage-based
arrangements  that  have  terms  up  to  84  months.  For  these  usage-based  lease  arrangements,  the  lease  fee  is  generally  billed  monthly  in  arrears  based  on  a
contractual per-use fee, and usage is generally defined as the number of procedures performed with the system.

Revenue  related  to  multiple-element  arrangements  are  allocated  to  lease  and  non-lease  elements  based  on  their  relative  standalone  selling  prices  as
prescribed by the Company’s revenue recognition policy. Lease elements generally include a system or system component, while non-lease elements generally
include service. For some lease arrangements, customers are provided with the right to purchase the leased system at some point during and/or at the end of
the lease term. Except for certain usage-based lease arrangements, lease arrangements generally do not provide rights for the customers to exit or terminate the
lease without incurring a penalty. Certain lease arrangements may also include upgrade rights that allow customers to upgrade the leased system to newer
technology at some point during the lease term. Generally, these upgrade rights do not specify the terms, including the price or structure of the future upgrade
transactions, as those terms are negotiated based on the circumstances at the time of the upgrade, including the then-fair value of the system as well as other
factors.

In  determining  whether  a  transaction  should  be  classified  as  a  sales-type  or  operating  lease,  the  Company  considers  the  following  terms  at  lease
commencement: (1) whether title of the system transfers automatically or for a nominal fee by the end of the lease term; (2) whether the present value of the
minimum  lease  payments  equals  or  exceeds  substantially  all  of  the  fair  value  of  the  leased  system;  (3)  whether  the  lease  term  is  for  the  major  part  of  the
remaining economic life of the leased system; (4) whether the lease grants the lessee an option to purchase the leased system that the lessee is reasonably
certain to exercise; and (5) whether the underlying system is of such a specialized nature that it is expected to have no alternative use to the Company at the
end of the lease term.

The Company generally recognizes revenue from sales-type lease arrangements at the time the system is accepted by the customer, assuming all other
revenue recognition criteria have been met. Revenue related to lease elements from sales-type leases is presented as product revenue. Revenue related to lease
elements from operating lease arrangements is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is presented as product revenue. Revenue
related to lease elements from usage-based arrangements is recognized as the customers utilize the systems and is presented as product revenue.

Other Leasing Arrangements

The  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  contains  a  lease  at  inception.  For  arrangements  where  the  Company  is  the  lessee,  operating  leases  are
included in intangible and other assets, net, other accrued liabilities, and other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31,
2021. The Company currently does not have any finance leases.

Operating  lease  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  operating  leases  liabilities  are  recognized  based  on  the  present  value  of  the  future  minimum  lease
payments over the lease term at the commencement date. ROU assets also include any initial direct costs incurred and any lease payments made at or before
the  lease  commencement  date,  less  lease  incentives  received.  The  Company  uses  its  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the  information  available  at  the
commencement  date  in  determining  the  lease  liabilities,  as  the  Company  does  not  have  insight  to  the  inputs  necessary  to  calculate  the  implicit  rate  of  the
leases.  Lease  terms  may  include  options  to  extend  or  terminate  when  the  Company  is  reasonably  certain  the  option  will  be  exercised.  Lease  expense  is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company also has lease arrangements with lease and non-lease components. The Company elected the practical expedient not to separate non-lease
components  from  lease  components  for  the  Company’s  real  estate  and  automobile  leases.  Additionally,  the  Company  applied  a  portfolio  approach  to
effectively account for the operating lease ROU assets and lease

93

Table of Contents

liabilities for the Company’s automobile leases. The Company also elected to apply the short-term lease measurement and recognition exemption in which
ROU assets and lease liabilities are not recognized for leases with terms of 12 months or less.

Credit Losses

Trade accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. The
Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, and
current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. For the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, bad debt expense was not material.

Net investment in sales-type leases. The Company enters into sales-type leases with certain qualified customers to purchase its systems. Sales-type leases
have terms that generally range from 24 to 84 months and are usually collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. The allowance for loan loss
is based on the Company’s assessment of the current expected lifetime loss on lease receivables. The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering
factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the lease receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability
to pay. Lease receivables are considered past due 90 days after invoice.

The Company manages the credit risk of the net investment in sales-type leases using a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
size of operations; profitability, liquidity, and debt ratios; payment history; and past due amounts. The Company also uses credit scores obtained from external
providers as a key indicator for the purposes of determining credit quality. The following table summarizes the amortized cost basis by year of origination and
by credit quality for the net investment in sales-type leases as of December 31, 2021 (in millions):

Credit Rating:

High
Moderate
Low

Total

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Prior

Net Investment

$

$

101.7  $
109.3 
8.1 
219.1  $

51.0  $
62.6 
1.6 
115.2  $

18.8  $
18.8 
1.3 
38.9  $

7.0  $
7.0 
0.1 
14.1  $

1.7  $
2.8 
— 
4.5  $

—  $
0.6 
0.2 
0.8  $

180.2 
201.1 
11.3 
392.6 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, credit losses related to the net investment in sales-type leases were not material.

The Company’s exposure to credit losses may increase if its customers are adversely affected by changes in healthcare laws, procedure coverage, and
reimbursement,  economic  pressures  or  uncertainty  associated  with  local  or  global  economic  recessions,  disruption  associated  with  the  current  COVID-19
pandemic, or other customer-specific factors. Although the Company has historically not experienced significant credit losses, it is possible that there could be
a  material  adverse  impact  from  potential  adjustments  of  the  carrying  amount  of  trade  and  lease  receivables  as  hospital  cash  flows  are  impacted  by  their
response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Available-for-sale debt securities. The Company’s investment portfolio at any point in time contains investments in U.S. treasury and U.S. government
agency  securities,  taxable  and  tax-exempt  municipal  notes,  corporate  notes  and  bonds,  commercial  paper,  non-U.S.  government  agency  securities,  cash
deposits, and money market funds. The Company segments its portfolio based on the underlying risk profiles of the securities and have a zero loss expectation
for U.S. treasury and U.S. government agency securities. The Company regularly reviews the securities in an unrealized loss position and evaluates the current
expected credit loss by considering factors such as historical experience, market data, issuer-specific factors, and current economic conditions. For the years
ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities were not material.

Allowance for Sales Returns

The  allowance  for  sales  returns  is  based  on  the  Company’s  estimates  of  potential  future  returns  of  certain  products  related  to  current  period  product

revenue. The Company analyzes historical returns, current economic trends, and changes in customer demand and acceptance of the Company’s products.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based employee compensation plans using the fair value recognition and measurement provisions under U.S. GAAP.
The Company’s share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense on a straight-
line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period.  The  Company  estimates  expected  forfeitures  at  the  time  of  grant  and  revises  the  estimate,  if  necessary,  in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimated. The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of

94

Table of Contents

stock options granted and utilizes the following inputs: (1) closing quoted price of our common stock on the date of grant; (2) expected term; (3) expected
volatility; and (4) risk-free interest rate.

Expected Term: The expected term represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to be outstanding prior to being exercised.
The Company determines expected term based on historical exercise patterns and its expectation of the time that it will take for employees to exercise options
still outstanding.

Expected Volatility: The Company uses market-based implied volatility for purposes of valuing stock options granted. Market-based implied volatility is
derived based on actively traded options with expirations greater than one year on the Company’s common stock. The extent to which the Company relies on
market-based volatility when valuing options depends, among other things, on the availability of traded options on the Company’s stock and the term of such
options.  Due  to  sufficient  volume  of  the  traded  options,  the  Company  used  100%  market-based  implied  volatility  to  value  options  granted,  which  the
Company believes is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility.

Risk-Free Interest Rate: The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock

option.

The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the closing quoted price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. See

“Note 10. Share-Based Compensation,” for a detailed discussion of the Company’s stock plans and share-based compensation expense.

Computation of Net Income per Share

Basic net income per share attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc. is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period.
Diluted  net  income  per  share  attributable  to  Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.  is  computed  using  the  weighted-average  number  of  the  Company’s  shares  and  dilutive
potential shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares primarily consist of employee stock options, restricted stock units, and shares to be
purchased by employees under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan.

U.S. GAAP requires that employee equity share options, non-vested shares, and similar equity instruments granted by the Company be treated as potential
common  shares  outstanding  in  computing  diluted  earnings  per  share.  Diluted  shares  outstanding  include  the  dilutive  effect  of  equity  awards,  which  is
calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee
must pay for exercising stock options and the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized are assumed to be used
to repurchase shares.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and include amortization of intangible assets, costs associated with co-development research
and development licensing arrangements, costs of prototypes, salaries, benefits and other headcount-related costs, contract and other outside service fees, and
facilities and overhead costs.

Foreign Currency and Other Hedging Instruments

For  subsidiaries  whose  local  currency  is  their  functional  currency,  their  assets  and  liabilities  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  exchange  rates  at  the
balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated using average exchange rates in effect during the period. Gains and losses from foreign currency
translation  are  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  within  stockholders’  equity  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  For  all  non-
functional currency account balances, the re-measurement of such balances to the functional currency results in either a foreign exchange gain or loss, which
is recorded to interest and other income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the same accounting period that the re-measurement occurred.

The Company uses derivatives to partially offset its business exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. The terms of the Company’s derivative contracts
are  generally  twelve  months  or  shorter.  The  Company  typically  hedges  portions  of  its  forecasted  foreign  currency  exposure  associated  with  revenue  and
expenses.  The  Company  may  also  enter  into  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  to  offset  the  foreign  currency  exchange  gains  and  losses  generated  by  re-
measurement  of  certain  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  non-functional  currencies.  The  hedging  program  is  not  designated  for  trading  or  speculative
purposes.

The Company’s accounting policies for these instruments are based on whether the instruments are designated as hedging or non-hedging instruments.
The  Company  records  all  derivatives  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  at  fair  value.  The  effective  portions  of  cash  flow  hedges  are  recorded  in  other
comprehensive  income  (loss)  (“OCI”)  until  the  hedged  item  is  recognized  in  earnings.  Derivative  instruments  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  are  de-
designated as hedges when it is probable that the forecasted hedged transaction will not occur in the initially identified time period or within a subsequent two-
month time period. Gains and losses in OCI associated with such derivative instruments are reclassified immediately into earnings through interest and other
income, net. Any subsequent changes in fair value of such derivative instruments also are reflected in

95

Table of Contents

current earnings. Derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments and the ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are adjusted to fair value through
earnings in interest and other income, net.

Income Taxes

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  year  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary,
to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are expected more likely than not to be realized in the future.

The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination
by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then
measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company includes interest and
penalty on unrecognized tax benefits as a component of its income tax expense.

The Company recognizes excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in the provision for income taxes as discrete items in the period when the awards vest or

are settled. The Company accounts for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) as period costs when incurred.

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. The chief operating decision maker regularly reviews the operating results of the Company on a consolidated
basis as part of making decisions for allocating resources and evaluating performance. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, 84% and 83% of long-lived assets
were in the United States, respectively. Revenue is attributed to a geographic region based on the location of the end customer.

Legal Contingencies

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  is  involved  in  a  number  of  legal  proceedings  involving  product  liability,  intellectual  property,  shareholder  derivative
actions, securities class actions, and other matters. A liability and related charge are recorded to earnings in the Company’s consolidated financial statements
for legal contingencies when the loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The assessment is re-evaluated each period and is
based on all available information, including discussion with outside legal counsel. If a reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss cannot be made, but a
range of probable losses can be estimated, the low-end of the range of losses is recognized if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other. If
a material loss is reasonably possible but not probable and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the
consolidated financial statements. The Company expenses legal fees as incurred.

When determining the estimated probable loss or range of losses, significant judgment is required to be exercised in order to estimate the amount and
timing of the loss to be recorded. Estimates of probable losses resulting from litigation are inherently difficult to make, particularly when the matters are in
early procedural stages with incomplete facts and information. The final outcome of legal proceedings is dependent on many variables that are difficult to
predict and, therefore, the ultimate cost to entirely resolve such matters may be materially different than the amount of current estimates. Consequently, new
information  or  changes  in  judgments  and  estimates  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of
operations or cash flows.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments

In July 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2021-05, Lessors  —  Certain  Leases
with  Variable  Lease  Payments,  which  amends  the  lessor  lease  classification  guidance  in  ASC  842  for  leases  that  include  any  amount  of  variable  lease
payments that are not based on an index or rate. The Company has early adopted this ASU as of July 1, 2021, on a prospective basis. The standard had no
impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Business Combinations

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from
Contracts  with  Customers  (“ASU  2021-08”),  which  creates  an  exception  to  the  general  recognition  and  measurement  principle  in  ASC  805  by  requiring
companies to apply ASC 606 to recognize and measure

96

Table of Contents

contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers acquired in a business combination. The guidance additionally clarifies that companies
should apply the definition of a performance obligation in ASC 606 when recognizing contract liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company
will early adopt ASU 2021-08 as of January 1, 2022 on a prospective basis. The impact of the adoption of ASU 2021-08 cannot currently be determined, as it
is dependent on future business combinations that the Company may enter into.

NOTE 3.    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Investments

The following tables summarize the Company’s cash and available-for-sale marketable securities’ amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized
losses, and fair value by significant investment category reported as cash and cash equivalents or short-term or long-term investments as of December 31,
2021, and 2020 (in millions):

December 31, 2021
Cash
Level 1:

Money market funds
U.S. treasuries
Subtotal

Level 2:

Commercial paper
Corporate securities
U.S. government agencies
Municipal securities

Subtotal

Total assets measured at fair
value

$

December 31, 2020
Cash
Level 1:

Money market funds
U.S. treasuries
Subtotal

Level 2:

Commercial paper
Corporate securities
U.S. government agencies
Municipal securities

Subtotal

Total assets measured at fair
value

$

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Allowance for
Credit Loss

Fair
Value

Cash and
Cash
Equivalents

Short-term
Investments

Long-term
Investments

Reported as:

$

572.3  $

—  $

—  $

—  $

572.3  $

572.3  $

—  $

— 

696.6 
3,429.1 
4,125.7 

717.7 
2,485.6 
526.1 
213.4 
3,942.8 

— 
6.3 
6.3 

— 
2.7 
0.2 
0.7 
3.6 

— 
(15.4)
(15.4)

— 
(11.9)
(2.9)
(1.0)
(15.8)

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

696.6 
3,420.0 
4,116.6 

717.7 
2,476.4 
523.4 
213.1 
3,930.6 

696.6 
17.0 
713.6 

— 
5.0 
— 
— 
5.0 

— 
1,100.3 
1,100.3 

717.7 
886.7 
137.8 
70.6 
1,812.8 

— 
2,302.7 
2,302.7 

— 
1,584.7 
385.6 
142.5 
2,112.8 

8,640.8  $

9.9  $

(31.2) $

—  $

8,619.5  $

1,290.9  $

2,913.1  $

4,415.5 

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Allowance for
Credit Loss

Fair
Value

Cash and
Cash
Equivalents

Short-term
Investments

Long-term
Investments

Reported as:

$

644.3  $

—  $

—  $

—  $

644.3  $

644.3  $

—  $

— 

625.8 
2,626.8 
3,252.6 

671.3 
1,425.4 
716.5 
119.8 
2,933.0 

— 
23.0 
23.0 

— 
11.9 
2.5 
2.0 
16.4 

— 
— 
— 

— 
(0.2)
— 
— 
(0.2)

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

625.8 
2,649.8 
3,275.6 

671.3 
1,437.1 
719.0 
121.8 
2,949.2 

625.8 
212.5 
838.3 

64.1 
3.4 
72.5 
— 
140.0 

— 
1,567.9 
1,567.9 

607.2 
1,036.5 
233.6 
43.6 
1,920.9 

— 
869.4 
869.4 

— 
397.2 
412.9 
78.2 
888.3 

6,829.9  $

39.4  $

(0.2) $

—  $

6,869.1  $

1,622.6  $

3,488.8  $

1,757.7 

97

Table of Contents

The  following  table  summarizes  the  contractual  maturities  of  the  Company’s  cash  equivalents  and  available-for-sale  investments  (excluding  cash  and

money market funds) as of December 31, 2021 (in millions):

Mature in less than one year
Mature in one to five years

Total

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

$

$

2,931.6  $
4,440.3 
7,371.9  $

2,935.1 
4,415.5 
7,350.6 

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities, because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations. Gross realized
gains recognized on the sale of investments were not material and $8.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Gross realized
losses recognized on the sale of investments were not material for the periods presented.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  and  2020,  net  unrealized  gains/(losses)  on  investments,  net  of  tax,  of  $16.0  million  and  $29.5  million,  respectively,  were

included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following tables present the breakdown of the available-for-sale investments with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2021, and 2020 (in millions):

December 31, 2021
Commercial paper
Corporate securities
U.S. treasuries
U.S. government agencies
Municipal securities

Total

December 31, 2020
Corporate securities
U.S. treasuries
U.S. government agencies
Municipal securities

Total

Unrealized losses less
than 12 months

Unrealized losses 12
months or greater

Total

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

$

$

$

$

4.0  $

1,687.9 
2,596.3 
412.5 
156.0 
4,856.7  $

352.7  $
278.1 
63.5 
21.3 
715.6  $

—  $

(11.9)
(15.4)
(2.9)
(1.0)
(31.2) $

(0.2) $
— 
— 
— 
(0.2) $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

4.0  $

1,687.9 
2,596.3 
412.5 
156.0 
4,856.7  $

352.7  $
278.1 
63.5 
21.3 
715.6  $

— 
(11.9)
(15.4)
(2.9)
(1.0)
(31.2)

(0.2)
— 
— 
— 
(0.2)

The  unrealized  losses  on  the  available-for-sale  investments  are  related  to  commercial  paper,  corporate  securities,  U.S.  treasuries,  U.S.  government
agencies,  and  municipal  securities.  The  Company  determined  these  unrealized  losses  to  be  temporary.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  a  loss  is
temporary included the length of time and extent to which the investment’s fair value has been less than the cost basis, the financial condition and near-term
prospects  of  the  investee,  the  extent  of  the  loss  related  to  credit  of  the  issuer,  the  expected  cash  flows  from  the  security,  the  Company’s  intent  to  sell  the
security, and whether or not the Company will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Equity Investments

The following table is a summary of the activity related to equity investments (in millions):

December 31, 2020
Carrying Value

Changes in Fair
Value 

(1)

Sales/Purchases/Others
(2)

December 31, 2021
Carrying Value

Reported as:

Prepaids and
other current
assets

Intangible and
other assets,
net

Equity investments with readily determinable
value (Level 1)
Equity investments without readily
determinable value (Level 2)

$

$

60.1 

30.2 

(17.7)

43.8 

(15.5) $

(58.4) $

26.9  $

15.6  $

26.9  $

—  $

— 

15.6 

(1)

(2) 

 Recorded in Interest and other income, net.
Other includes conversion of certain equity investments without readily determinable value to equity investments with readily determinable value.

The Company recognized a $43.8 million increase in fair value, which was reflected in Interest and other income, net, due to changes in observable prices
for certain equity investments that are held at cost, because they lack readily determinable market values (Level 2). A total of $34.2 million of this increase in
fair value was related to an equity investment in preferred shares of Broncus Holding Corporation (“Broncus”). There were no decreases in fair value reflected
in net income due to impairments.

In September 2021, Broncus completed an IPO of common shares on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong. Upon completion of its IPO, the Company’s
preferred shares were converted to common shares, which have a readily determinable value (Level 1). The Company is restricted from selling these shares for
a period of six months. Subsequent to the IPO, the Company recognized a $29.1 million decrease in fair value from this investment. Accordingly, for the year
ended December 31, 2021, the Company has recognized a net gain of $5.1 million related to its Broncus investment, comprised of the $34.2 million gain
reflected  in  changes  in  fair  value  for  Level  2  equity  investments,  offset  by  the  $29.1  million  loss  reflected  in  changes  in  fair  value  for  Level  1  equity
investments, both of which were reflected in Interest and other income, net.

The Company held an equity investment in common shares of Bolder Surgical Holdings, Inc. (“Bolder”), which was reflected in its financial statements
on  a  cost  basis.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021,  Hologic,  Inc.,  a  publicly  traded  company,  completed  its  acquisition  of  Bolder.  Under  the  terms  of  the
acquisition agreement, the Company received cash on the date of closing and recognized a gain on its investment of $9.5 million.

In January 2021, the Company sold all of its shares of Teladoc Health, Inc. (“Teladoc”), a publicly traded company, for $71.5 million and recognized a
gain of $11.4 million, which was reflected in Interest and other income, net. This gain was offset by a $7.5 million loss recognized upon the settlement of a
corresponding derivative collar contract.

Foreign Currency Derivatives

The objective of the Company’s hedging program is to mitigate the impact of changes in currency exchange rates on net cash flow from foreign currency-
denominated  sales,  expenses,  and  intercompany  balances  and  other  monetary  assets  or  liabilities  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar
(“USD”). The derivative assets and liabilities are measured using Level 2 fair value inputs.

Cash  Flow  Hedges.  The  Company  enters  into  currency  forward  contracts  as  cash  flow  hedges  to  hedge  certain  forecasted  revenue  transactions
denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  USD,  primarily  the  Euro  (“EUR”),  the  British  Pound  (“GBP”),  the  Japanese  Yen  (“JPY”),  and  the  Korean  Won
(“KRW”).  The  Company  also  enters  into  currency  forward  contracts  as  cash  flow  hedges  to  hedge  certain  forecasted  expense  transactions  denominated  in
EUR and Swiss Franc (“CHF”).

For  these  derivatives,  the  Company  reports  the  unrealized  after-tax  gain  or  loss  from  the  hedge  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive
income/(loss)  in  stockholders’  equity  and  reclassifies  the  amount  into  earnings  in  the  same  period  in  which  the  hedged  transaction  affects  earnings.  The
amounts reclassified to revenue and expenses related to the hedged transactions and the ineffective portions of cash flow hedges were not material for the
periods presented.

Other Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments. Other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consist primarily of forward contracts
that the Company uses to hedge intercompany balances and other monetary assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the USD, primarily the
EUR, GBP, JPY, KRW, CHF, Indian Rupee (“INR”), Mexican Peso (“MXN”), Chinese Yuan (“CNY”), and New Taiwan Dollar (“TWD”).

99

Table of Contents

These  derivative  instruments  are  used  to  hedge  against  balance  sheet  foreign  currency  exposures.  The  related  gains  and  losses  were  as  follows  (in

millions):

Recognized gains (losses) in interest and other income, net
Foreign exchange gains (losses) related to balance sheet re-measurement

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$
$

15.5  $
(16.4) $

(12.3) $
10.9  $

6.4 
(1.5)

The notional amounts for derivative instruments provide one measure of the transaction volume. Total gross notional amounts (in USD) for derivatives
(in  millions):

period  were 

outstanding 

aggregate 

follows 

value 

gross 

each 

end 

fair 

the 

the 

of 

as 

at 

and 

Notional amounts:
   Forward contracts
Gross fair value recorded in:
   Prepaid and other current assets
   Other accrued liabilities

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging

Instruments

December 31,

2021

December 31,

2020

December 31,

2021

December 31,

2020

$

$
$

181.2 

5.7 
0.5 

$

$
$

154.3 

0.9 
4.3 

$

$
$

318.8 

6.9 
0.8 

$

$
$

309.8 

0.7 
5.4 

NOTE 4.    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT DETAILS

The following tables provide details of selected consolidated financial statement items (in millions):

Inventory:
Raw materials
Work-in-process
Finished goods

Total inventory

Prepaids and other current assets:
Prepaid taxes
Equity investments
Net investment in sales-type leases – short-term
Other prepaids and other current assets
Total prepaids and other current assets

100

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

214.6 
96.4 
276.1 
587.1 

$

$

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

4.3  $

26.9 
110.3 
129.6 
271.1  $

184.1 
75.6 
341.8 
601.5 

28.9 
60.1 
81.1 
97.4 
267.5 

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Property, plant, and equipment, net:
Land
Building and building/leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Operating lease assets – Intuitive System Leasing
Computer and office equipment
Capitalized software
Construction-in-process
Gross property, plant, and equipment
Less: Accumulated depreciation*

Total property, plant, and equipment, net

*Accumulated depreciation associated with operating lease assets – Intuitive System Leasing

Other accrued liabilities – short-term:
Taxes payable
Current portion of deferred purchase consideration
Current portion of contingent consideration
Other accrued liabilities

Total other accrued liabilities – short-term

Other long-term liabilities:
Income taxes – long-term
Deferred revenue – long-term
Other long-term liabilities

Total other long-term liabilities

Supplemental Cash flow Information

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

The following table provides supplemental cash flow information (in millions):

Income taxes paid

Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities:

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

180.0  $

34.4  $

Equipment transfers from inventory to property, plant, and equipment
$
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities $
$
Deferred purchase and contingent consideration related to acquisitions

302.4  $
32.1  $
6.5  $

186.5  $
47.3  $
4.2  $

101

December 31,

2021

2020

367.8  $
812.5 
497.6 

616.1 
123.7 
217.6 
209.7 
2,845.0 
(968.6)
1,876.4  $

277.9 
773.8 
428.0 

419.9 
112.6 
205.4 
117.4 
2,335.0 
(757.7)
1,577.3 

(182.1) $

(112.1)

December 31,

2021

2020

54.1  $
11.6 
0.4 
235.2 
301.3  $

December 31,

2021

2020

316.6  $
36.8 
100.3 
453.7  $

47.2 
10.4 
15.1 
225.6 
298.3 

305.6 
32.1 
106.9 
444.6 

158.6 

210.6 
30.2 
86.6 

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE 5.    REVENUE

The following table presents revenue disaggregated by types and geography (in millions):

U.S.

Instruments and accessories
Systems
Services

Total U.S. revenue

Outside of U.S. (“OUS”)

Instruments and accessories
Systems
Services

Total OUS revenue

Total

Instruments and accessories
Systems
Services

Total revenue

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,225.1  $
1,024.8 
603.3 
3,853.2  $

875.4  $
668.6 
312.9 
1,856.9  $

3,100.5  $
1,693.4 
916.2 
5,710.1  $

1,785.1  $
695.0 
482.6 
2,962.7  $

670.6  $
483.9 
241.2 
1,395.7  $

2,455.7  $
1,178.9 
723.8 
4,358.4  $

1,790.4 
830.7 
508.4 
3,129.5 

617.8 
515.4 
215.8 
1,349.0 

2,408.2 
1,346.1 
724.2 
4,478.5 

Remaining Performance Obligations

The transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations relates to amounts allocated to products and services for which revenue has not yet
been recognized. A significant portion of these performance obligations relate to service obligations in the Company's system sale and lease arrangements that
will be satisfied and recognized as revenue in future periods. The transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations was $1.86 billion as of
December 31, 2021. The remaining performance obligations are expected to be satisfied over the term of the system sale, lease, and service arrangements,
which are generally up to 5 years.

Contract Assets and Liabilities

The following information summarizes the Company’s contract assets and liabilities (in millions):

Contract assets
Deferred revenue

December 31,

2021

2020

$
$

46.9  $
414.0  $

34.6 
382.3 

The Company invoices its customers based on the billing schedules in its sales arrangements. Payments are generally due 30 to 60 days from date of
invoice. Contract assets for the periods presented primarily represent the difference between the revenue that was recognized based on the relative standalone
selling price of the related performance obligations satisfied and the contractual billing terms in the arrangements. Deferred revenue for the periods presented
primarily relates to service contracts where the service fees are billed up-front, generally quarterly or annually, prior to those services having been performed.
The associated deferred revenue is generally recognized over the term of the service period. The Company did not have any significant impairment losses on
its contract assets for the periods presented.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $351 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of
December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $282 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue
balance as of December 31, 2019.

102

Table of Contents

Intuitive System Leasing

The following table presents product revenue from Intuitive System Leasing arrangements (in millions):

Sales-type lease revenue
Operating lease revenue 

(1)

(1)

 Includes variable lease revenue relating to usage-based arrangements.

NOTE 6.    LEASES

Lessor Information related to Intuitive System Leasing

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$
$

220.3  $
276.9  $

154.4  $
176.7  $

81.6 
106.9 

Sales-type Leases. Lease receivables relating to sales-type lease arrangements are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows (in millions):

Gross lease receivables
Unearned income
Subtotal
Allowance for credit loss
Net investment in sales-type leases
Reported as:
   Prepaids and other current assets
   Intangible and other assets, net
   Total, net

Contractual maturities of gross lease receivables as of December 31, 2021, are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 and thereafter
Total

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

$

$

404.0  $
(11.4)
392.6 
(3.6)
389.0  $

110.3  $
278.7 
389.0  $

Amount

$

$

286.1 
(11.1)
275.0 
(4.4)
270.6 

81.1 
189.5 
270.6 

117.8 
102.8 
90.3 
61.1 
29.3 
2.7 
404.0 

Operating Leases. The Company’s operating lease terms are generally less than seven years. Future minimum lease payments related to the non-

cancellable portion of operating leases (which excludes contingent payments related to usage-based arrangements) as of December 31, 2021, are as follows (in
millions):

Fiscal Year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 and thereafter
Total

Amount

260.3 
223.8 
173.6 
121.8 
61.2 
21.9 
862.6 

$

$

Variable lease revenue relating to usage-based arrangements was not material for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

103

Table of Contents

Lessee Information

The Company enters into operating leases for real estate, automobiles, and certain equipment. Operating lease expense was $20.4 million, $21.0 million,
and $19.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. For leases with terms of 12 months or less, the related expense was
not material for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 related to operating leases was as follows (in millions):

Cash paid for leases that were included within operating cash outflows
Right-of-use assets recognized related to new lease obligations

$
$

23.2 
30.6 

$
$

11.0 
9.6 

$
$

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

18.8 
21.5 

Supplemental balance sheet information, as of December 31, 2021, and 2020, related to operating leases was as follows (in millions, except lease term

and discount rate):

Reported as:

Intangible and other assets, net (Right-of-use assets)

Other accrued liabilities
Other long-term liabilities

Total lease liabilities

Weighted-average remaining lease term
Weighted-average discount rate

$

$

$

2021

74.4 

20.4 
66.6 
87.0 

December 31,

$

$

$

2020

63.9 

21.9 
58.0 
79.9 

4.9 years
%

2.5 

5.3 years
%

3.2 

As of December 31, 2021, the future payments related to the Company’s operating lease liabilities are scheduled as follows (in millions):
Fiscal Year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 and thereafter

$

Amount

Total lease payments

Less imputed interest

Total operating lease liabilities

NOTE 7.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Acquisitions in 2021

There were no material acquisitions in 2021.

Acquisitions in 2020

Orpheus Medical

$

22.0 
21.9 
16.6 
14.5 
12.1 
9.1 
96.2 
(9.2)
87.0 

In  February  2020,  the  Company  acquired  Orpheus  Medical  Ltd.  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  to  deepen  and  expand  the  Company’s  integrated
informatics platform. Orpheus Medical provides hospitals with information technology connectivity, as well as expertise in processing and archiving surgical
videos.

104

Table of Contents

Acquisitions in 2019

Chindex

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company’s majority-owned Joint Venture with Fosun Pharma acquired certain assets from Chindex and its affiliates,
a  subsidiary  of  Fosun  Pharma,  including  distribution  rights,  customer  relationships,  and  certain  personnel  on  January  5,  2019,  which  collectively  met  the
definition of a business. Chindex was the Company’s distributor of da Vinci products and services in China. The transaction enhances the Company’s ability to
serve patients, surgeons, and hospitals in China.

The total purchase consideration of $66.0 million, as of the acquisition date, included a contingent consideration liability of $64.7 million and an upfront
cash payment of $1.3 million. As of the acquisition date, the estimated total undiscounted contingent consideration was approximately $81 million, based on
the underlying performance of the business in 2019 and 2020 as well as the amount and timing of the contingent consideration payments. Since the acquisition
date, the total undiscounted contingent consideration decreased by approximately $1 million due to changes in the timing of the milestone achievements. For
the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  the  contingent  consideration  liability  changed  due  to  payments  of  $12.9  million,  $53.7  million,  and
$16.5  million,  respectively,  and  net  additional  expenses,  which  were  recorded  to  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  of  zero,  $11.3  million,  and
$7.2 million, respectively, primarily related to accretion due to the passage of time. As of December 31, 2021, all contingent consideration has been settled
and paid.

The  Company  recorded  $1.7  million  of  net  tangible  assets,  $58.6  million  of  intangible  assets,  and  $5.7  million  of  residual  goodwill.  Intangible  assets
included distribution rights of $48.2 million and customer relationships of $10.4 million, which are being amortized over a weighted-average period of 2.9
years. Key assumptions included (1) the amount and timing of projected future cash flows, and (2) the discount rate used to determine the present value of
these cash flows. The goodwill is not amortizable for income tax purposes. The allocation of purchase consideration was completed in the third quarter of
2019. There were no adjustments to the provisional amounts in the measurement period.

Schölly

During  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets  and  operations  from  Schölly  Fiberoptic  GmbH  (“Schölly”),  including
manufacturing  process  technology,  a  non-compete  agreement,  certain  personnel,  and  net  tangible  assets  on  August  31,  2019,  which  collectively  met  the
definition of a business. The Company believes that the transaction strengthens the Company’s supply chain and manufacturing capacity for imaging products
used in the Company’s da Vinci systems. The total purchase consideration of $101.4 million consisted of an initial cash payment of $34.4 million and deferred
cash payments totaling approximately $67.0 million, of which $13.6 million was deferred as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2021, all deferred
cash payments have been made.

The Company recorded $11.5 million of net tangible assets, which included $6.7 million of inventory and $1.4 million of cash, $31.0 million of intangible
assets, and $58.9 million of residual goodwill. The balances include the net impact of adjustments to the preliminary allocation of the purchase price within
the one year measurement period, which decreased goodwill by $0.8 million during 2020. There was no significant impact to the Consolidated Statements of
Income  as  result  of  these  adjustments.  Intangible  assets  included  manufacturing  process  technology  of  $28.0  million  and  non-compete  provisions  of
$3.0 million, which are being amortized over a weighted-average period of 6.6 years. Key assumptions included (1) the amount and timing of projected future
cash  flows,  and  (2)  the  discount  rate  used  to  determine  the  present  value  of  these  cash  flows.  The  allocation  of  purchase  consideration  is  considered
preliminary  with  provisional  amounts  primarily  related  to  working  capital.  Goodwill  primarily  consists  of  the  manufacturing  and  other  synergies  of  the
combined operations and the value of the assembled workforce. The majority of goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.

In  2019,  the  Company  included  the  results  of  the  acquired  businesses,  since  their  acquisition  dates,  in  its  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  and  the
revenues and earnings were not material in the year. Pro forma results of operations related to the acquisitions have not been presented, because the operating
results of the acquired businesses are not considered material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

105

Table of Contents

Goodwill

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill (in millions):

Balance as of December 31, 2019
Acquisition activity
Translation and other
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Acquisition activity
Translation and other
Balance as of December 31, 2021

Amount

307.2 
29.3 
0.2 
336.7 
8.0 
(1.1)
343.6 

$

$

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that no impairment existed. As of December 31, 2021, there has been no

impairment of goodwill.

Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the components of gross intangible asset, accumulated amortization, and net intangible asset balances as of December 31,

2021, and 2020 (in millions):

Patents and developed technology
Distribution rights and others
Customer relationships
Total intangible assets

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

$

$

219.3  $
26.3 
31.8 
277.4  $

(173.2) $
(19.4)
(14.3)
(206.9) $

Net
Carrying
Amount

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

46.1  $
6.9 
17.5 
70.5  $

198.4  $
91.9 
59.0 
349.3  $

(158.7) $
(77.4)
(35.8)
(271.9) $

39.7 
14.5 
23.2 
77.4 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $27.4 million, $49.8 million, and $43.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and

2019, respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2021, is as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 and thereafter

Total

Amount

23.6 
19.0 
15.0 
9.6 
2.7 
0.6 
70.5 

$

$

The  preceding  expected  amortization  expense  is  an  estimate.  Actual  amounts  of  amortization  expense  may  differ  from  estimated  amounts  due  to
additional intangible asset acquisitions, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, impairment of intangible assets, accelerated amortization of intangible
assets, and other events.

NOTE 8.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  Company’s  commitments  include  an  estimated  amount  of  approximately  $1.51  billion  relating  to  the  Company’s  open
purchase orders and contractual obligations that occur in the ordinary course of business, including commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers
for  which  the  Company  has  not  received  the  goods  or  services,  commitments  for  capital  expenditures  and  construction-related  activities  for  which  the
Company has not received the services, and acquisition and licensing of intellectual property. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and
legally binding, the terms generally allow the Company the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust its requirements based on its business needs prior to the
delivery of goods or performance of services. Additionally, the Company has committed to make certain future milestone payments to third parties as part of
licensing, collaboration, and development arrangements. Payments

106

Table of Contents

under these arrangements generally become due and payable only upon the achievement of certain specified developmental, regulatory, and/or commercial
milestones. For instances in which the achievement of these milestones is neither probable nor reasonably estimable, such contingencies are not included in
the estimated amount.

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company is involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating to securities laws, product liability,
intellectual property, insurance, contract disputes, employment, and other matters. Certain of these lawsuits and claims are described in further detail below. It
is not possible to predict what the outcome of these matters will be, and the Company cannot guarantee that any resolution will be reached on commercially
reasonable terms, if at all.

A  liability  and  related  charge  to  earnings  are  recorded  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  legal  contingencies  when  the  loss  is  considered
probable  and  the  amount  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  The  assessment  is  re-evaluated  each  accounting  period  and  is  based  on  all  available  information,
including the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to each case. Nevertheless, it is
possible that additional future legal costs (including settlements, judgments, legal fees, and other related defense costs) could have a material adverse effect on
the Company’s business, financial position, and future results of operations.

During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, pre-tax litigation charges (benefits) related to securities class action lawsuits and product

liability claims were not material.

Product Liability Litigation

The Company is currently named as a defendant in a number of individual product liability lawsuits filed in various state and federal courts. The plaintiffs
generally allege that they or a family member underwent surgical procedures that utilized the da Vinci Surgical System and sustained a variety of personal
injuries and, in some cases, death as a result of such surgery. Several of the filed cases have trial dates in the next 12 months.

The  cases  raise  a  variety  of  allegations  including,  to  varying  degrees,  that  plaintiffs’  injuries  resulted  from  purported  defects  in  the  da  Vinci  Surgical
System and/or failure on the Company’s part to provide adequate training resources to the healthcare professionals who performed plaintiffs’ surgeries. The
cases further allege that the Company failed to adequately disclose and/or misrepresented the potential risks and/or benefits of the da Vinci Surgical System.
Plaintiffs  also  assert  a  variety  of  causes  of  action,  including,  for  example,  strict  liability  based  on  purported  design  defects,  negligence,  fraud,  breach  of
express and implied warranties, unjust enrichment, and loss of consortium. Plaintiffs seek recovery for alleged personal injuries and, in many cases, punitive
damages. The Company disputes these allegations and is defending against these claims.

The  Company’s  estimate  of  the  anticipated  cost  of  resolving  the  pending  cases  is  based  on  negotiations  with  attorneys  for  the  claimants.  The  final
outcome of the pending lawsuits and claims, and others that might arise, is dependent on many variables that are difficult to predict, and the ultimate cost
associated with these product liability lawsuits and claims may be materially different than the amount of the current estimate and accruals and could have a
material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, and future results of operations. Although there is a reasonable possibility that a loss in
excess of the amount recognized exists, the Company is unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss in excess of the amount recognized at this time.

Patent Litigation

On  June  30,  2017,  Ethicon  LLC,  Ethicon  Endo-Surgery,  Inc.,  and  Ethicon  US  LLC  (collectively,  “Ethicon”)  filed  a  complaint  for  patent  infringement
against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware. The complaint, which was served on the Company on July 12, 2017, alleges that
the Company’s EndoWrist Stapler instruments infringe several of Ethicon’s patents. Ethicon asserts infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 9,585,658; 8,479,969;
9,113,874;  8,998,058;  8,991,677;  9,084,601;  and  8,616,431.  A  claim  construction  hearing  occurred  on  October  1,  2018,  and  the  court  issued  a  scheduling
order on December 28, 2018. On March 20, 2019, the court granted the Company’s Motion to Stay pending an Inter Partes Review to be held at the Patent
Trademark and Appeals Board to review patentability of six of the seven patents noted above and vacated the trial date. On August 1, 2019, the court granted
the parties’ joint stipulation to modify the stay in light of Ethicon’s U.S. International Trade Commission (“USITC”) complaint against Intuitive involving
U.S. Patent Nos. 8,479,969 and 9,113,874, discussed below. There is currently no trial date scheduled for this matter.

On  August  27,  2018,  Ethicon  filed  a  second  complaint  for  patent  infringement  against  the  Company  in  the  U.S.  District  Court  for  the  District  of
Delaware. The complaint alleges that the Company’s SureForm 60 Staplers infringe five of Ethicon’s patents. Ethicon asserts infringement of U.S. Patent Nos.
9,884,369; 7,490,749; 8,602,288; 8,602,287; and 9,326,770. The Company filed an answer denying all claims. On March 19, 2019, Ethicon filed a Motion for
Leave  to  File  a  First  Amended  Complaint,  removing  allegations  related  to  U.S.  Patent  No.  9,326,770  and  adding  allegations  related  to  U.S.  Patent  Nos.
9,844,379 and 8,479,969. On July 17, 2019, the court entered an order denying the amendment, without prejudice, and granting

107

Table of Contents

the parties’ joint stipulation to stay the case in its entirety in light of the USITC investigation involving U.S. Patent Nos. 9,844,369 and 7,490,749, discussed
below. There is currently no trial date scheduled for this matter.

Based  on  currently  available  information,  the  Company  is  unable  to  make  a  reasonable  estimate  of  loss  or  range  of  losses,  if  any,  arising  from  these

matters.

On  May  30,  2019,  Ethicon  filed  a  complaint  with  the  USITC,  asserting  infringement  of  U.S.  Patent  Nos.  9,884,369  (“’369”);  7,490,749  (“’749”);
9,844,379 (“’379”); 9,113,874 (“’874”); and 8,479,969 (“’969”). On June 28, 2019, the USITC voted to institute an investigation (No. 337-TA-1167) with
respect to the claims in this complaint. The accused products include the Company’s EndoWrist 30, EndoWrist 45, SureForm 45, and SureForm 60 Staplers,
as  well  as  the  stapler  reload  cartridges.  In  March  2020,  Ethicon  dismissed  its  claims  concerning  the  ’749  patent.  The  evidentiary  hearing  took  place  in
February 2021. On June 8, 2021, the Chief Administrative Law Judge issued an Initial Determination concluding that (1) the accused products do not infringe
the  asserted  claims  in  the  ’874  or  ’969  patents;  (2)  the  asserted  claims  in  the  ’874  and  ’969  patents  are  invalid;  (3)  the  accused  SureForm  staplers  and
associated reload cartridges infringe two claims of the ’369 patent; (4) the accused SureForm staplers and associated reload cartridges infringe two claims of
the ’379 patent; and (5) the Company was estopped from contending that the asserted claims in the ’379 patent are invalid. Ethicon has not challenged the
Initial  Determination  with  regard  to  the  findings  that  absolve  Intuitive  of  any  liability  regarding  the  accused  EndoWrist  staplers  and  associated  reload
cartridges. On October 14, 2021, the USITC issued its Opinion in which it made the following rulings: (1) the USITC absolved Intuitive from any liability
regarding  the  ’874,  ’969,  and  ’369  patents;  and  (2)  the  USITC  found  that,  while  the  SureForm  staplers  and  their  associated  reload  cartridges  infringe  the
asserted  claims  in  the  ’379  patent,  it  has  suspended  the  imposition  of  any  remedial  order  pending  an  opinion  from  the  Federal  Circuit  Court  of  Appeal  of
whether the Patent and Trademark Office correctly found the asserted claims in this patent to be invalid. The Company and Ethicon have filed Notices of
Appeal regarding the USITC Opinion. A lifting of the suspension of any remedial order by the USITC could result in a prohibition on importing the accused
SureForm products into the U.S. or necessitating workarounds. Based on currently available information, the Company does not believe that any losses arising
from this matter would be material.

Commercial Litigation

On February 27, 2019, Restore Robotics LLC and Restore Repair LLC (“Restore”) filed a complaint in the Northern District of Florida alleging anti-trust
claims against the Company. On May 13, 2019, Restore filed an amended complaint alleging anti-trust claims relating to the da Vinci Surgical System and
EndoWrist  service,  maintenance,  and  repair  processes.  On  September  16,  2019,  the  Court  partially  granted  and  partially  denied  the  Company’s  Motion  to
Dismiss the amended complaint.

On September 30, 2019, the Company filed an answer denying the anti-trust allegations and filed a counterclaim against Restore. The Company filed
amended counterclaims after the Court partially granted and partially denied Restore’s Motion to Dismiss the counterclaim. The amended counterclaims allege
that Restore violated the Federal Lanham Act, the Federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, and Florida’s Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act and that
Restore is also liable to the Company for Unfair Competition and Tortious Interference with Contract. On January 7, 2020, the Court denied Restore’s Motion
to Dismiss the amended counterclaims.

Motions for Summary Judgment have been filed by the Company and Restore. Subject to the rulings on those motions, the Court anticipates a trial date in
later summer or early fall 2022. Based on currently available information, the Company is unable to make a reasonable estimate of loss or range of losses, if
any, arising from these matters.

On  September  28,  2020,  Rebotix  Repair  Inc.  (“Rebotix”)  filed  a  complaint  in  the  Middle  District  of  Florida  alleging  anti-trust  claims  against  the
Company  relating  to  EndoWrist  service,  maintenance,  and  repair  processes.  The  complaint  was  formally  served  on  the  Company  on  October  6,  2020.  On
March 8, 2021, the Court partially granted and partially denied the Company’s Motion to Dismiss the complaint. The Company filed an answer denying the
anti-trust allegations and filed counterclaims against Rebotix. The counterclaims allege that Rebotix violated the Federal Lanham Act and Florida’s Deceptive
and Unfair Trade Practices Act and that Rebotix is also liable to the Company for Tortious Interference with Contract.

Motions for Summary Judgment have been filed by the Company and Rebotix. Subject to the rulings on these motions, the Court anticipates a trial date in
or around May 2022. Based on currently available information, the Company is unable to make a reasonable estimate of loss or range of losses, if any, arising
from this matter.

Similar to the claims asserted in the Restore case, on May 10, 2021, Surgical Instrument Service Company, Inc. filed a complaint in the Northern District
of California Court alleging anti-trust claims against the Company relating to EndoWrist service, maintenance, and repair processes. The Court denied the
Company's  Motion  to  Dismiss,  and  discovery  has  commenced.  Based  on  currently  available  information,  the  Company  is  unable  to  make  a  reasonable
estimate of loss or range of losses, if any, arising from this matter.

Three class action complaints were filed against the Company in the Northern District of California Court alleging anti-trust allegations relating to the

service and repair of certain instruments manufactured by the Company. A complaint by Larkin

108

Table of Contents

Community Hospital was filed on May 20, 2021, a complaint by Franciscan Alliance, Inc. and King County Public Hospital District No. 1 was filed on July 6,
2021, and a complaint by Kaleida Health was filed on July 8, 2021. The Court has consolidated the Franciscan Alliance, Inc. and King County Public Hospital
District No. 1 and Kaleida Health cases with the Larkin Community Hospital case, which is now captioned on the Larkin docket as “In Re: da Vinci Surgical
Robot Antitrust Litigation.” A Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint has been filed on behalf of each plaintiff named in the earlier-filed cases. On
January 14, 2022, Kaleida Health voluntarily dismissed itself as a party to this case. On January 18, 2022, the Company filed an answer against the plaintiffs
in this matter, and discovery has commenced. Based on currently available information, the Company is unable to make a reasonable estimate of loss or range
of losses, if any, arising from these matters.

NOTE 9.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Stock Repurchase Program

Through December 31, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has authorized an aggregate of $7.5 billion of funding for the Company’s
common stock repurchase program (the “Repurchase Program”) since its establishment in March 2009. The most recent authorization occurred in January
2019  when  the  Board  increased  the  authorized  amount  available  under  the  Repurchase  Program  to  $2.0  billion.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  remaining
amount of share repurchases authorized by the Board under the Repurchase Program was approximately $1.6 billion.

The following table provides the stock repurchase activities (in millions, except per share amounts):

Shares repurchased
Average price per share
Value of shares repurchased

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

$
$

— 
— 
— 

$
$

0.7 
183.84 
134.3 

$
$

2019

1.7 
160.45 
269.5 

The  Company  uses  the  par  value  method  of  accounting  for  its  stock  repurchases.  As  a  result  of  share  repurchase  activities  during  the  years  ended
December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the Company reduced common stock and additional paid-in capital by an aggregate of zero, $8 million, and $15 million,
respectively, and charged zero, $126 million, and $255 million, respectively, to retained earnings.

109

 
 
Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, are as follows (in millions):

Unrealized Gains
(Losses)
on Hedging
Instruments

Unrealized 
Gains (Losses)
on
Available-for-Sale
Securities

Year Ended December 31, 2021
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Gains
(Losses)

Employee Benefit
Plans

Beginning balance

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

(loss)

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
Ending balance

$

$

(2.9) $
12.3 

(4.9)
7.4 
4.5  $

29.5  $
(45.5)

— 
(45.5)
(16.0) $

4.7  $

(12.6)

— 
(12.6)
(7.9) $

(6.4) $
0.1 

1.5 
1.6 
(4.8) $

Unrealized Gains
(Losses)
on Hedging
Instruments

Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on
Available-for-Sale
Securities

Year Ended December 31, 2020
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Gains
(Losses)

Employee Benefit
Plans

Beginning balance

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

(loss)

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
Ending balance

$

$

0.7  $
(0.8)

(2.8)
(3.6)
(2.9) $

20.4  $
13.8 

(4.7)
9.1 
29.5  $

—  $
4.7 

— 
4.7 
4.7  $

(8.7) $
1.0 

1.3 
2.3 
(6.4) $

Total

24.9 
(45.7)

(3.4)
(49.1)
(24.2)

Total

12.4 
18.7 

(6.2)
12.5 
24.9 

The income tax impacts were not material for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020.

NOTE 10.    SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock Plans

2010  Incentive  Award  Plan.  In  April  2010,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  2010  Incentive  Award  Plan  (“2010  Plan”).  Under  this  plan,  the
Company  issues  nonqualified  stock  options  (“NSOs”)  and  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  to  employees  and  certain  consultants.  The  2010  Plan  generally
permits NSOs to be granted at no less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, with terms of 10 years from the date of grant. The
2010 Plan expires in 2031. In April 2021, the Company’s shareholders approved an amended and restated 2010 Plan to provide for an increase in the number
of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder from 97,350,000 to 103,350,000. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 25.5 million shares
were reserved for future issuance under the 2010 Plan. A maximum of 11.1 million of these shares can be awarded as RSUs.

2009 Employment Commencement Incentive Plan. In October 2009, the Board adopted the 2009 Employment Commencement Incentive Plan (“New Hire
Plan”). The New Hire Plan provides for the shares to be used exclusively for the grant of RSUs and NSOs to new employees (“New Hire Options”), who were
not previously employees or non-employee directors of the Company. The Compensation Committee approves all equity awards under the New Hire Plan,
which are granted to newly-hired employees once a month on the fifth business day of each month after their hire. Options are granted at an exercise price not
less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and have a term not to exceed 10 years.

In  April  2015,  the  Board  of  Directors  amended  and  restated  the  New  Hire  Plan  to  provide  for  an  increase  in  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock
authorized for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the New Hire Plan from 10,395,000 to 13,095,000. The New Hire Plan expired in October 2019 and,
therefore, there are no shares reserved for future grants under the New Hire Plan. However, awards granted prior to the plan’s expiration continue to remain
outstanding until their original expiration date.

110

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Employee Option Vesting. Prior to 2020, the Company made annual option grants on February 15 (or the next business day if the date is not a business
day) and on August 15 (or the next business day if the date is not a business day). Beginning in 2020, the Company changed the timing of its annual equity
award grants to the last business day of February and on the same date in August or, if that date is not a business day, the next business day. The February
grants vest 6/48 upon completion of 6 months of service and 1/48 per month thereafter. The August stock option grants vest 7/48 at the end of one month and
1/48 per month thereafter through a 3.5-year vesting period.

New Hire Options generally vest 12/48 upon completion of one year of service and 1/48 per month thereafter. Option vesting terms are determined by the

Board and, in the future, may vary from past practices.

2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. In March 2000, the Board of Directors adopted the 2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan
(the “Directors’ Plan”). In October 2009, the automatic evergreen increase provisions were eliminated so that no further automatic increases will be made to
the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Directors’ Plan. In addition, the common stock authorized for issuance under the Directors’ Plan was
reduced to 1,350,000. Options are granted at an exercise price not less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and have a term not to
exceed 10 years. Prior to 2016, initial stock option grants to new non-employee directors vested over a three-year period with 12/36 of the shares vesting after
one year from the date of grant and 1/36 of the shares vesting monthly thereafter. Annual stock option grants vested one year from the date of the grant. Since
2016, new non-employee directors receive pro-rated stock option grants that vest on the same term as the annual stock option grants. The Directors’ Plan was
terminated in November 2020 and, therefore, there are no shares reserved for future grants under the Directors’ Plan. However, options granted prior to the
plan's termination continue to remain outstanding until their original expiration date.

2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In March 2000, the Board adopted the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). Employees are generally
eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily employed by the Company for more than 20 hours per week and more than 5 months in a calendar
year  and  are  not  5%  stockholders  of  the  Company.  Under  the  ESPP,  eligible  employees  may  select  a  rate  of  payroll  deduction  up  to  15%  of  their  eligible
compensation subject to certain maximum purchase limitations. The duration for each offering period is 24 months and is divided into four purchase periods
of approximately six months in length. Offerings are concurrent. The purchase price of the shares under the offering is the lesser of 85% of the fair market
value of the shares on the offering date or 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the purchase date. A two-year look-back feature in the ESPP causes
the offering period to reset if the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the first or last day of the purchase period is less than that on the original
offering date. ESPP purchases by employees are settled with newly-issued common stock from the ESPP’s previously authorized and available pool of shares.
In April 2017, the Company’s stockholders approved an amended and restated ESPP to provide for an increase in the number of shares of common stock
reserved for issuance from 18,270,945 to 22,770,945.

The Company issued 0.5 million, 0.5 million, and 0.6 million shares under the ESPP, representing approximately $75.9 million, $71.2 million, and $56.4
million in employee contributions for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, there were approximately
2.8 million shares reserved for future issuance under the ESPP.

Restricted Stock Units. Equity awards granted to employees and non-employee directors include a mix of stock options and RSUs. The RSUs granted to
employees vest in one-fourth increments annually over a four-year period. The RSUs granted to existing non-employee directors vest one year from the date
of grant or at the next Annual Shareholders Meeting, whichever comes first. New non-employee directors receive pro-rated RSU grants that vest on the same
term as the annual RSU grants. The number of shares issued on the date the RSUs vest is net of the minimum statutory tax withholdings, which are paid in
cash to the appropriate taxing authorities on behalf of the Company’s employees.

Stock Option Information

Option activity during 2021 under all the stock plans was as follows (in millions, except per share amounts):

Balance as of December 31, 2020
Options granted
Options exercised
Options forfeited/expired
Balance as of December 31, 2021

111

Stock Options Outstanding

Number
Outstanding

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price Per
Share

13.4  $
1.1  $
(2.7) $
(0.1) $
11.7  $

101.69 
294.53 
74.39 
198.34 

125.07 

 
 
Table of Contents

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised under the Company’s stock plans determined as of the date of option exercise was $613 million,
$598 million, and $512 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Cash received from option exercises and employee
stock purchase plans for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, was $276 million, $309 million, and $273 million, respectively. The income tax
benefit from stock options exercised was $138 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The  following  table  summarizes  significant  ranges  of  outstanding  and  exercisable  options  as  of  December  31,  2021  (number  of  shares  and  aggregate

intrinsic value in millions):

Range of
Exercise Prices

Number
of Shares

$29.91-$49.34
$51.02-$57.11
$57.48-$59.46
$59.58-$77.00
$77.04-$139.52
$143.49-$174.26
$175.53-$182.83
$182.90-$245.60
$249.83-$341.16
$347.42-$347.42

Total

1.4 
1.4 
1.4 
1.3 
1.6 
1.4 
1.3 
1.3 
0.1 
0.5 
11.7 

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
1.9
2.5
2.9
2.8
5.6
7.1
7.6
8.7
9.1
9.6

5.1

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
Per Share

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)

Number
of Shares

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
Per Share

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

45.18 
54.39 
58.78 
69.07 
108.72 
168.88 
179.91 
234.88 
270.94 
347.42 
125.07  $

2,737 

1.4 
1.4 
1.4 
1.3 
1.6 
1.1 
0.7 
0.4 
— 
0.1 
9.4 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

45.18 
54.39 
58.78 
69.07 
108.24 
169.46 
180.38 
230.62 
251.85 
347.42 
99.52  $

2,453 

4.3

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $359.30 as of December 31, 2021, which would have been received by

the option holders had all in-the-money option holders exercised their options as of that date.

As of December 31, 2021, a total of 11.5 million shares of stock options vested and expected to vest had a weighted-average remaining contractual life of

5.0 years, an aggregate intrinsic value of $2.72 billion, and a weighted-average exercise price of $122.97.

Restricted Stock Units Information

RSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2021, was as follows (in millions, except per share amounts):

Unvested balance as of December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested balance as of December 31, 2021

Shares

Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value
163.30 
256.52 
145.60 
193.61 

207.37 

5.3  $
1.9  $
(2.1) $
(0.3) $
4.8  $

As of December 31, 2021, 4.3 million shares of RSUs were expected to vest with an aggregate intrinsic value of $1.56 billion. The aggregate vesting date

fair value of RSUs vested was $578 million, $478 million, and $433 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

112

 
 
Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense (in millions):

Cost of sales—products
Cost of sales—services
Total cost of sales
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Share-based compensation expense before income taxes
Income tax effect
Share-based compensation expense after income taxes

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

68.9  $
22.2 
91.1 
231.6 
134.1 
456.8 
93.7 
363.1  $

58.9  $
24.0 
82.9 
202.2 
113.6 
398.7 
81.4 
317.3  $

46.6 
20.4 
67.0 
169.5 
101.4 
337.9 
70.2 
267.7 

The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted under the Company’s share-based compensation plans
and  rights  to  acquire  stock  granted  under  the  Company’s  employee  stock  purchase  plan.  The  weighted-average  estimated  fair  values  of  stock  options,  the
rights to acquire stock under the ESPP, and RSUs, as well as the weighted-average assumptions used in calculating the fair values of stock options and rights
to acquire stock under the ESPP that were granted during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, were as follows:

STOCK OPTION PLANS
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (years)
Volatility
Fair value at grant date
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (years)
Volatility
Fair value at grant date
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
Fair value at grant date

2021
0.8%
4.1
32%
$78.23

0.1%
1.2
29%
$89.98

Years Ended December 31,
2020
0.6%
4.1
32%
$54.34

0.9%
1.2
30%
$57.29

2019
2.0%
4.1
30%
$47.51

2.1%
1.2
29%
$49.66

$256.52

$181.89

$180.45

As share-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019,

is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.

As of December 31, 2021, there was $122 million, $616 million, and $38 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock
options,  restricted  stock  units,  and  employee  stock  purchases,  respectively.  The  unrecognized  compensation  expense  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a
weighted-average  period  of  2.3  years  for  unvested  stock  options,  2.2  years  for  unvested  restricted  stock  units,  and  1.5  years  for  rights  granted  to  acquire
common stock under the ESPP.

NOTE 11.    INCOME TAXES

Income before provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, consisted of the following (in millions):

U.S.
Foreign
Total income before provision for income taxes

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

1,298.7  $
591.6 
1,890.3  $

926.8  $
280.2 
1,207.0  $

1,053.7 
448.5 
1,502.2 

113

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, consisted of the following (in millions):

Current
Federal
State
Foreign

Deferred
Federal
State
Foreign

Total income tax expense

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

158.8  $
17.3 
50.1 
226.2 

(21.4)
0.5 
(43.1)
(64.0)
162.2  $

34.2  $
21.5 
26.9 
82.6 

23.8 
1.6 
32.2 
57.6 
140.2  $

82.0 
26.5 
18.0 
126.5 

8.5 
3.2 
(17.8)
(6.1)
120.4 

Income tax expense differs from amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020,

and 2019, as a result of the following (in millions):

Federal tax at statutory rate
Increase (reduction) in tax resulting from:
State taxes, net of federal benefits
Foreign rate differential
U.S. tax on foreign earnings
Research and development credit
Share-based compensation not benefited
Unrecognized tax benefit related to share-based compensation
Reversal of unrecognized tax benefits
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation
Deferred tax re-measurement
Other

Total income tax expense

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

397.0  $

253.5  $

315.5 

33.1 
(54.3)
40.1 
(30.7)
17.8 
13.6 
(3.0)
(185.8)
(66.4)
0.8 
162.2  $

23.1 
(19.3)
29.3 
(37.1)
14.3 
39.3 
(4.0)
(166.2)
— 
7.3 
140.2  $

29.7 
(56.2)
55.0 
(32.7)
13.5 
— 
(8.4)
(146.5)
(51.3)
1.8 
120.4 

$

114

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect tax carry forwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows
(in millions):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating losses
Share-based compensation expense
Lease liabilities
Expenses deducted in later years for tax purposes
Intangible assets
Research and other credits
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:

Property, plant, and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets
Other
Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,

2021

2020

$

9.7  $

110.9 
15.2 
38.4 
373.9 
98.5 
5.3 
651.9 
(104.6)
547.3 

(79.4)
(12.3)
(9.7)
(5.1)
(106.5)
440.8  $

$

27.7 
101.1 
12.0 
29.3 
321.8 
76.3 
— 
568.2 
(81.4)
486.8 

(91.1)
(8.4)
(10.1)
(13.2)
(122.8)
364.0 

As  of  December  31,  2021,  and  2020,  the  Company  had  valuation  allowances  of  $104.6  million  and  $81.4  million,  respectively,  primarily  related  to

California research and development credit carry forwards, for which the Company does not believe a tax benefit is more likely than not to be realized.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had US and foreign federal net operating loss carryforwards of $23.9 million and foreign local net operating loss
carryforwards of $207.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2027, if not utilized. Utilization of these net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to
certain limitations. The Company does not expect the limitations to result in any permanent loss of these tax benefits.

The  Company  intends  to  repatriate  earnings  from  its  Swiss  subsidiary  and  joint  venture  in  Hong  Kong,  as  needed,  and  the  U.S.  and  foreign  tax
implications of such repatriations are not expected to be significant. The Company will continue to indefinitely reinvest earnings from the rest of its foreign
subsidiaries, which are not significant.

The Company’s 2021 income tax expense included a one-time benefit of $66.4 million from re-measurement of its Swiss deferred tax assets resulting
from  the  extension  of  the  economic  useful  life  of  certain  intangible  assets.  The  Company’s  2019  income  tax  expense  included  a  one-time  benefit  of
$51.3 million associated with re-measurement of its Swiss deferred tax assets due to a Swiss statutory tax rate increase enacted as part of Swiss tax reform in
August 2019.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized income tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019,

are as follows (in millions):

Beginning balance

Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior year
Decreases related to tax positions taken during a prior year
Decreases related to settlements with tax authorities
Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations

Ending balance

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

176.3  $
40.6 
11.2 
(1.3)
(0.2)
(4.1)
222.5  $

96.7  $
40.1 
46.1 
— 
(0.5)
(6.1)
176.3  $

78.8 
26.5 
1.2 
— 
(3.8)
(6.0)
96.7 

115

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, gross interest related to unrecognized tax benefits accrued was $14.9 million, $11.0 million, and $2.9 million,
respectively. The Company’s net unrecognized tax benefits and related interest are presented in other long-term liabilities and long term deferred tax assets on
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Total gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021, were $222.5 million, which, if recognized, would result in a reduction of the Company’s

effective tax rate.

In July 2015, a U.S. Tax Court opinion (the “2015 Opinion”) was issued involving an independent third party related to charging foreign subsidiaries for
share-based  compensation.  Based  on  the  findings  of  the  U.S.  Tax  Court,  direct  share-based  compensation  had  been  excluded  from  the  Company’s
intercompany charges starting in 2015. In June 2019, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals (the “Ninth Circuit”) reversed the 2015 Opinion (the “Ninth Circuit
Opinion”). Subsequently, a re-hearing of the case was requested, but was denied in November 2019. In February 2020, a petition was filed to appeal the Ninth
Circuit Opinion to the U.S. Supreme Court. The petition was denied by the U.S. Supreme Court on June 22, 2020, which makes the Ninth Circuit Opinion
binding precedent in the Ninth Circuit. As a result, the Company recorded an increase in the income tax provision of $39.3 million during the year ended
December  31,  2020.  An  additional  charge  of  $13.6  million  related  to  this  matter  was  recorded  to  income  tax  expense  in  2021,  primarily  as  a  result  of
additional IRS guidance issued in July 2021. The Company will continue to monitor future IRS actions or other developments regarding this matter and will
assess the impact of any such developments to its income tax provision in the quarter that they occur. The Company is treating share-based compensation
expense in accordance with the Ninth Circuit Opinion for 2020 and future periods.

The Company files federal, state, and foreign income tax returns in many U.S. and OUS jurisdictions. Years before 2016 are closed for the significant
jurisdictions. Certain of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits could change due to activities of various tax authorities, including potential assessment of
additional tax, possible settlement of audits, or through normal expiration of various statutes of limitations, which could affect the Company’s effective tax
rate in the period in which they change. Due to the uncertainty related to the timing and potential outcome of audits, the Company cannot estimate the range
of reasonably possible change in unrecognized tax benefits that may occur in the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to the examination of its income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. The outcome of these
audits  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty.  The  Company’s  management  regularly  assesses  the  likelihood  of  adverse  outcomes  resulting  from  these
examinations to determine the adequacy of the Company’s provision for income taxes. If any issues addressed in the Company’s tax audits are resolved in a
manner not consistent with management’s expectations, the Company could be required to adjust its provision for income taxes in the period such resolution
occurs.

NOTE 12.    NET INCOME PER SHARE

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc. (in millions, except per share

amounts):

Numerator:
Net income attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc.
Denominator:

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in basic calculation
Add: dilutive effect of potential common shares
Weighted-average shares outstanding used in diluted calculation

Net income per share attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc.:
Basic
Diluted

2021

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

$

1,704.6  $

1,060.6  $

1,379.3 

356.1 
9.7 
365.8 

4.79  $

4.66  $

351.1 
9.9 
361.0 

3.02  $

2.94  $

346.2 
12.2 
358.4 

3.98 

3.85 

Share-based compensation awards of approximately 0.8 million, 1.9 million, and 2.0 million shares for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and
2019, respectively, were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share attributable to Intuitive Surgical, Inc. common
stockholders, because the effect of including such shares would have been anti-dilutive in the periods presented.

116

 
 
NOTE 13.     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors various retirement plans for its eligible U.S. and non-U.S. employees. For employees in the U.S., the Company maintains the
Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.  401(k)  Plan  (the  “Plan”).  As  allowed  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  the  Plan  provides  tax-deferred  salary
contributions for eligible U.S. employees. The Plan allows employees to contribute up to 100% of their annual compensation to the Plan on a pre-tax and
after-tax basis. Employee contributions are limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company matches
200% of employee contributions up to $1,500 per calendar year per person. All matching employer contributions vest immediately.

117

Table of Contents

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN MILLIONS)

SCHEDULE II

Sales returns and allowances
Year ended December 31, 2021
Year ended December 31, 2020
Year ended December 31, 2019

(1) Primarily represents products returned.

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions

Deductions 

(1)

Balance at
End of Year

$
$
$

15.5  $
11.7  $
11.2  $

41.7  $
39.7  $
43.2  $

(44.1) $
(35.9) $
(42.7) $

13.1 
15.5 
11.7 

118

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We  maintain  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  our  Exchange  Act  reports  is
recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and
communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  for  timely  decisions
regarding required disclosure.

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the
end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Based  on  the  foregoing,  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Inherent Limitations Over Internal Controls

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and
procedures that:

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP

and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a

material effect on the financial statements.

Management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our internal controls will prevent or detect all
errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of
the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be
considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance
that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the
risk  that  those  internal  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  business  conditions  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or
procedures may deteriorate.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  the
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the results of our assessment
under the framework in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was
effective as of December 31, 2021.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2021,  has  been  audited  by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  an
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of
this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2021, that have materially

affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

None.

119

Table of Contents

ITEM 9C.    DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

120

Table of Contents

PART III

Certain  information  required  by  Part  III  is  omitted  from  this  report  on  Form  10-K  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  our  definitive  Proxy
Statement  for  our  next  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the  “Proxy  Statement”),  which  we  intend  to  file  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within 120 days after December 31, 2021.

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item concerning our directors and corporate governance is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the
section  titled  “Directors  and  Corporate  Governance”  in  our  Proxy  Statement.  Information  required  by  this  item  concerning  our  executive  officers  is
incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  set  forth  in  the  section  entitled  “Executive  Officers  of  the  Company”  in  our  Proxy  Statement.  Information
regarding our Section 16 reporting compliance and code of business conduct and ethics is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the section
entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the sections titled

“Executive Compensation” and “Compensation for Directors” in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM  12.        SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER

MATTERS

The  information  required  by  this  item  regarding  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the
information set forth in the section titled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in our Proxy
Statement.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item regarding certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is incorporated by reference to
the  information  set  forth  in  the  sections  titled  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions”  and  “Directors  and  Corporate  Governance”  in  our  Proxy
Statement.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  required  by  this  item  regarding  principal  accountant  fees  and  services  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  set  forth  in  the

section titled “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in our Proxy Statement.

121

Table of Contents

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

PART IV

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1) Financial Statements—See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8 of this report on Form 10-K.

2) The following financial statement schedule of Intuitive Surgical, Inc. for 2021, 2020, and 2019 is filed as part of this report and should be

read in conjunction with the financial statements of Intuitive Surgical, Inc.:

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Page
118

All other schedules have been omitted, because they are not applicable, not required under the instructions, or the information requested is
set forth in the consolidated financial statements or related notes thereto.

3) Exhibits

The exhibits filed as part of this report are listed under “Exhibits” at subsection (b) of this Item 15.

(b) Exhibits

122

Table of Contents

3.1(1)

3.2(2)

3.3(3)

4.1(4)

4.2

10.1(5)

10.2(6)

10.3(7)

10.4(8)

10.5(9)

10.6(10)

10.7(11)

10.8(12)

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as Amended.

Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

Specimen Stock Certificate.

Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. *

Form of Indemnity Agreement. *

2009 Employment Commencement Incentive Plan, as amended and restated. *

2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated. *

2010 Incentive Award Plan, as amended and restated. *

Severance Plan. *

Form of Amended and Restated Intuitive Surgical, Inc. 2009 Employment Commencement Incentive Plan Stock Option Grant Notice. *

Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.  2009  Employment  Commencement  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant
Notice. *

10.9(13)

Form of Amended and Restated Intuitive Surgical, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan Global Stock Option Grant Notice. *

10.10(14)

Form of Amended and Restated Intuitive Surgical, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan Global Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice. *

10.11

Form of Amended and Restated Intuitive Surgical, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan Global Performance Stock Unit Grant Notice. *

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

101

104

Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Subsidiaries.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Certification of Principal Executive Officer.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The  following  materials  from  Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  formatted  in
Inline XBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged at Level I through IV.

The  cover  page  from  Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  formatted  in  Inline
XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 23, 2020 (File No. 000-30713).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 20, 2021 (File No. 000-30713).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2021 (File No. 000-30713).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Company’s Registration Statement Amendment on Form S-1/A filed on May 2, 2000 (File No. 333-33016).

Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 22, 2000 (File No. 333-33016).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2015 (File No. 000-30713).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on May 1, 2015 (File No. 333-203793).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 26, 2017 (File No. 000-30713).

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 26, 2021 (File No. 000-30713).

(10) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2008 (File No. 000-30713).

(11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 filed with the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 2, 2016 (File No. 000-30713).

(12) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with the Company’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 2, 2016 (File No. 000-30713).

(13) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 23, 2020 (File No. 000-30713).

(14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 23, 2020 (File No. 000-30713).

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

ITEM 16.    FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

123

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed

on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.

By:

/S/    GARY S. GUTHART        
Gary S. Guthart, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 3, 2022

Power of Attorney

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Gary Guthart, Ph.D., and Jamie Samath, and each of them, with
full power of substitution and re-substitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her
name,  place,  and  stead  and  to  execute  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of  each  person,  individually  and  in  each  capacity  stated  below,  and  to  file  any  and  all
amendments  to  this  annual  report  on  Form  10‑K  and  to  file  the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the

Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    GARY S. GUTHART
Gary S. Guthart, Ph.D.

/S/    JAMIE E. SAMATH
Jamie E. Samath

/S/    FREDRIK C. WIDMAN
Fredrik C. Widman
/S/    CRAIG H. BARRATT
Craig H. Barratt, Ph.D.
/S/    JOSEPH C. BEERY
Joseph C. Beery
/S/    AMAL M. JOHNSON
Amal M. Johnson
/S/    DON R. KANIA
Don R. Kania, Ph.D.
/S/    AMY L. LADD
Amy L. Ladd, Ph.D.
/S/    KEITH R. LEONARD JR.
Keith R. Leonard Jr.
/S/    ALAN J. LEVY
Alan J. Levy, Ph.D.
/S/    JAMI DOVER NACHTSHEIM
Jami Dover Nachtsheim
/S/    MONICA P. REED
Monica P. Reed
/S/    MARK J. RUBASH
Mark J. Rubash

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director 

(Principal Executive Officer)

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

(Principal Financial Officer)

Vice President, Corporate Controller 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

124

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

February 3, 202

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Exhibit 4.2

As of December 31, 2021, Intuitive Surgical, Inc. (“Intuitive Surgical,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) had one class of securities registered
under  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”):  our  common  stock,  $0.001  par  value  per  share  (“Common
Stock”).

Description of Common Stock

The following description of our Common Stock is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by
reference to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and our Amended and Restated Bylaws
(the  “Bylaws”),  each  of  which  are  incorporated  by  reference  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  which  this  Exhibit  4.2  is  a  part.  We
encourage you to read our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws, and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law for additional
information.

Authorized Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock consist of 600,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 2,500,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value

per share (“Preferred Stock”). The outstanding shares of our Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

Voting Rights

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which the holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote and do not

have cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any Preferred Stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock are

entitled to receive ratably any dividends out of assets legally available therefor as our board of directors may from time to time determine.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, holders of Common Stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in the
assets  of  the  Company,  if  any,  remaining  after  the  payment  of  all  debts  and  liabilities  of  the  Company  and  the  liquidation  preference  of  any  outstanding
Preferred Stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our Common Stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription, or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to our Common Stock. The rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of our Common Stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by,
the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our Preferred Stock that we may designate in the future.

Listing

Our Common Stock is listed and traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ISRG.”

Preferred Stock – Limitations on Rights of Holders of Common Stock

Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 2,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more
series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences, and privileges, could include dividend rights, conversion
rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series,
any or all of which may be greater than the rights of Common Stock. The issuance of our Preferred Stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of
Common Stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of Preferred
Stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of the Company or other corporate action. As of December 31, 2021, no
shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law and our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions
more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers
and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it

more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including
transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also
designed  to  encourage  persons  seeking  to  acquire  control  of  us  to  first  negotiate  with  our  board  of  directors.  We  believe  that  the  benefits  of  increased
protection  of  our  potential  ability  to  negotiate  with  the  proponent  of  an  unfriendly  or  unsolicited  proposal  to  acquire  or  restructure  us  outweigh  the
disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals, could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from
engaging  in  any  “business  combination”  with  any  “interested  stockholder”  for  a  period  of  three  years  following  the  date  that  the  stockholder  became  an
interested stockholder unless:

•

•

•

prior to the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination
or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least
85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding those shares owned by persons who are
directors and also officers and employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares
held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

on or subsequent to the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include:

•

•

•

•

•

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

subject  to  exceptions,  any  transaction  that  results  in  the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the  corporation  of  any  stock  of  the  corporation  to  the  interested
stockholder;

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits provided by or through
the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of

the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability to authorize undesignated Preferred Stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue Preferred Stock with voting or other rights
or  preferences  that  could  impede  the  success  of  any  attempt  to  change  control  of  us.  These  and  other  provisions  may  have  the  effect  of  deterring  hostile
takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of the Company.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called (i) by our board of directors pursuant to a
resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at
the time any such resolution is presented to the board of directors for adoption), (ii), by the Chairman of our board of directors, (iii) by our Chief Executive
Officer, or (iv) upon written request to our corporate secretary, by one or more holders of record of our Common Stock owning not less than 20% of the total
number of shares of our Common Stock entitled to vote on the matter or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our  Bylaws  establish  advance  notice  procedures  with  respect  to  stockholder  proposals  and  the  nomination  of  candidates  for  election  as  directors,

other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors. These

procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to
be  taken.  Generally,  to  be  timely,  notice  must  be  received  at  our  principal  executive  office  not  less  than  90  days  nor  more  than  120  days  prior  to  the  first
anniversary  date  of  the  annual  meeting  the  preceding  year.  As  a  result,  our  Bylaws  may  have  the  effect  of  precluding  the  conduct  of  certain  business  at  a
meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies
to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

No Cumulative Voting

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless

our Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

Board Composition

Our Certificate of Incorporation also provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors.
Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, unless our board of directors determines by resolution
that such vacancy or newly created directorship shall be filled by the stockholders. The limitations on the number of directors and treatment of vacancies have
the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special
meeting and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take
stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our Bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Choice of Forum

Unless  we  consent  in  writing  to  the  selection  of  an  alternative  forum,  the  Court  of  Chancery  of  the  State  of  Delaware  (or,  in  the  event  that  the
Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) is the sole and
exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any
of our directors, officers or stockholders to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation
Law or the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the
internal affairs doctrine. In addition, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be
the  exclusive  forum  for  the  resolution  of  any  complaint  asserting  a  cause  of  action  arising  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended.  Nothing  in  our
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws will preclude stockholders that assert claims to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any
of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be
deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Exhibit 10.11

AMENDED AND RESTATED
INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.
2010 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE

Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  (the  “Company”),  pursuant  to  its  Amended  and  Restated  2010  Incentive
Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (the “Participant”), an award of
performance  stock  units  (“Performance  Stock  Units”  or  “PSUs”).  Each  vested  Performance  Stock  Unit  represents  the  right  to
receive,  in  accordance  with  the  Performance  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  (the  “Agreement”),  a
number of shares of Common Stock (each, a “Share”) based on the Company’s achievement of certain performance goals over the
applicable performance period. This award of Performance Stock Units is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein
and in the Agreement and the Plan, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms
defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Performance Stock Unit Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”)
and the Agreement.

Grant Number:

Participant:
Grant Date:
Target Number of PSUs:

Maximum Number of PSUs:

Vesting Schedule:

Termination of PSUs:

[_____________]

[__________________________]
[__________________________]

[_____________]

[_____________]

The PSUs shall vest as provided in Exhibit B.

Except as set forth in the Agreement, if the Participant experiences a Termination of
Service,  all  PSUs  that  have  not  become  vested  on  or  prior  to  the  date  of  such
Termination  of  Service  will  thereupon  be  automatically  forfeited  by  the  Participant
without payment of any consideration therefor. In addition, in the event that the TSR
Achievement  Factor  and/or  the  Procedures  Achievement  Factor  (each,  as  defined  in
Exhibit B) as of the applicable Determination Date (as defined in Exhibit B) is zero,
the PSUs eligible to vest based on the applicable Achievement Factor (as defined in
Exhibit  B)  will  thereupon  be  automatically  forfeited  by  the  Participant  without
payment of any consideration therefor.

By accepting this Award  electronically  through  the  Plan  service  provider’s  online grant acceptance policy, the Participant
agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Participant has reviewed the
Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing
this  Grant  Notice  and  fully  understands  all  provisions  of  this  Grant  Notice,  the  Agreement  and  the  Plan.  The  Participant  hereby
agrees  to  accept  as  binding,  conclusive  and  final  all  decisions  or  interpretations  of  the  Administrator  upon  any  questions  arising
under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement. In  addition,  by  accepting  this  Award  electronically  through  the  Plan  service
provider’s  online  grant  acceptance  policy,  the  Participant  also  agrees  that  the  Company,  in  its  sole  discretion,  may  satisfy  any
withholding obligations in accordance with Section 2.6(b) of the Agreement by (i) withholding shares of Common Stock otherwise
issuable to the Participant upon

vesting of the PSUs, (ii) instructing a broker on the Participant’s behalf to sell shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the
Participant  upon  vesting  of  the  PSUs  and  submit  the  proceeds  of  such  sale  to  the  Company,  or  (iii)  using  any  other  method
permitted by Section 2.6(b) of the Agreement or the Plan.

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.:    Participant:

PARTICIPANT:

By:
Print Name:
Title:
Address:

By:
Print Name:

Address:

EXHIBIT A
TO PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE

PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant  to  the  Performance  Stock  Unit  Award  Grant  Notice  (the  “Grant Notice”)  to  which  this  Performance  Stock  Unit
Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is attached, Intuitive Surgical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to
the Participant the number of performance stock units (“Performance Stock Units” or “PSUs”) set forth in the Grant Notice under
the Company’s 2010 Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). Each Performance Stock Unit represents the
right  to  receive  a  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  (each,  a  “Share”)  based  on  the  Company’s  achievement  of  certain
performance goals. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and Grant Notice.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1

Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The PSUs are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated

herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

ARTICLE II.

GRANT OF PERFORMANCE STOCK UNITS

1.1

Grant  of  PSUs.  Pursuant  to  the  Grant  Notice  and  upon  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the  Plan  and  this
Agreement, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an award of
PSUs under the Plan in consideration of the Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or any
Subsidiaries and for other good and valuable consideration.

1.2

Unsecured  Obligation  to  PSUs.  Each  PSU  constitutes  the  right  to  receive  a  number  of  Shares  upon  vesting,  as
determined in accordance with Section 2.3 and 2.6 below. Unless and until the PSUs have vested in the manner set forth in Article 2
hereof, the Participant will have no right to receive Common Stock under any such PSUs. Prior to actual payment of any vested
PSUs,  such  PSUs  will  represent  an  unsecured  obligation  of  the  Company,  payable  (if  at  all)  only  from  the  general  assets  of  the
Company.

1.3 Vesting Schedule; Change in Control.

portion thereof in accordance with Exhibit B to the Grant Notice and this Section 2.3.

(a)

Subject to Section 2.5 hereof, the PSUs shall vest and become non-forfeitable with respect to the applicable

(b)

Notwithstanding  Section  2.3(a),  if  a  Change  in  Control  occurs  and  Participant  has  not  experienced  a
Termination of Service prior to the date of the Change in Control, then a number of PSUs equal to the greater of (i) such number of
PSUs  as  would  vest  based  on  the  TSR  Achievement  Factor  and  each  Procedures  Achievement  Factor  as  determined  by  the
Administrator as of the Change in Control in accordance with Exhibit B; and (ii) the Target Number of PSUs (such greater number
the “Deemed Performance Vested Units”) shall be

A-1

deemed  performance  vested  upon  the  Change  in  Control,  shall  be  assumed,  substituted,  replaced  or  continued  by  the  surviving
corporation or successor (or affiliate thereof) and shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date as long as Participant does
not  experience  a  Termination  of  Service  prior  to  such  anniversary.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  all  such  assumed,  substituted,
replaced  or  continued  PSUs  shall  immediately  vest  if  Participant  experiences  a  Termination  of  Service  within  twelve  months
following the Change in Control due to termination by the Company without Cause or as a result of an Involuntary Termination
(each as defined in the Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Severance Plan). If  a  Change in Control  occurs,  Participant  has  not  experienced  a
Termination of Service prior to the date of the Change in Control and the PSUs are not assumed, substituted, replaced or continued
by the surviving corporation or successor (or affiliate thereof) in connection with the Change in Control, then a number of PSUs
equal to the Deemed Performance Vested Units shall immediately fully vest upon the Change in Control.

1.4

Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the award of PSUs pursuant hereto, the Participant

agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary.

1.5

Forfeiture, Termination and Cancellation.

(a)

Subject to Section 2.3(b) and to subsection (c) below, upon Participant’s Termination of Service for any or no
reason,  all  Performance  Stock  Units  which  have  not  vested  prior  to  or  in  connection  with  such  Termination  of  Service  shall
thereupon  automatically  be  forfeited,  terminated  and  cancelled  as  of  the  applicable  date  of  the  Termination  of  Service  without
payment of any consideration by the Company, and the Participant, or the Participant’s beneficiary or personal representative, as
the case may be, shall have no further rights hereunder.

(b) Upon Participant’s Termination of Service (i) by the Company without Cause after the first anniversary of the
Vesting  Schedule  Commencement  Date  or  (ii)  due  to  Participant’s  death,  the  following  number  of  PSUs  shall  accelerate  and
become immediately vested: the number of PSUs equal to the product of (A) the Target Number of PSUs and (B) a fraction the
numerator  of  which  is  the  number  of  days  from  the  Vesting  Schedule  Commencement  Date  until  the  date  of  Termination  of
Service and the denominator of which is 1,096.

(c) No  portion  of  the  PSUs  which  has  not  become  vested  as  of  the  date  on  which  the  Participant  incurs  a
Termination of Service, after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting in connection with such Termination of Service, shall
thereafter become vested.

(d) Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  in  the  event  that  the  TSR  Achievement  Factor  and/or  the
Procedures Achievement Factor as of the applicable Determination Date is zero, the PSUs eligible to vest based on the applicable
Achievement Factor will thereupon be automatically forfeited by the Participant without payment of any consideration therefor,
and  the  Participant,  or  the  Participant’s  beneficiary  or  personal  representative,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  have  no  further  rights
hereunder.

1.6

Settlement upon Vesting.

(a)

As  soon  as  administratively  practicable  following  the  vesting  of  any  Performance  Stock  Units  pursuant  to
Section 2.3 hereof, but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the year in which the Vesting Date (as defined
in Exhibit B) occurs (for the avoidance of doubt, this deadline is intended to comply with the “short term deferral” exemption from
Section 409A of the Code), the Company shall deliver to the Participant (or any transferee permitted under Section 3.2 hereof) a
number of Shares equal to the number of vested

A-2

PSUs as determined in accordance with Exhibit B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Shares cannot be issued pursuant to
Section 11.4 of the Plan, the Shares shall be issued pursuant to the preceding sentence as soon as administratively practicable after
the Administrator determines that Shares can again be issued in accordance with such Section.

(b)

As  set  forth  in  Section  11.2  of  the  Plan,  the  Company  shall  have  the  authority  and  the  right  to  deduct  or
withhold, or to require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state, local and
foreign income and payroll taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising in connection with the
Performance  Stock  Units  based  on  the  minimum  statutory  withholding  rates  applicable  to  supplemental  taxable  income.  The
Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Shares to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative unless and until the
Participant or the Participant’s legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local
and foreign taxes applicable to the taxable income of the Participant resulting from the grant or vesting of the Performance Stock
Units or the issuance of Shares.

1.7

Conditions to Delivery of Shares. The Shares deliverable hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued
Shares,  treasury  Shares  or  issued  Shares  which  have  then  been  reacquired  by  the  Company.  Such  Shares  shall  be  fully  paid  and
nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue Shares deliverable hereunder prior to fulfillment of the conditions set
forth in Section 10.4 of the Plan.

1.8

Rights as Stockholder. The holder of the PSUs shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder
of  the  Company,  including,  without  limitation,  voting  rights  and  rights  to  dividends,  in  respect  of  the  PSUs  and  any  Shares
underlying the PSUs and deliverable hereunder unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company and held of
record by such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of
the Company). No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are
issued, except as provided in Section 13.2 of the Plan.

ARTICLE III.

OTHER PROVISIONS

1.1

Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such
rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke
any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final
and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator or the Board shall
be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or
the PSUs.

1.2

PSUs Not Transferable. The PSUs shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 11.3 of the

Plan.

Tax Consultation. The Participant represents that the Company has not provided the Participant with any tax advice
in connection with the PSUs and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice in connection with the PSUs.

1.3

1.4

Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the PSUs contained herein, this Agreement will

be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

A-3

1.5

Adjustments  Upon  Specified  Events.  The  Participant  acknowledges  that  the  PSUs  are  subject  to  adjustment,

modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 12.2 of the Plan.

1.6

Notices.  Any  notice  to  be  given  under  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  to  the  Company  shall  be  addressed  to  the
Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant
shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. By a notice given pursuant
to this Section 3.6, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be
deemed  duly  given  when  sent  via  email  or  when  sent  by  certified  mail  (return  receipt  requested)  and  deposited  (with  postage
prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

1.7

Participant’s Representations. If the Shares issuable hereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act or
any applicable state laws on an effective registration statement at the time of such issuance, the Participant shall, if required by the
Company,  concurrently  with  such  issuance,  make  such  written  representations  as  are  deemed  necessary  or  appropriate  by  the
Company and/or its counsel.

1.8

Titles.  Titles  are  provided  herein  for  convenience  only  and  are  not  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  interpretation  or

construction of this Agreement.

1.9

Governing  Law.  The  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware  shall  govern  the  interpretation,  validity,  administration,
enforcement  and  performance  of  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  regardless  of  the  law  that  might  be  applied  under  principles  of
conflicts of laws.

1.10

Conformity  to  Securities  Laws.  The  Participant  acknowledges  that  the  Plan  and  this  Agreement  are  intended  to
conform  to  the  extent  necessary  with  all  provisions  of  the  Securities  Act  and  the  Exchange  Act  and  any  other  Applicable  Law.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the PSUs are granted, only in such a manner as
to conform to Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended
to the extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law.

1.11 Amendment,  Suspension  and  Termination. To  the  extent  permitted  by  the  Plan,  this  Agreement  may  be  wholly  or
partially  amended  or  otherwise  modified,  suspended  or  terminated  at  any  time  or  from  time  to  time  by  the  Administrator  or  the
Board;  provided,  however,  that,  except  as  may  otherwise  be  provided  by  the  Plan,  no  amendment,  modification,  suspension  or
termination  of  this  Agreement  shall  adversely  affect  the  PSUs  in  any  material  way  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
Participant.

1.12

Successors  and  Assigns.  The  Company  may  assign  any  of  its  rights  under  this  Agreement  to  single  or  multiple
assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on
transfer herein set forth in Section 3.2 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.

1.13

Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if
the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the PSUs and this Agreement shall be subject to any
additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to
Rule  16b-3  of  the  Exchange  Act)  that  are  requirements  for  the  application  of  such  exemptive  rule.  To  the  extent  permitted  by
Applicable Law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

A-4

1.14 Not a Contract of Service Relationship. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any
right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere with or
restrict in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge
or to terminate for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, the services of the Participant’s at any time.

1.15

Section 409A. This Award is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of
Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder,
including  without  limitation  any  such  regulations  or  other  guidance  that  may  be  issued  after  the  date  hereof,  “Section  409A”).
However,  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan,  the  Grant  Notice  or  this  Agreement,  if  at  any  time  the  Administrator
determines that this Award (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole
discretion  (without  any  obligation  to  do  so  or  to  indemnify  Participant  or  any  other  person  for  failure  to  do  so)  to  adopt  such
amendments  to  the  Plan,  the  Grant  Notice  or  this  Agreement,  or  adopt  other  policies  and  procedures  (including  amendments,
policies  and  procedures  with  retroactive  effect),  or  take  any  other  actions,  as  the  Administrator  determines  are  necessary  or
appropriate for this Award either to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section
409A.

1.16

Limitation  on  Participant’s  Rights.  Participation  in  the  Plan  confers  no  rights  or  interests  other  than  as  herein
provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be
construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. The Participant shall have
only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to amounts credited and benefits
payable, if any, with respect to the PSUs, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Common Stock as a general unsecured
creditor with respect to PSUs, as and when payable hereunder.

1.17 Data  Privacy.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement,  Section  10.8  (“Data

Privacy”) of the Plan is hereby expressly incorporated into this Agreement as if first set forth herein.

1.18

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Notification. The Participant understands that the Participant’s country may have
certain  exchange  control  and/or  foreign  asset/account  reporting  requirements  which  may  affect  the  Participant’s  ability  to  hold
Shares received from the PSUs in a brokerage or bank account outside of the Participant’s country. The Participant may be required
to  report  such  accounts,  assets  or  transactions  to  the  tax  or  other  authorities  in  the  Participant’s  country.  The  Participant
acknowledges that it is the Participant’s responsibility to comply with any applicable regulations, and the Participant should speak
to the Participant’s personal advisor on this matter.

1.19 Additional Acknowledgement. The Participant acknowledges that for employment law purposes outside the United
States, the PSUs and the income from and value of same are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose,
including  but  not  limited  to  for  purposes  of  calculating  any  severance,  resignation,  termination,  redundancy,  dismissal,  end  of
service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar mandatory payments.

A-5

1. Definitions.

Exhibit B

PERFORMANCE GOALS

“Achievement Factor” means each of the TSR Achievement Factor and the Procedures Achievement Factors.

“Average Market Value,” means the average closing trading price of a company’s shares of common stock on the principal
exchange on which such shares are then traded, during the 20 consecutive trading days beginning on (for Beginning Average
Market  Value)  or  ending  on  (for  Ending  Average  Market  Value)  and  including  the  date  specified  in  the  definition  of
Beginning Average Market Value and Ending Average Market Value, as applicable (or, if there is no closing price on that
day, the last trading day before that day), as reported by the applicable exchange or such other authoritative source as the
Administrator may reasonably determine. For a given trading day, the closing trading price will be adjusted to include the
cumulative value of the dividends declared on the company’s common stock to that point during the averaging period (for
Beginning  Average  Market  Value)  and  during  the  TSR  Performance  Period,  assuming  same  day  reinvestment  of  such
dividends at the closing price on the ex-dividend date.

“Beginning Average Market Value” means the Average Market Value as of February 28, 2022.

“Ending Average Market Value” means the Average Market Value as of February 21, 2025; provided, that, in the event a
Change in Control occurs during the TSR Performance Period, “Ending Average Market Value” means the Average Market
Value as of the Change in Control.

“Index” means the [ ] as constituted as of February 28, 2022. For purposes of this definition and calculating any company’s
TSR for the TSR Performance Period, (i) any company that is removed from the [ ] due to a merger or acquisition during the
TSR  Performance  Period  pursuant  to  which  the  company  was  acquired  will  be  removed  from  the  Index,  and  (ii)  any
company that is in the [ ] that files for bankruptcy protection during the TSR Performance Period will remain in the Index
with TSR of -100%. In other circumstances where a company is removed from the [ ], the Administrator shall reasonably
determine whether it is suitable for the company to be excluded from the Index. In the event of a stock distribution from an
Index company consisting of the shares of a new publicly-traded company (a “spin-off”), the Index company shall remain an
Index company, and the stock distribution shall be treated as a dividend from the Index company based on the closing price
of the shares of the spun-off company on its first day of trading. The performance of the shares of the spun-off company
shall not thereafter be traded for purposes of calculating TSR.

“Measurement Date” means, (i) with respect to determining the Procedures Growth Percentage for Performance Period 1,
the earlier of (a) December 31, 2023, or (b) a Change in Control; (ii) with respect to determining the Procedures Growth
Percentage for Performance Period 2, the earlier of (a) December 31, 2024, or (b) a Change in Control and (iii) with respect
to determining the TSR Achievement Factor, the earlier of (a) February 21, 2025 and (b) a Change in Control.

“Peer Companies” means the companies that comprise the Index.

“Procedure Count” means [ ].

“Procedures Achievement Factor”  means  that  factor  determined  under  Table  2  below  based  on  the  Company’s  Procedure
Growth Percentage for each Procedures Performance Period.

“Procedures  Growth  Percentage”  means  (i)  for  the  Procedures  Performance  Period  1,  [  ]  and  (ii)  for  the  Procedures
Performance Period 2, [ ].

“Procedures Performance Period” means each of Procedures Performance Period 1 and Procedures Performance Period 2.

“Procedures  Performance  Period  1”  means  the  period  commencing  on  January  1,  2022  and  ending  on  the  earlier  of
December 31, 2023 and a Change in Control.

“Procedures  Performance  Period  2”  means  the  period  commencing  on  January  1,  2022  and  ending  on  the  earlier  of
December 31, 2024 and a Change in Control.

“Reference Procedures Count” means the [ ].

“Relative TSR” means the Company’s TSR relative to the TSR of the Peer Companies. Relative TSR will be determined by
ranking the Company and the Peer Companies from highest to lowest according to their respective TSRs. After this ranking,
the percentile performance of the Company relative to the Peer Companies will be determined as follows:

where:

“P” represents the percentile performance which will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest whole percentile
by application of regular rounding.

“N” represents the remaining number of Peer Companies, plus the Company.

“R” represents Company’s ranking among the Peer Companies.

Example: If there are 24 Peer Companies, and the Company ranked 7th, the performance would be at the 75th
percentile: .75 = 1 – ((7-1)/(25-1)).

“TSR” means the total shareholder return of the Company (or of a company in the Index, as applicable), as measured by the
percentage appreciation in the price of a Share (or the publicly traded securities of a company in the Index, as applicable)
over the TSR Performance Period (positive or negative), determined by dividing (i) the difference obtained by subtracting
(A)  the  Beginning  Average  Market  Value  from  (B)  the  Ending  Average  Market  Value  plus  the  cumulative  value  of  all
dividends declared during the TSR Performance Period, assuming same-day reinvestment into Common Stock (or common
stock of the applicable member of the Index) at the closing price on the applicable ex-dividend date, by (ii) the Beginning
Average Market Value. TSR shall be

equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock-splits, spin-offs, and other corporate changes having similar effect.

“TSR Achievement Factor” means that factor determined under Table 1 below based on the Company’s Relative TSR for
the TSR Performance Period.

“TSR Performance Period” means February 28, 2022 through the earlier of February 21, 2025 and a Change in Control.

“[ ] Growth Percentage” means [ ].

“[ ] Growth Percentage” means [ ].

“Vesting Date” means February 28, 2025.

“Vesting Schedule Commencement Date” means February 28, 2022.

2. Performance  Vesting.  On  the  Vesting  Date,  such  number  of  PSUs  shall  vest  as  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  (a)  (i)  the  Target
Number  of  PSUs,  multiplied  by  (ii)  33  1/3%,  multiplied  by  (iii)  the  TSR  Achievement  Factor  for  the  TSR  Performance
Period, plus (b) (i) the Target Number of PSUs, multiplied by (ii) 33 1/3%, multiplied by (iii) the Procedures 1 Achievement
Factor, plus (c) (i) the Target Number of PSUs, multiplied by (ii) 33 1/3%, multiplied by (iii) the Procedures 2 Achievement
Factor,  with  the  TSR  Achievement  Factor  and  the  applicable  Procedures  Achievement  Factor  to  be  determined  in
accordance  with  Section  3  below,  provided  the  Participant  has  not  experienced  a  Termination  of  Service  prior  to  such
Vesting Date.

3. Achievement Factors. As soon as administratively practicable following the Measurement Date (but in no event later than 60
days thereafter), the Administrator shall determine the Relative TSR for the TSR Performance Period, and the Procedures
Growth  Percentage  for  the  applicable  Procedures  Performance  Period  and  certify  the  TSR  Achievement  Factor  and  each
Procedures  Achievement  Factor  for  each  Procedures  Performance  Period  (such  date  of  determination,  the  “Determination
Date”); provided, that if the Measurement Date is the date of a Change in Control, the Determination Date shall occur no
later than the date of such Change in Control. If the Relative TSR or the Procedures Growth Percentage achieved during a
Performance Period is between two of the levels set forth in the applicable table below, the TSR Achievement Factor or the
Procedures Achievement Factor (as applicable) for such Performance Period shall be determined using linear interpolation.
For clarity, (i) in no event shall the TSR Achievement Factor or Procedures Achievement Factor for any Performance Period
exceed 1.25, (ii) if the Relative TSR or Procedures Growth Percentage performance for a Performance Period is below the
Threshold  level,  the  TSR  Achievement  Factor  or  Procedures  Achievement  Factor  (as  applicable)  for  such  Performance
Period shall be 0 and (iii) if the Company’s TSR is negative for the TSR Performance Period, the TSR Achievement Factor
is the lesser of (A) the number as determined above and (B) 1.0.

Table 1

Performance Level

Maximum

Target

Threshold

Table 2

Relative TSR Percentile for TSR

Performance Period

TSR Achievement Factor

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

Performance Level

[ ] Growth Percentage

[ ] Growth Percentage

Procedures Achievement
Factor

Stretch
Target
Threshold

[ ]
[ ]
[ ]

[ ]
[ ]
[ ]

[ ]
[ ]
[ ]

INTUITIVE SURGICAL, INC.
SUBSIDIARIES  (All  100%  owned  other  than  Intuitive  Surgical-Fosun  (HongKong)  Co.,  Ltd.  and  Intuitive  Surgical-Fosun  Medical  Technology
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.)

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Intuitive Fluorescence Imaging LLC
Intuitive Surgical AB
Intuitive Surgical ApS
Intuitive Surgical Australia Proprietary Limited
Intuitive Surgical B.V.
Intuitive Surgical Brasil Importacao E Comercio De Equipamentos Cirurgicos Ltda.
Intuitive Surgical Canada Inc.
Intuitive Surgical Deutschland GmbH
Intuitive Surgical GK
Intuitive Surgical HK Limited
Intuitive Surgical Holdings, LLC
Intuitive Surgical India Private Limited
Intuitive Surgical International B.V.
Intuitive Surgical International Finance LLC
Intuitive Surgical Ireland Limited
Intuitive Surgical Italia s.r.l.
Intuitive Surgical Korea Limited
Intuitive Surgical Israel Ltd.
Intuitive Surgical Limited
Intuitive Surgical Medical Device Science & Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Intuitive Surgical Medical Device Taiwan Ltd.
Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc.
Intuitive Surgical Optics GmbH
Intuitive Surgical Osterreich GmbH
Intuitive Surgical Service Optics Inc.
Intuitive Surgical Pte. Ltd.
Intuitive Surgical S. de R. L. de C.V.
Intuitive Surgical S.A.S.
Intuitive Surgical s.r.o.
Intuitive Surgical Sarl
Intuitive Surgical Sarl Taiwan Branch
Intuitive Surgical Spain, S.L.
Intuitive Surgical SRL
Intuitive Surgical Turkey Medikal Cihaz Ticaret Limited Serketi
Intuitive Surgical-Fosun (HongKong) Co., Ltd.
Intuitive Surgical-Fosun Medical Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Intuitive Ventures Fund I, LLC
KindHeart, LLC
Orpheus Medical GmbH

State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Delaware, U.S.
Sweden
Denmark
Australia
Netherlands
Brazil
Canada
Germany
Japan
Hong Kong
Delaware, U.S.
India
Netherlands
Delaware, U.S.
Ireland
Italy
South Korea
Israel
United Kingdom
China
Taiwan
Delaware, U.S.
Germany
Austria
Massachusetts, U.S.
Singapore
Mexico
France
Czech Republic
Switzerland
Taiwan
Spain
Belgium
Turkey
Hong Kong
China
Delaware, U.S.
Delaware, U.S.
Germany

Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Orpheus Medical Inc.
Orpheus Medical Ltd.
Orpheus Medical USA Inc.

State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Delaware, U.S.
Israel
Delaware, U.S.

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-258073, 333-240046, 333-232829, 333-221043,
333-211064,  333-203793,  333-189399,  333-184488,  333-180863,  333-175904,  333-173803,  333-166833,  333-164586,  333-159228,  333-152558,  333-
143433,  333-135004,  333-127162,  333-116499,  333-99893,  333-65342,  and  333-43558)  of  Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.  of  our  report  dated  February  3,  2022,
relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form
10-K.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
February 3, 2022

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Gary S. Guthart, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Intuitive Surgical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

b)

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant’s  internal
control over financial reporting.

By:

/S/ GARY S. GUTHART
Gary S. Guthart, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 3, 2022 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Jamie E. Samath, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Intuitive Surgical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

b)

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant’s  internal
control over financial reporting.

By:

/S/ JAMIE E. SAMATH
Jamie E. Samath
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 3, 2022 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 32.1

Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  created  by  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  the  undersigned  officer  of  Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.  (the
“Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

(i)

(ii)

the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2021 (the “Report”) fully complies with
the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the

/S/ GARY S. GUTHART
Gary S. Guthart, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer

Company.

Date: February 3, 2022

Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §  1350,  as  created  by  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  the  undersigned  officer  of  Intuitive  Surgical,  Inc.  (the
“Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

(i)

(ii)

the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2021 (the “Report”) fully complies with
the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the

/S/ JAMIE E. SAMATH
Jamie E. Samath

Company.

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 3, 2022